424B3 1 d687136d424b3.htm PROSPECTUS Prospectus
Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)

File No. 333-194486

PROSPECTUS

BLUE HILLS BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for Blue Hills Bank)

Up to 24,150,000 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 27,772,500 Shares)

 

 

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization. We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BHBK” upon conclusion of the stock offering. There is currently no public market for the shares of our common stock.

We are offering up to 24,150,000 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis. We may sell up to 27,772,500 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 17,850,000 shares in order to complete the offering. In addition to the shares that we will sell in the offering, we intend to establish a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and contribute to it shares of our common stock equal to 2.5% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash such that the total contribution will equal $7.0 million.

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering.” Depositors of Blue Hills Bank and Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank, with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on February 28, 2013, will have first priority rights to buy our shares of common stock. Employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators of Blue Hills Bank, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC also have rights to purchase shares in the subscription offering, subject to the priority rights of depositors and Blue Hills Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering.” Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered to the public through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this prospectus as the “syndicated community offering”, or in a separate firm commitment underwritten public offering. If any other arrangements are made for the sale of unsubscribed shares, such arrangements will be disclosed in a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The minimum number of shares of common stock that you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that can be ordered through a single qualifying account or by any person in the subscription offering is 60,000 shares, and no person by himself or with an associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 100,000 shares in all categories of the offering. The subscription offering is expected to expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 19, 2014. We may extend the subscription offering and/or community offering without notice to you until August 3, 2014, unless we receive regulatory approval to extend the offering to a later date, which may not be beyond March 6, 2016. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond August 3, 2014, or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 27,772,500 shares or decreased to fewer than 17,850,000 shares. If the offering is extended past August 3, 2014, we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period, we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.05% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 27,772,500 shares or decreased to less than 17,850,000 shares, we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.05% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. We may then resolicit all subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new order within a specified period of time. Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Blue Hills Bank, and will earn interest at our passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.05% per annum.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., A Stifel Company, will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis, and will serve as sole book-running manager for any syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale in the subscription and community offerings.

 

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment.

Please read the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted
Maximum
 

Number of shares

     17,850,000         21,000,000         24,150,000         27,772,500   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 178,500,000       $ 210,000,000       $ 241,500,000       $ 277,725,000   

Estimated offering expenses (excluding selling agent fees and expenses)

   $ 1,581,900       $ 1,581,900       $ 1,581,900       $ 1,581,900   

Estimated selling agent fees and expenses (1)

   $ 1,465,943       $ 1,711,738       $ 1,957,532       $ 2,240,196   

Estimated net proceeds (2)

   $ 175,452,157       $ 206,706,362       $ 237,960,568       $ 273,902,904   

Estimated net proceeds per share (2)

   $ 9.83       $ 9.84       $ 9.85       $ 9.86   

 

(1) The amounts shown assume that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings, and that we pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods a selling agent fee equal to 0.85% of the aggregate purchase price of shares sold (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan). If shares are sold in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, we will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods fees that will not exceed 5.25% of the aggregate purchase price of shares sold in such offering, which fees will be in addition to any fees paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods for shares sold in the subscription and community offerings. If all shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, the estimated selling agent commissions and expenses would be $9.7 million, $13.0 million and $14.9 million at the minimum, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range. See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and other FINRA member firms.
(2) If all shares are sold in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, the estimated net proceeds would be $167.4 million, $197.3 million, $227.1 million and $261.4 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, and the estimated net proceeds per share would be $9.38, $9.39, $9.40 and $9.41 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range.

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency or the Depositors Insurance Fund. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center at (844) 265-9680.

 

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS

A Stifel Company

The date of this prospectus is May 14, 2014.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     15   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     30   

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     32   

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     48   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     50   

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

     52   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     53   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     54   

CAPITALIZATION

     56   

PRO FORMA DATA

     58   

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION

     63   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     65   

BUSINESS OF BLUE HILLS BANCORP

     87   

BUSINESS OF BLUE HILLS BANK

     87   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     122   

TAXATION

     134   

MANAGEMENT OF BLUE HILLS BANCORP, INC.

     136   

THE CONVERSION; PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     155   

BLUE HILLS BANK FOUNDATION

     178   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BLUE HILLS BANCORP, INC.

     182   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     186   

TRANSFER AGENT

     188   

EXPERTS

     188   

LEGAL MATTERS

     189   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     189   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF HYDE PARK BANCORP, MHC

     F-1   


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary highlights material information in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank unless the context indicates another meaning. In addition, we sometimes refer to Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. as “Blue Hills Bancorp,” and to Blue Hills Bank as the “Bank.”

Blue Hills Bank

Blue Hills Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank headquartered in Hyde Park, Massachusetts. We were organized in 1871, and reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2008. Blue Hills Bank is currently the wholly owned subsidiary of Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, which is the wholly owned subsidiary of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, a Massachusetts mutual holding company. On a consolidated basis, as of December 31, 2013, Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC had total assets of $1.3 billion, total loans of $773.0 million, total deposits of $915.2 million and total equity of $171.5 million. We provide financial services to individuals, families and small to mid-size businesses through our nine full-service branch offices located in Brookline, Dedham, Hyde Park, Nantucket, Norwood and West Roxbury, Massachusetts. Our three branches in Nantucket were acquired in January 2014 (“Nantucket Branch Acquisition”), and operate under the name Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank. Our primary deposit-taking market includes Norfolk, Suffolk and Nantucket Counties in Massachusetts, and our primary lending market is more broadly based in eastern Massachusetts.

Blue Hills Bank’s business consists primarily of accepting deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowing, in one- to four- family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and investment securities. To a much lesser extent we have home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. We offer a full range of deposit accounts, including passbook and statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts and IRAs. Through our bundled products, we offer reduced fees and higher interest rates on relationship checking and savings accounts and certificates of deposit.

In 2010, Blue Hills Bank created the Blue Hills Bank Charitable Foundation, whose mission is to strengthen the Bank’s communities by providing funding to eligible non-profit organizations in those communities. As part of the conversion, the Bank intends to establish and fund a new charitable foundation, Blue Hills Bank Foundation (the “Foundation”), to further our philanthropic endeavors.

Since 2010, the Bank has significantly revised its strategic direction and operating strategy, its executive management team and its board of directors. The Bank appointed William M. Parent as its Chief Executive Officer and President in mid-2010 and developed a strategic plan to transform the Bank into a full service community bank serving the needs of retail and business customers residing and operating in eastern Massachusetts. The Bank has appointed seven new directors since 2010, many of whom have direct experience with larger financial institutions or the local communities served by the Bank. In addition, the Bank has hired a new executive management team, with eight of its executive officers joining the Bank since 2011. All of the Bank’s new executive officers have experience with larger financial institutions and commercial lending organizations.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Blue Hills Bank’s main banking office is located at 1196 River Street, Hyde Park, Massachusetts 02136. Our telephone number at this address is (617) 361-6900. Our website addresses are www.bluehillsbank.com and www.nantucketbank.com. Information on our websites is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.

Blue Hills Bancorp is a newly formed Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bank upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and the offering. Blue Hills Bancorp has not engaged in any business to date.

The executive and administrative office of Blue Hills Bancorp is located at 320 Norwood Park South, Norwood, Massachusetts 02062. Our telephone number at this address is (617) 361-6900.

Our Organizational Structure

Blue Hills Bank was chartered in 1871 as a Massachusetts mutual savings bank named Hyde Park Savings Bank to serve the financial needs of businesses and individuals in the local community. In 2008, the Bank reorganized into a two-tier mutual holding company structure resulting in the creation of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, and in 2011, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., the Bank’s mid-tier holding company, was formed. In 2011, the Bank was rebranded “Blue Hills Bank.”

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC currently owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., and Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bank. As a mutual holding company, Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC has no stockholders. Hyde Park Bancorp has not issued any shares of common stock to the public, although in September 2011 Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. issued 18,724 shares of senior non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, series A, to the U.S. Treasury as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) Program for an aggregate price of $18,724,000.

Pursuant to the terms of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC’s plan of conversion, Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC will convert from a mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. Upon the completion of the conversion, Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. will cease to exist, and Blue Hills Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Blue Hills Bancorp, a Maryland corporation.

The board of corporators of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC currently has the right to vote on certain matters such as the election of trustees and the conversion. A special meeting of corporators has been scheduled to vote to approve the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of a new charitable foundation.

Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to create a diversified community bank that builds long-term value for our shareholders while offering an array of products and services that our communities and the small to mid-sized businesses operating in those communities require. In order to achieve this strategy, we have built our lending infrastructure during the past few years by adding approximately 34 employees involved in loan origination, underwriting and servicing. We intend to continue to build and leverage that infrastructure to allow us to offer highly competitive products in a customer-centric manner—where and when most convenient to the customer. We intend to continue to grow our lending platforms by offering

 

 

2


Table of Contents

conforming and non-conforming residential loans, commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans with an emphasis on the small to mid-size market. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

 

    Expanding our loan portfolio, including one- to four-family residential, commercial business and commercial real estate loans and additional related lending groups. We intend to support loan growth by expanding our geographic coverage through the addition of lenders or lending teams operating in our market area and adjacent markets that have experience in the small to mid-sized commercial business and commercial real estate markets, and to the extent necessary, establishing loan production offices;

 

    Increasing and repositioning our core funding capabilities through expansion of individual consumer banking relationships and increased deployment of cash management products to small and mid-sized businesses to capture multi-faceted relationships with our customers;

 

    Utilizing online and mobile banking products and services to reach targeted consumer and business customers outside of our current branch network;

 

    Expanding our branch network through select de novo branching and opportunistic acquisitions of other financial institutions and branches thereof (although we currently have no understandings or agreements for acquisitions);

 

    Maintaining our investment securities portfolio. Although we have diminished the proportion of assets invested in our securities portfolio in recent years, we expect to maintain a portion of our current investment securities portfolio as a means of net income generation unless additional liquidity is needed to fund loan growth;

 

    Implementing our fee income initiative which includes adjusting our product-related fees relative to market competitors where appropriate, identifying additional fee income opportunities from our deposit services and products and increasing fee income from business customers through our expanded cash management capabilities. We also believe opportunities exist to expand our fee income through the introduction of non-deposit investment and insurance products or selective acquisitions of businesses that generate non-interest income; and

 

    Maintaining an integrated risk management capability that appropriately manages the total risks of our organization.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy” for a more complete discussion of our business strategy.

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

    Support future growth through the implementation of our business strategy outlined above;

 

    Retain and attract qualified directors, management and employees by establishing stock-based benefit plans;

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Increase our philanthropic endeavors in the communities that we serve through the establishment and funding of a charitable foundation to complement our existing charitable foundation;

 

    Build our capital base to allow us to take advantage of acquisition opportunities which may arise in our market area and adjacent markets;

 

    Offer our depositors, employees, management, trustees, directors and corporators an opportunity to purchase our stock; and

 

    Redeem our preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program.

As of December 31, 2013, Blue Hills Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

Terms of the Conversion and the Offering

Under Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC’s plan of conversion, our organization will convert to a fully public stock holding company form of organization. In connection with the conversion, we are offering between 17,850,000 and 24,150,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Blue Hills Bank and Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, to employees, officers, trustees, directors and corporators of Blue Hills Bank, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, and, to the extent shares remain available, to the general public. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 27,772,500 as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered for sale is increased to more than 27,772,500 or decreased to less than 17,850,000, or the offering is extended beyond August 3, 2014, subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders.

The purchase price of each share of common stock to be sold in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, our marketing advisor in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock being offered for sale in the subscription and community offerings.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

    First, to depositors of Blue Hills Bank and Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank, with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on February 28, 2013.

 

   

Second, to Blue Hills Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including its employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8.0%

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).

 

    Third, to employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of Blue Hills Bank, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC who do not have a higher priority to purchase stock.

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in our local community. The community offering, if any, may occur concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will act as sole book-running manager for the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion will be final.

To ensure a proper allocation of stock, each subscriber eligible to purchase stock in the subscription offering must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at February 28, 2013. Failure to list all accounts, or providing incorrect information, could result in the loss of all or part of a subscriber’s stock allocation. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order form will be final.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fill your order fully or at all. Shares will be allocated first in the order of priority to subscribers in the subscription offering. For a detailed description of the offering, including share allocation procedures, please see “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution.”

How We Determined the Offering Range

The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Blue Hills Bancorp, assuming the conversion and the offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 14, 2014, the market value of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares to be contributed to the Foundation) ranged from $183.0 million to $247.5 million, with a midpoint of $215.3 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 17,850,000 shares to 24,150,000 shares. If market conditions so warrant, the market value of the shares can be increased to a maximum, as adjusted, market value of $284.7 million and the number of shares offered for sale increased to a maximum, as adjusted, of 27,772,500 shares. The $10.00 per share offering price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

RP Financial, LC. advised the board of directors that the appraisal was prepared in conformance with the regulatory appraisal methodology. That methodology requires a valuation based on an analysis of the trading prices of comparable public companies whose stocks have traded for at least one year prior to the valuation date. RP Financial, LC. selected a group of 10 comparable public companies for this analysis.

RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Blue Hills Bancorp with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. advised the board of directors that the valuation conclusion took into consideration that relative to the peer group a slight upward adjustment

 

 

5


Table of Contents

was applied for financial condition, a slight upward adjustment was applied for asset growth, a slight upward adjustment was applied for primary market area and a moderate downward adjustment was applied for profitability growth and viability of earnings. RP Financial LC. made no adjustments for dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the stock issuance, management, or the effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. The slight upward adjustment applied for financial condition was due to Blue Hills Bancorp’s more favorable credit quality measures, more favorable balance sheet liquidity and stronger pro forma capital position. The slight upward adjustment applied for asset growth was due to Blue Hills Bancorp’s stronger historical loan growth relative to the peer group’s comparable loan growth rate, and Blue Hills Bancorp’s greater pro forma leverage capacity compared to the peer group. The slight upward adjustment applied for primary market area took into consideration Suffolk County’s relatively strong population growth and relatively low unemployment rate compared to the peer group’s primary market area counties. The moderate downward adjustment applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings took into consideration Blue Hills Bancorp’s less favorable efficiency ratio, higher ratio of loan loss provisions as a percent of average assets and lower core return on equity on a pro forma basis relative to the comparable peer group measures.

The appraisal peer group consists of the companies listed in the table below, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Asset sizes are as of September 30, 2013.

 

Company Name

   Ticker
Symbol
   Headquarters    Total Assets (1)  

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

   OCFC    Toms River, NJ    $ 2,286   

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.

   FBNK    Farmington, CT      1,992   

ESSA Bancorp, Inc.

   ESSA    Stroudsburg, PA      1,372   

SI Financial Group, Inc.

   SIFI    Willimantic, CT      1,369   

Westfield Financial Inc.

   WFD    Westfield, MA      1,271   

Fox Chase Bancorp Inc.

   FXCB    Hatboro, PA      1,107   

Cape Bancorp, Inc.

   CBNJ    Cape May Court House, NJ      1,074   

Ocean Shore Holding Co.

   OSHC    Ocean City, NJ      1,043   

BSB Bancorp, Inc.

   BLMT    Belmont, MA      1,023   

TF Financial Corp.

   THRD    Newtown, PA      833   

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Blue Hills Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Price-to-earnings multiples are shown on a “core” earnings basis, where earnings have been adjusted to omit non-recurring income and expense items. Price-to-book value multiples are shown for both reported book value and tangible book value, omitting intangible assets. Blue Hills Bancorp’s pro forma pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and book value as of December 31, 2013 and the peer group’s pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013 and book value as of September 30, 2013. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 31.6% on a price-to-book value basis, and a discount of 34.9% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. Blue Hills Bancorp’s price-to-core earnings multiples were not meaningful, as the result of negative pro forma core earnings throughout the valuation range. Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the valuation, considered our pro forma earnings and the range of price-to-book value ratios and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the others.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
     Price-to-core
earnings multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

       

Maximum, as adjusted

     NM         71.99     74.79

Maximum

     NM         68.21     71.12

Midpoint

     NM         64.31     67.29

Minimum

     NM         59.67     62.74

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of February 14, 2014

       

Averages

     19.84         103.80     108.65

Medians

     15.28         99.68     109.18

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 for Blue Hills Bancorp and on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013 for the peer group companies.

NM = Not meaningful

Our board of directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process, but did not make any determination regarding whether prior standard mutual-to-stock conversions have been undervalued, nor did the board of directors draw any conclusions regarding how the historical data reflected above may affect Blue Hills Bancorp’s appraisal. Instead, we engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the board of directors as to how much capital Blue Hills Bancorp would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Blue Hills Bancorp as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share, as has been the case for some mutual-to-stock conversions. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual with one or more qualifying accounts, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account, may purchase more than 60,000 shares ($600,000) of common stock in the subscription offering. If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock, their purchases,

 

 

7


Table of Contents

in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 100,000 shares ($1,000,000):

 

    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house or who is a trustee, director or officer of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank or Blue Hills Bancorp;

 

    companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, director, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or

 

    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock

In the subscription and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

    personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

    authorizing us to withdraw funds from the types of Blue Hills Bank deposit accounts permitted on the stock order form.

Blue Hills Bank is not permitted to knowingly lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a check drawn on a Blue Hills Bank line of credit or a third-party check to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash.

You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment or authorization to withdraw from one or more of your Blue Hills Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 19, 2014, which is the end of the subscription offering period. Orders received after 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 19, 2014 will be rejected unless we extend this expiration date. You may submit your stock order form by mail using the order reply envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the order form, or by hand delivery to one of our Stock Information Center walk-in locations at 1196 River Street, Hyde Park, Massachusetts and 104 Pleasant Street, Nantucket, Massachusetts. We will not accept stock order forms at any other branch offices.

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (“IRA”). If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Blue Hills Bank IRA to purchase our common stock, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of IRA fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the June 19, 2014 expiration of the offering period, for assistance with purchases using funds from your Blue Hills Bank IRA or any other retirement account that you may have. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on time constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the brokerage firm or institution where your funds are held. See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Procedure for Purchasing Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the stock offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Deadline for Orders of Common Stock

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the offering is 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 19, 2014. A postmark prior to June 19, 2014 will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock. We must receive the envelope before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on June 19, 2014.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 19, 2014, whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Procedure for Purchasing Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the stock offering.

Delivery of Stock Certificates

Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed to the registration address noted on the stock order form. We expect stock certificates to be sent to purchasers by first-class mail on or about the day the stock offering closes. Trading in the stock typically begins the business day following the closing of the stock offering. The stock offering is expected to close as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described in “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Approvals Required.” It is possible that, until certificates for the common stock are delivered, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell shares of common stock prior to your receipt of the stock certificate will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm, as you are generally required to deliver stock certificates within three business days of selling the underlying securities.

Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 17,850,000 shares of common stock (not counting shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation), we may take the following steps to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range:

 

    increase the maximum purchase limitations; and/or

 

    seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond August 3, 2014.

If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the stock order form will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. If the offering is extended past August 3, 2014, we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period, we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.05% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization.

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 27,772,500 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time (which is the pro forma

 

 

9


Table of Contents

market value of the shares to be issued in the offering including the shares to be contributed to the Foundation) is either below $178,500,000 or above $277,725,000, then, after consulting with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

    terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds processed in the subscription and community offerings) at our passbook savings rate and cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorization;

 

    set a new offering range; or

 

    take such other actions as may be permitted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will be required to resolicit subscribers and we will promptly return your subscription funds, with interest at our passbook savings rate, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from your deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of corporators of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC that is being called to vote upon the conversion, and at any time after such corporator approval with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at our passbook savings rate, which is currently 0.05% per annum, and we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering

We intend to invest 50% of the net proceeds from the offering in Blue Hills Bank, to use approximately 8.3% of the net proceeds at the maximum of the offering range to fund the loan to our employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of our shares of common stock, to use approximately 7.9% of the proceeds to fund the redemption of $18.7 million of preferred stock, to use approximately 0.4% of the proceeds to fund the cash contribution to the Foundation and to retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering. Therefore, assuming we sell 24,150,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering, and we have net proceeds of $238.0 million, we intend to invest $119.0 million in Blue Hills Bank, loan $19.8 million to our employee stock ownership plan through a subsidiary to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock, contribute $963,000 in cash to the Foundation, repurchase $18.7 million in preferred stock and retain the remaining $79.5 million of the net proceeds.

Prior to the completion of the conversion, we intend to redeem the $18,724,000 of preferred stock that Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program. While we expect to redeem the preferred stock shortly prior to the completion of the conversion, our decision to redeem the shares is, in part, based on the expected receipt of the proceeds of the offering. If the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is not redeemed prior to the conversion, it will be converted into preferred stock of Blue Hills Bancorp and redeemed as soon as practicable thereafter, subject to applicable regulatory approval. There is no premium or penalty associated with the redemption of the preferred stock.

We may also use the funds we retain to invest in securities, to pay cash dividends to stockholders, to repurchase shares of common stock, to build our capital base to allow us to take advantage of acquisition opportunities in our market area and adjacent markets, and for other general corporate

 

 

10


Table of Contents

purposes, including depositing funds with, or making additional capital contributions to, Blue Hills Bank. Blue Hills Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from us to increase its loan portfolio through the origination of residential loans, commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans, add new products and services including expanded cash management products for small and mid-sized companies, expand our branch network through select de novo and acquisition opportunities, acquire fee income businesses that complement our current product capabilities, invest in investment securities permitted by our investment policy, or for other general corporate purposes. Blue Hills Bank currently has no understandings or agreements to acquire any new fee income businesses or branches.

See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” on page 50 of this prospectus.

Our Contribution of Shares of Common Stock to the Foundation

To further our commitment to our local community, we intend to establish and fund a new charitable foundation as part of the conversion and stock offering. The new charitable foundation, Blue Hills Bank Foundation, will complement our existing charitable organization. The establishment and funding of the Foundation has been approved by the board of trustees of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, and the Boards of Directors of Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank. In addition, the establishment and funding of the Foundation is subject to the approval of the corporators of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC. Assuming we receive final approval from the corporators, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board to establish and fund the Foundation, we intend to contribute to the Foundation shares of our common stock equal to 2.5% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash such that the total contribution will equal $7.0 million. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, we would contribute to the Foundation 446,250, 525,000, 603,750 and 694,313 shares of common stock and approximately $2.5 million, $1.8 million, $963,000 and $57,000 in cash, respectively. As a result of the contribution, we expect to record an after-tax expense of approximately $4.2 million during the quarter in which the stock offering is completed.

The Foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate. The contribution of common stock and cash to the Foundation will:

 

    dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and

 

    result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the Foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the establishment and funding of the Foundation. For a further discussion of the financial impact of the Foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “Risk Factors—The contribution to the Foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in 2014”, “Risk Factors—Our contribution to the Foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits”, “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Foundation” and “Blue Hills Bank Foundation”.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Massachusetts banking regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or given away his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. When completing your stock order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription priority than you do. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the eligibility record date. Your failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.

Purchases by Officers and Directors

We expect our directors and officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 597,500 shares ($5.98 million) of common stock in the offering, or 3.3% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. The purchase price paid by our directors and officers for their shares will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of our shares of common stock by our directors and officers.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all of our eligible employees, to purchase 8.0% of the total number of shares of common stock that we issue in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). If we receive orders for more shares of common stock than the maximum of the offering range, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, will have first priority to purchase shares over this maximum, up to a total of 10.0% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). This would reduce the number of shares available for allocation to eligible account holders. Purchases by our tax-qualified employee benefit plans in the offering will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been sold in the offering. If the employee stock ownership plan is not able to fill its order in the offering, the employee stock ownership plan may purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the completion of the conversion and the offering in order to fund all or a portion of the plan.

We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable banking regulations. If they are adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and will also reserve a number of stock options equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for key

 

 

12


Table of Contents

employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plans are adopted after one year from the date of the completion of the conversion, the 4% and 10% limitations described above will no longer apply, and we may adopt stock-based benefit plans encompassing more than 14% of the shares of common stock that were issued in the offering. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, and we have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans.

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% and 10% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all of these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all eligible employees.

 

     Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased     Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock Benefit
Plans
    Value of Grants (1)  
   At
Minimum
of Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range
     As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Issued (2)
      At
Minimum
of

Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
of

Offering
Range
 
                               (Dollars in thousands)  

Employee stock ownership plan

     1,463,700         2,277,345         8.00     N/A      $ 14,637       $ 22,773   

Stock awards

     731,850         1,138,673         4.00        3.85     7,319         11,387   

Stock options

     1,829,625         2,846,681         10.00        9.09     6,093         9,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,025,175         6,262,699         22.00     12.28   $ 28,049       $ 43,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.33 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based upon assumptions described in “Pro Forma Data.” The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.
(2) The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.

For further information with respect to the expenses related to the stock-based benefit plans, see “Risk Factors—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income” and “Management of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering.”

Market for Common Stock

We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BHBK”. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods currently intends to make a market in the shares of our common stock, but is under no obligation to do so. See “Market for the Common Stock.”

Our Policy Regarding Dividends

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. The

 

 

13


Table of Contents

payment and amount of any dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors. For further information, see “Our Policy Regarding Dividends.”

Tax Consequences

As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank, Blue Hills Bancorp, or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering. See “Taxation” for additional information.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering

The board of trustees of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and the Boards of Directors of Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank have approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the Foundation. The Federal Reserve Board has issued the approval required for us to complete the conversion. We have filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion.

To complete the conversion, the corporators of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, including a majority of the “independent” corporators, must approve the plan of conversion. We must also receive and accept orders for at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered for sale.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies. See “Supervision and Regulation—Emerging Growth Company Status” on page 122 of this prospectus.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information

Our branch office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or the offering, please call our Stock Information Center at (844) 265-9680, Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. You may also visit one of our two Stock Information Center walk-in locations. Our walk-in location at 1196 River Street, Hyde Park, Massachusetts is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., and our walk-in location at 104 Pleasant Street, Nantucket, Massachusetts is open Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF JUNE 19, 2014, IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO JUNE 19, 2014.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our

shares of common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business strategy, which includes significant asset and liability growth, was recently adopted and implemented and has not yet had the time to be proven successful. If we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected.

In 2010, our board of directors approved a change in our strategic direction that contemplated growth in assets and liabilities over the next several years. Specifically, the plan provided for growth by: building a lending origination and servicing platform that could increase our residential, commercial business and commercial real estate loans; adding additional related lending groups operating in our market area and adjacent market areas; expanding our branch network through select de novo and acquisition opportunities; and increasing fee income, including through the opportunistic acquisition of fee income businesses that complement our current product capabilities while improving the revenue contribution of fee income from existing customers. We have added employees and incurred substantial additional expenses due to the implementation of our strategic plan, including salaries and operating expenses related to updated branches, a new senior management team, new lending officers and related support staff, new third-party managers for our investment portfolio, acquisition-related expenses, as well as significant investments to improve our online and mobile capabilities for consumer and business banking, and marketing costs relating to rebranding. Many of these increased expenses are considered fixed expenses. Unless we can successfully implement our strategic plan and grow our interest-earning asset base, our financial condition and results of operations will be negatively affected by these increased costs.

The successful implementation of our strategic plan will require, among other things, that we leverage our operating costs through increased loan and deposit market share within our current markets and expand into new adjacent markets, continue to increase our core funding and decrease our reliance on higher priced certificates of deposit, and increase our fee income through increased deposit services and cash management services. Our ability to grow successfully will depend on several other factors that may not be within our control, including continued favorable market conditions in the communities we serve, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area, and our ability to maintain high asset quality as we increase our commercial real estate loans and commercial business loan portfolios. While we believe we have the management resources, marketing platform and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, growth opportunities and lower cost deposit sources may not be available and we may not be successful in implementing our business strategy. Further, it will take time to implement our business strategy, especially for our lenders to originate enough loans and for our branches to attract enough favorably priced deposits to generate the revenue needed to offset the associated expenses. Furthermore, we are a regulated entity and our regulators periodically review and oversee the pace and quality of our growth in assets and liabilities, offering of new products and services and geographic expansion. Regulatory authorities may encourage or require faster growing banks to slow the pace of growth and expansion if regulatory concerns develop.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio contains a significant portion of loans that are unseasoned. It is difficult to judge the future performance of unseasoned loans.

Our net loan portfolio has grown to $765.3 million at December 31, 2013, from $202.0 million at December 31, 2010. A portion of this increase is due to increases in commercial real estate and commercial business loans through our own originations and from purchases of and participations in loans originated by other financial institutions. It is difficult to assess the future performance of these loans recently added to our portfolio because our relatively limited experience with such loans does not provide us with a significant payment history from which to judge future collectability. These loans may experience higher delinquency or charge-off levels than our historical loan portfolio experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

Because we intend to continue to emphasize our commercial real estate and commercial business loan originations, our overall credit risk will increase, and downturns in the local real estate market or economy could adversely affect our earnings.

We intend to continue to grow our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolio. At December 31, 2013, $356.4 million, or 46.1% of our total loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans (including commercial construction loans) and commercial business loans, compared to $8.6 million, or 4.2% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2010. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally have more risk than the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. Because the repayment of commercial real estate and commercial business loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local real estate market or economy. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans may also involve relatively large loan balances to individual borrowers or groups of related borrowers. A downturn in the real estate market or the local economy could adversely affect the value of properties securing the loan or the revenues from the borrower’s business, thereby increasing the risk of nonperforming loans. As our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios increase, the corresponding risks and potential for losses from these loans may also increase.

Further, if we foreclose on a commercial real estate or construction loan, our holding period for the collateral may be longer than for one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectability of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.

Our performance depends on key personnel.

Our performance depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our senior officers and the members of our board of directors. Our business model depends on the experience and expertise of our senior management team, directors and lending staff. Several of these individuals have been involved in the commercial banking business for much of their professional careers. Our performance will also depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional qualified management and banking personnel. There can be no assurances that our management team will be able to manage our operations or our expected growth or that we will be able to attract and retain additional qualified personnel as needed in the future. The loss of any directors and/or officers could adversely affect us. We do not currently maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our directors or officers.

 

16


Table of Contents

Reduced residential mortgage activity in our market would slow our growth and negatively impact our net income.

We have experienced residential mortgage loan growth during each of the past three years and we have increased our residential mortgage loan infrastructure, including hiring lending officers and underwriting and support personnel. Our residential mortgage operations provide a material portion of our income and are significantly affected by market interest rates. Additionally, our mortgage lending activity is affected by refinance activity. During 2011 and 2012, mortgage loan refinance activity was generally higher than during 2013, and mortgage refinance activity is expected to be lower during 2014. A continued reduction in mortgage refinance activity and a rising or higher interest rate environment may result in a decrease in residential mortgage loan originations, resulting in slower growth of our residential lending activity and, possibly, a decrease in our residential loan portfolio. This could result in a decrease in interest income and a decrease in revenues from loan sales. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expenses associated with our expanded residential lending platform, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment, data processing and other operating costs. During periods of reduced residential mortgage loan demand, our results of operations would be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in mortgage loan origination activity.

We have been and expect to be less profitable than our peers as we implement our business strategy.

During the past three years we have incurred a substantial increase in operating expenses and personnel costs due primarily to our change in strategic direction to become a full service community banking organization and in order to build an expanded lending platform. We have hired experienced executive officers and other staff which has significantly increased our employee base and personnel costs over the past three years. Additionally, in order to build our commercial real estate and commercial business lending experience and portfolios, we have focused on high quality, variable-rate loans, as well as purchased loans and loan participations which has resulted in tight spreads and a lower overall yield on our loan portfolio compared to peer institutions that may have more fixed-rate, higher-margin loans. We also have relied upon soliciting higher cost deposits as a funding source which, in combination with a lower yielding loan portfolio, has resulted in our having a lower interest rate spread and margin compared to peer institutions. Accordingly, until we increase our interest earning assets through increased loan origination activity, transition our deposit base toward lower cost deposits and increase our overall scale, our net profits and level of operating efficiencies will continue to lag those of peer institutions.

A significant portion of our assets consists of investment securities, which generally have lower yields than loans, and we classify all of our investment securities as available for sale which creates potential volatility in our net income and equity.

As of December 31, 2013, our available-for-sale securities portfolio, which includes U.S. government obligations, mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt securities, and mutual funds, totaled $441.3 million, or 33.6% of our total assets. Investment securities typically have lower yields than loans. For fiscal 2013, the weighted average yield of our investment securities portfolio was 2.23% as compared to 3.70% for our loan portfolio. Accordingly, our net interest margin is lower than it would have been if a higher proportion of our interest-earning assets had been invested in loans. Additionally, substantially all of our investment securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income which affects our reported equity. Accordingly, given the significant size of the investment securities portfolio and due to possible mark-to-market adjustments of that portfolio resulting from market conditions, we may experience greater volatility in the value of reported equity. Moreover, given that we actively manage our

 

17


Table of Contents

investment securities portfolio, we may sell securities which could result in a realized loss, thereby reducing our net income.

Changes in the valuation of our securities portfolio could adversely affect us.

Our securities portfolio represents a significant portion of our total assets, and most of the securities in our portfolio are classified as available for sale. Accordingly, a decline in the fair value of our securities could cause a material decline in our reported equity and/or net income. At least quarterly, and more frequently when warranted by economic or market conditions, management evaluates all securities classified as available for sale with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. For impaired debt securities that are intended to be sold, or more likely than not will be required to be sold, the full amount of market decline is recognized as OTTI through earnings. Credit-related OTTI for all other impaired debt securities is recognized through earnings. Non-credit related OTTI for such debt securities is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. A decline in the market for the securities portfolio could result in impairment charges on some investment securities.

Our branch network expansion strategy may negatively affect our financial performance.

Depending on market conditions, we intend to expand our branch office network through selective de novo or acquired branch offices over the next several years. On January 18, 2014, we completed the acquisition of three branches in Nantucket, which we operate under the name Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank. In addition, we plan to open two de novo branch offices in Milton and University Station in Westwood, Massachusetts in the next two years. We estimate that costs to open the de novo branches in Milton and Westwood will amount to approximately $1.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, including the costs of construction, equipment, furnishings and technology as well as marketing and promotional expenses associated with the grand opening of the branches. Our branch expansion strategy may not generate earnings, or may not generate earnings within a reasonable period of time. Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new or acquired branch, such as a suitable location, qualified personnel, and an effective marketing strategy. Additionally, it takes time for a new branch to generate sufficient favorably priced deposits to produce enough income, including funding loan growth generated by our organization, to offset expenses related to the branch, some of which, like salaries and occupancy expense, are considered fixed costs.

Changing interest rates may have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Our earnings and cash flows are dependent on our net interest income and income from our mortgage banking operations. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in market interest rates could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. The interest-bearing liabilities of financial institutions generally reprice or mature more quickly than their interest-earning assets. If rates increase rapidly, we may have to increase the rates we pay on our deposits, particularly our higher cost savings and short-term time deposits and borrowed funds, more quickly than any changes in interest rates earned on our loans and investments, resulting in a negative effect on interest spreads and net interest income. Furthermore, our mortgage banking income varies directly with movements in interest rates, and increases in interest rates could negatively affect our ability to originate loans in the same volumes, and sell loans with attractive pricing, as we have in recent years. Increases in interest rates may also make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.

 

18


Table of Contents

Conversely, should market interest rates fall below current levels, our net interest margin could also be negatively affected if competitive pressures keep us from further reducing rates on our deposits, while the yields on our assets decrease more rapidly through loan prepayments and interest rate adjustments. Decreases in interest rates often result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance their loans to reduce borrowings costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments in loans or other investments that have interest rates that are comparable to the interest rates on existing loans and securities.

Changes in interest rates may also decrease fee income generated from our commercial lending operations. We enter into interest rate swap agreements with some of our commercial borrowers (and mirror swap agreements with a third party) that allow the borrower to pay a fixed interest rate on loans that are originated and carried in our loan portfolio as adjustable rate loans. We receive fee income from borrowers for providing this service. Under certain interest rate scenarios, borrowers may choose not to use this service, and our related fee income will decrease.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

During the past several years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at lower levels than available prior to 2008. As a general matter, the interest-bearing liabilities of financial institutions reprice or mature more quickly than the interest-earning assets. However, our ability to lower our interest expense may be limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Federal Reserve Board has recently indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates. Accordingly, our net interest income may be adversely affected and may even decrease, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability.

We have been negatively affected by current market and economic conditions. A worsening of these conditions could adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

Recent economic conditions have resulted in continued uncertainty in the financial markets and continued expectations of slow improvement in general economic conditions. Unemployment remains at high levels with improvement at a slow rate beginning in late 2011. Our lending business is tied, in large part, to the housing market and real estate markets in general. The slowly improving market has resulted in limited demand for the construction of new housing, weakness in home pricing, and could ultimately result in increased delinquencies on our residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. Further, concerns over the financial markets and new regulations have caused many lenders to reduce or cease providing funding to borrowers. These conditions may also cause a further reduction in loan demand, and increases in our non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provisions for loan losses, as well as adversely affect our liquidity and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us. Continued negative developments in the financial services industry and the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the market for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Moreover, declines in the

 

19


Table of Contents

stock market in general, or stock values of financial institutions and their holding companies specifically, could adversely affect our stock performance.

Financial reform legislation recently enacted will, among other things, tighten capital standards and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted in 2010. This new law is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators.

The Dodd-Frank Act required minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities and certain collateralized debt obligations.

A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated, as of July 21, 2011, the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadened the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009. The legislation also increased the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives.

We expect that current and future rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.

 

20


Table of Contents

Government responses to economic conditions may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and earnings.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and the depositors and borrowers of Blue Hills Bank rather than for holders of our common stock. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations.

Financial reform legislation has changed the bank regulatory framework, created an independent consumer protection bureau that has assumed the consumer protection responsibilities of the various federal banking agencies, and established more stringent capital standards for banks and bank holding companies. The legislation has also resulted in new regulations affecting the lending, funding, trading and investment activities of banks and bank holding companies. Bank regulatory agencies also have been responding aggressively to concerns and adverse trends identified in examinations. Ongoing uncertainty regarding the effect of new legislation and regulatory actions may adversely affect our operations by restricting our business activities, including our ability to originate or sell loans, modify loan terms, or foreclose on property securing loans. These measures are likely to increase our costs of doing business and may have a significant adverse effect on our lending activities, financial performance and operating flexibility. In addition, these risks could affect the performance and value of our loan and investment securities portfolios, which also would negatively affect our financial performance.

Furthermore, the Federal Reserve Board, in an attempt to help the overall economy, has, among other things, kept interest rates low through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. If the Federal Reserve Board increases the federal funds rate, overall interest rates will likely rise, which may negatively impact the housing markets and the U.S. economic recovery. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

In addition, there have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. Were proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, to be implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income. Furthermore, our strategic plan envisages

 

21


Table of Contents

significant growth in lending which will require additional provisions for loan losses and reduce our earnings in the short term.

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Concentration of loans in our primary market area may increase risk.

Our success depends primarily on general economic conditions in our market area in eastern Massachusetts. Most of our loans are to customers in this market. Accordingly, the local economic conditions in this market have a significant impact on the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as our ability to originate new loans. As such, a weakness in real estate values in this market would also lower the value of the collateral securing loans on properties in our market. In addition, a weakening in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could negatively affect our financial results.

Strong competition for deposits and lending opportunities within our market areas, as well as competition from non-depository investment alternatives, may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, which could affect our ability to grow and to be profitable on a long-term basis. Our profitability depends upon our ability to compete successfully in our market areas. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected.

In addition, checking and savings account balances and other forms of deposits can decrease when our deposit customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or other non-depository investments, as providing superior expected returns, or if our customers seek to spread their deposits over several banks to maximize FDIC insurance coverage. Furthermore, technology and other changes have made it more convenient for bank customers to transfer funds into alternative investments, including products offered by other financial institutions or non-bank service providers. Additional increases in short-term interest rates could increase transfers of deposits to higher yielding deposits. Efforts and initiatives we undertake to retain and increase deposits, including deposit pricing, can increase our costs. When bank customers move money out of bank deposits in favor of alternative investments or into higher yielding deposits, or spread their accounts over several banks, we can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, thus increasing our funding costs and reducing our profitability.

Changes in the structure of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (“GSEs”) and the relationship among the GSEs, the federal government and the private markets, or the conversion of the current conservatorship of the GSEs into receivership, could result in significant changes to our securities portfolio.

The GSEs are currently in conservatorship with their primary regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, acting as conservator. We cannot predict if, when or how the conservatorships will end,

 

22


Table of Contents

or any associated changes to the GSEs’ business structure that could result. We also cannot predict whether the conservatorships will end in receivership. There are several proposed approaches to reform the GSEs which, if enacted, could change the structure of the GSEs and the relationship among the GSEs, the government and the private markets, including the trading markets for agency conforming mortgage loans and markets for mortgage-related securities in which we invest through securities. We cannot predict the prospects for the enactment, timing or content of legislative or rulemaking proposals regarding the future status of the GSEs. Accordingly, there continues to be uncertainty regarding the future of the GSEs, including whether they will continue to exist in their current form. GSE reform, if enacted, could result in a significant change and adversely impact our securities portfolio.

Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses.

Our risk management framework is designed to minimize risk and loss to us. We seek to identify, measure, monitor, report and control our exposure to risk, including strategic, credit, market, liquidity, compliance and operational risks. While we use a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, these techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Recent economic conditions and heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, among other developments, have increased our level of risk. Accordingly, we could suffer losses as a result of our failure to properly anticipate and manage these risks.

Technological advances impact our business.

The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs provided that they produce economies of scale and deploy technology in a safe and sound manner. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations. Many competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or successfully market such products and services to a large enough number of customers to cover the up-front costs of implementation.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business including systems operated by third party vendors. For example, we rely almost exclusively on Fiserv, Inc. for our informational management systems. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, we cannot assure you that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately rectified. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

Impairment of goodwill could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

Goodwill arises when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the fair market value of its net assets. We recognized goodwill as an asset on our balance sheet in connection with our acquisition of three branches in Nantucket in January 2014 that we operate under the name Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually. A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill was necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could be materially adverse to our results of operations and financial position.

Risks Related to this Stock Offering

The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the stock offering. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering is determined by an independent, third-party appraisal, pursuant to Massachusetts and federal banking regulations. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. Following the completion of the stock offering, our aggregate pro forma market value will be based on the market trading price of the shares, and not the final, approved independent appraisal, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Following the conversion, we expect our consolidated equity to be between $306.6 million at the minimum of the offering range and $395.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our net income for the year ended December 31, 2013, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be 0.87% and 0.67% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to profitably deploy the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest and dividend income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be negatively affected by our increased capital resulting from the proceeds from the offering as well as higher expenses from the costs of being a public company and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest and dividend income and noninterest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to remain low, which may reduce the value of our shares of common stock.

The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in 2014.

We intend to establish and fund a new charitable foundation (the “Foundation”) in connection with the conversion and stock offering. We will contribute shares of our common stock equal to 2.5% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash such that the total contribution will equal $7.0 million. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, we will

 

24


Table of Contents

contribute to the Foundation 446,250, 525,000, 603,750 and 694,313 shares of common stock and approximately $2.5 million, $1.8 million, $963,000 and $57,000 in cash, respectively. The contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the Foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income in fiscal 2014 by approximately $4.2 million. We had net income of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests in Blue Hills Bancorp diluted by up to 2.4% due to the issuance of shares of common stock to the Foundation.

Our contribution to the Foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.

We may not have sufficient profits to be able to fully use the tax deduction from our contribution to the Foundation. Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (income before federal income taxes and charitable contributions) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution is made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period. Based on $3.5 million of normalized taxable income before income tax expense in the year ended December 31, 2013, and assuming that our taxable income before income tax expense remained at that level in future years following our conversion and stock offering, we estimate that we would be able to deduct for federal income tax purposes $2.1 million of the contribution to the Foundation. This would result in after-tax expense of $6.2 million, and not $4.2 million based on full deductibility of the $7.0 million contribution.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, we also will not be subject to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which would require that our independent auditors review and attest as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, FDIC regulations require that our independent auditors examine and attest to the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

 

25


Table of Contents

We will need to implement additional financial and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements.

Upon completion of the stock offering, we will become a public reporting company. The federal securities laws and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission require that we file annual, quarterly and current reports, and that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert management’s attention from our banking operations.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will require us to certify the adequacy of our internal controls and procedures, which could require us to upgrade our systems, and/or hire additional staff, which would increase our operating costs.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the total shares of common stock issued in the stock offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) with funds borrowed from Blue Hills Bancorp through a subsidiary. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. Assuming the employee stock ownership plan purchases 2,277,345 shares in the offering at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, we will recognize additional pre-tax compensation expense of $22.8 million over a 30-year period, assuming the shares of common stock have a fair market value of $10.00 per share for the full 30-year period. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

We also intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan after the stock offering that would award participants shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. The number of shares of restricted stock or stock options reserved for issuance under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total shares issued in the offering including shares contributed to the Foundation, if these plans are adopted within 12 months after the completion of the conversion. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Assuming a $10.00 per option exercise price and an estimated grant-date fair value of the options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis of $3.33 per option granted, with the value amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the stock options would be $1.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be $2.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. However, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further.

The shares of restricted stock granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over their vesting period at the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded. If the shares of restricted stock to be granted under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by Blue Hills Bancorp) and cost the same as the purchase price in the stock offering, the reduction to stockholders’ equity due to the plan would be between $7.3 million at the minimum of the offering range and $11.4 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering

 

26


Table of Contents

range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would exceed the range described above.

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.

We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the stock offering. These stock-based benefit plans will be funded through either open market purchases of shares of common stock or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including, but not limited to, applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. Although our current intention is to fund these plans with stock repurchases, we may not be able to conduct such repurchases. If we do not repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans, then stockholders would experience a reduction in their ownership interest, which would total 12.3% in the event newly issued shares are used to fund stock options and awards of shares of common stock under these plans in an amount equal to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the stock offering. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the completion of the stock offering. The implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval.

We have not determined whether we will adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the stock offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would further increase our costs and dilute your ownership interest.

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the completion of the stock offering, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans may exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.” Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a plan will be at the discretion of our board of directors.

We have broad discretion in using the proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively use such proceeds could reduce our profits.

We will use a portion of the net proceeds to finance (through a subsidiary) the purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering by the employee stock ownership plan, contribute cash to the Foundation, and redeem the $18,724,000 of preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program, and we may use the remaining net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders, repurchase shares of common stock, purchase investment securities, deposit funds in Blue Hills Bank, acquire other financial services companies or branch offices or for other general corporate purposes.

Prior to the completion of the conversion, we also intend to redeem the $18,724,000 of preferred stock that Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the Small Business Lending

 

27


Table of Contents

Fund Program. While we expect to redeem the preferred stock shortly prior to the completion of the conversion, our decision to redeem the stock is, in part, based on the expected receipt of the proceeds of the offering.

Blue Hills Bank may use the proceeds it receives to fund new loans, establish or acquire new branches, purchase investment securities, reduce a portion of our borrowings (including payment of outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances), or for general corporate purposes. We have not identified specific amounts of proceeds for any of these purposes and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively could reduce our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to effectively deploy the proceeds.

You may not revoke your decision to purchase Blue Hills Bancorp common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond August 3, 2014, or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 27,772,500 shares or decreased to fewer than 17,850,000 shares.

Our stock value may be negatively affected by Massachusetts and federal regulations that restrict takeovers.

For three years following the stock offering, applicable regulations prohibit any person from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our common stock without the prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and federal regulators. See “Restrictions on Acquisition of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of applicable regulations regarding acquisitions.

Corporate governance provisions in Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Blue Hills Bank’s articles of organization, as well as certain corporate governance provisions under Maryland law, may prevent or impede the holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on our board of directors and may impede takeovers of the company.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the articles of organization of Blue Hills Bank, may prevent or impede holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on our board of directors and may make takeovers of Blue Hills Bancorp more difficult. For example, our board of directors is divided into three staggered classes. A classified board makes it more difficult for stockholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. In addition, our articles of incorporation include a provision that no person will be entitled to vote any shares of our common stock in excess of 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. This limitation does not apply to the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan established by us. Blue Hills Bank’s articles of organization will contain a provision that for a period of three years from the closing of the conversion, no person other than Blue Hills Bancorp may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity

 

28


Table of Contents

security of Blue Hills Bank. This limitation does not apply to the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan established by us, as well as other acquisitions specified in the Bank’s articles of organization. In addition, our articles of incorporation and bylaws restrict who may call special meetings of stockholders and how directors may be removed from office. Additionally, in certain instances, the Maryland General Corporation Law requires a supermajority vote of our stockholders to approve a merger or other business combination with a large stockholder, if the proposed transaction is not approved by a majority of our directors.

Our stock value may be negatively affected by applicable regulations that restrict stock repurchases.

Applicable regulations restrict us from repurchasing our shares of common stock during the first year following the conversion unless extraordinary circumstances exist. Stock repurchases are a capital management tool that can enhance the value of a company’s stock, and our inability to repurchase our shares of common stock during the first year following the conversion may negatively affect our stock price.

We have never issued common stock and there is no guarantee that a liquid market will develop.

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BHBK”, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, we may not be able to obtain such commitments. This would result in our common stock not being listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market, which could reduce the liquidity of our common stock.

We may take other actions to meet the minimum required sales of shares if we cannot find enough purchasers in the community. Such actions may reduce the net proceeds from the stock offering or concentrate ownership in fewer stockholders.

If we do not sell enough shares to reach the minimum of the offering range through the subscription and community offerings, shares may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, acting as our agent. The fee to be paid in connection with such a syndicated community offering would be higher than the fee paid in the subscription and community offerings, which would increase the expenses associated with the stock offering and reduce the net proceeds. Specifically, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a success fee equal to 0.85% on the aggregate purchase price of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan). If there is a syndicated community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a fee not to exceed 5.25% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, which would be in addition to the fee earned by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods in the subscription and community offerings. In addition, we can increase the maximum purchase limitations and allow all maximum purchase subscribers to increase their orders to the new maximum purchase limitations. This could result in a small number of stockholders owning a larger percentage of our stock, which could provide these stockholders with greater influence over management or our board of directors in a manner that other stockholders may not agree is in their best interests.

 

29


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and its subsidiaries for the years and at the dates indicated. The information at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is derived in part from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The data presented below does not reflect the effect of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, which occurred in January 2014. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.” No tax equivalent adjustments have been made.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

              

Total assets

   $ 1,314,287       $ 1,228,636       $ 970,674       $ 910,689       $ 905,382   

Cash and cash equivalents

     40,316         73,819         87,331         111,759         180,624   

Securities available for sale

     441,306         533,785         547,475         543,890         457,887   

Loans receivable, net

     765,347         488,207         276,528         202,016         210,858   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     10,766         9,669         3,846         3,293         3,293   

Bank-owned life insurance

     29,831         33,344         32,220         31,178         30,167   

Deposits

     915,223         817,877         756,481         754,228         760,692   

Borrowings

     215,000         154,424         40,000         —           —     

Total equity

     171,534         176,938         163,832         144,784         127,145   

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012      2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Operating Data:

  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 33,092      $ 31,816       $ 31,995       $ 34,186       $ 40,087   

Interest expense

     7,971        8,372         8,938         12,083         17,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     25,121        23,444         23,057         22,103         22,238   

Provision for loan losses

     4,094        2,361         1,126         502         1,250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

     21,027        21,083         21,931         21,601         20,988   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale

     4,999        11,931         5,557         25,677         (2,244

Other non interest income

     8,012        4,235         3,644         3,236         3,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     13,011        16,166         9,201         28,913         1,151   

Noninterest expenses

     31,659        26,283         21,041         17,362         13,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     2,379        10,966         10,091         33,152         8,826   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (284     3,112         2,530         3,542         3,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,663      $ 7,854       $ 7,561       $ 29,610       $ 5,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents
     At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (unaudited)  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

          

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

     0.22     0.74     0.82     3.21     0.47

Return on average equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

     1.52     4.57     5.01     18.48     1.54

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.09     2.18     2.51     2.39     2.41

Net interest margin (2)

     2.21     2.33     2.68     2.57     2.59

Efficiency ratio (3)

     83.02     66.35     65.23     34.03     56.92

Noninterest expense to average total assets

     2.65     2.46     2.29     1.88     1.16

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     117.24     117.88     116.51     112.38     108.94

Average equity to average total assets

     14.68     16.11     16.43     17.39     30.39

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.15     0.18     0.28     0.18     0.21

Non-performing loans to total loans

     0.23     0.45     0.98     0.78     0.87

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     555     251     128     155     166

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     1.25     1.13     1.25     1.21     1.44

Consolidated Capital Ratios:

          

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     19.8     21.7     30.5     N/A        N/A   

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     18.5     20.8     29.8     N/A        N/A   

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     13.2     14.4     16.2     N/A        N/A   

Capital Ratios for the Bank:

          

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     16.6     18.6     28.6     35.6     25.2

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     15.3     17.7     27.9     34.8     22.4

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     11.1     12.2     15.1     15.2     12.1

Other Data:

          

Number of full service offices

     6        6        6        6        6   

Number of full time equivalent employees

     147        141        122        103        96   

 

(1) The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period on a non tax equivalent basis.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, including gains on securities available for sale, net.

 

31


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and its subsidiary for the periods and at the dates indicated. The information at December 31, 2013 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at March 31, 2014, and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 is unaudited and reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for all of 2014 or for any other period. The information at December 31, 2013 does not reflect the effect of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, which occurred in January 2014. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.” No tax equivalent adjustments have been made.

 

     At March 31,
2014
     At December 31,
2013
 
     (In thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

     

Total assets

   $ 1,499,527       $ 1,314,287   

Cash and cash equivalents

     47,213         40,316   

Securities available for sale

     444,959         441,306   

Loans receivable, net

     914,297         765,347   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     11,246         10,766   

Goodwill and core deposit intangible

     14,870         —     

Bank-owned life insurance

     30,080         29,831   

Deposits

     1,116,761         915,223   

Borrowings

     195,000         215,000   

Total equity

     173,165         171,534   

 

     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Operating Data:

    

Interest and dividend income

   $ 10,169      $ 7,348   

Interest expense

     1,655        2,104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     8,514        5,244   

Provision for loan losses

     714        864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

     7,800        4,380   

Gain on sales of securities available for sale

     541        4,290   

Other noninterest income

     1,088        1,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     1,629        5,442   

Noninterest expenses

     10,256        7,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (827     2,352   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (428     818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (399   $ 1,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents
     At or For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Performance Ratios:

    

Return (loss) on average assets (ratio of net income (loss) to average total assets)

     (0.11 )%      0.54

Return (loss) on average equity (ratio of net income (loss) to average equity)

     (0.93     3.49   

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.43        1.80   

Net interest margin (2)

     2.52        1.94   

Efficiency ratio (3)

     101.11        69.90   

Noninterest expense to average total assets

     2.89        2.61   

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     118.47        117.32   

Average equity to average total assets

     12.03        15.37   

Asset Quality Ratios:

    

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.28     0.15

Non-accrual loans to total loans

     0.42        0.34   

Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans

     268        371   

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     1.12        1.26   

Consolidated Capital Ratios:

    

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     15.7     21.8

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     14.5        20.7   

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     11.4        14.9   

Capital Ratios for the Bank:

    

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     12.9     18.3

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     11.7        17.2   

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     9.2        12.6   

 

(1) The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period, as annualized.
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period on a non-tax equivalent basis, as annualized.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, including gains on securities available for sale, net.

 

33


Table of Contents

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

Total Assets. Total assets increased $185.2 million, or 14.1%, to $1.5 billion at March 31, 2014 from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2013. This increase was mainly driven by a $149.0 million, or 19.5%, increase in net loans to $914.3 million at March 31, 2014 from $765.3 million at December 31, 2013. Premises and equipment increased $10.8 million to $18.3 million at March 31, 2014 due to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition.

Loans. At March 31, 2014, net loans were $914.3 million, or 61.0% of total assets compared with $765.3 million, or 58.2%, of total assets at December 31, 2013. The $149.0 million increase in net loans was mainly the result of the acquisition of $102.2 million of loans ($97.5 million net of purchase accounting adjustments) in January 2014 as part of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. Loans acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition consisted primarily of commercial loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. Excluding the effect of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, net loans increased over $50.0 million or 7.0% as the Bank continues to execute on its strategy which contemplates continued growth in lending.

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated. Loans held for sale amounted to $874,000 and $765,000 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and are included in one- to four-family residential loans below.

 

     At March 31,
2014
    At December 31,
2013
 
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 381,459        41.14   $ 365,707        47.31

Home equity

     64,110        6.91        25,535        3.30   

Commercial

     313,775        33.84        228,688        29.59   

Construction

     23,895        2.58        16,559        2.14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate

     783,239        84.47        636,489        82.34   

Commercial business

     115,321        12.43        111,154        14.38   

Consumer

     28,702        3.10        25,372        3.28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     927,262        100.00     773,015        100.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,346       (9,671  

Discount on purchased loans

     (4,964       (340  

Deferred loan costs, net

     2,345          2,343     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 914,297        $ 765,347     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

34


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the dollar amount of loans maturing in our portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity at March 31, 2014, but does not include scheduled payments or potential payments. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The yield on total loans has improved to 3.66% at March 31, 2014 from 3.58% at December 31, 2013.

 

     One- to Four-Family
Residential  Loans
    Home Equity Loans
and Lines of Credit
    Commercial Real
Estate Loans
    Construction  
     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending March 31,

                                       

2015

   $ 124         5.84   $ 4         6.75   $ 932         5.42   $ 456         5.00

2016

     106         4.97        8         6.04        19,694         3.13        20,853         2.50   

2017

     423         6.00        58         5.06        27,289         3.16        —           —     

2018 to 2019

     3,185         5.21        169         6.26        71,378         3.29        —           —     

2020 to 2024

     15,744         3.91        1,954         6.40        174,505         2.85        280         4.75   

2025 to 2029

     31,503         3.86        4,102         5.17        8,293         4.12        —           —     

2030 and beyond

     330,374         4.05        57,815         3.60        11,684         4.34        2,306         4.25   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 381,459         4.04   $ 64,110         3.79   $ 313,775         3.09   $ 23,895         2.75
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     Commercial Business
Loans
    Consumer Loans     Total Loans  
     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending March 31,

                                       

2015

   $ 2,900         2.93   $ 354         11.02   $ 4,770         4.30

2016

     4,919         2.74        96         6.70        45,676         2.81   

2017

     8,695         3.23        153         7.19        36,618         3.23   

2018 to 2019

     58,902         3.07        2,140         4.95        135,774         3.27   

2020 to 2024

     35,254         4.42        12,907         6.84        240,644         3.40   

2025 to 2029

     1,082         2.87        13,052         5.60        58,032         4.36   

2030 and beyond

     3,569         2.80        —           —          405,748         3.98   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 115,321         3.47   $ 28,702         6.19   $ 927,262         3.66
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at March 31, 2014 that are contractually due after March 31, 2015.

 

     Due After March 31, 2015  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans and lines:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 234,046       $ 147,289       $ 381,335   

Home equity

     4,970         59,136         64,106   

Commercial real estate

     63,404         249,439         312,843   

Construction

     1,997         21,442         23,439   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans and lines

     304,417         477,306         781,723   

Commercial business loans

     26,770         85,651         112,421   

Consumer loans

     28,348         —           28,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 359,535       $ 562,957       $ 922,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities Available for Sale. Total securities available for sale increased by $3.7 million to $445.0 million at March 31, 2014 from $441.3 million at December 31, 2013. Individual categories of securities had only minor changes from the end of 2013. Securities purchases during the first quarter of 2014 of approximately $60 million were offset by a like amount of sales, paydowns and maturities. Unrealized gains on available for sale securities increased $3.6 million during the first quarter of 2014.

 

35


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities at the dates indicated, all of which were available for sale.

 

     At March 31,
2014
     At December 31,
2013
 
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 125,096       $ 122,637       $ 131,781       $ 128,202   

U.S. government and government-sponsored enterprise obligations

     13,268         13,262         13,985         13,957   

U.S. government-sponsored mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations

     66,080         66,350         67,787         67,493   

Other mortgage and asset-backed securities:

           

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

     23,710         23,584         22,828         22,674   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     2,913         3,461         3,021         3,383   

SBA asset-backed securities

     9,581         9,317         9,787         9,394   

Other asset-backed securities

     9,788         9,809         10,974         11,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other mortgage and asset-backed securities

     45,992         46,171         46,610         46,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other bonds and obligations:

           

State and political subdivisions

     21,524         21,795         15,628         15,739   

Financial services:

           

Banks

     14,578         15,442         12,535         13,350   

Diversified financials

     13,624         14,157         14,023         14,528   

Insurance and REITs

     14,605         14,890         15,635         15,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial services

     42,807         44,489         42,193         43,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other corporate:

           

Industrials

     32,813         33,579         32,920         33,450   

Utilities

     15,134         15,404         12,000         12,086   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other corporate

     47,947         48,983         44,920         45,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     362,714         363,687         362,904         361,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Mutual funds:

           

International

     5,000         5,587         5,000         5,540   

Domestic

     466         455         466         453   

Global asset allocation

     32,956         37,637         32,956         37,124   

Diversified bonds

     34,603         34,810         34,392         34,350   

Other

     2,750         2,783         2,750         2,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     75,775         81,272         75,564         80,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 438,489       $ 444,959       $ 438,468       $ 441,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We only purchase investment grade securities. The private label commercial mortgage-backed securities investments are in the senior tranches of the capital structures and are investment grade. The other asset-backed securities are also in the senior tranches of the capital structures, are investment grade, and are supported by automobile financing, student loans, credit card receivables and equipment financings.

At March 31, 2014, we had no investments in a single company or entity, other than the U.S. Treasury or Government-sponsored enterprises, that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents increased by $6.9 million, or 17.1%, to $47.2 million at March 31, 2014 from $40.3 million at December 31, 2013. We used approximately

 

36


Table of Contents

$151.6 million of cash and cash equivalents received in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition to repay brokered deposits and short-term borrowings during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance. Our investment in bank-owned life insurance changed only slightly during the first quarter of 2014 as a result of current period earnings. At March 31, 2014, our investment was $30.1 million, compared to $29.8 million at December 31, 2013.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible. At March 31, 2014, goodwill and core deposit intangible assets totaled $14.9 million compared to none at December 31, 2013. The entire balance at March 31, 2014 relates to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition and is a combination of the core deposit intangible associated with the deposit liabilities assumed and the goodwill related to the recording of acquired assets and liabilities at fair value. Although we believe the purchase price allocation is substantially complete, further adjustment may be required as additional information is obtained.

Deposits. Total deposits increased by $201.5 million, or 22.0%, to $1.1 billion at March 31, 2014 from $915.2 million at December 31, 2013. The increase in total deposits was primarily due to the $274.5 million of deposits assumed in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition in January 2014. Approximately 10% of the deposits assumed in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition were certificates of deposit and the remainder were demand, savings and money market deposits. The level of deposits obtained in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition was slightly higher at March 31, 2014 than on the January 18, 2014 acquisition date. The increase in total deposits related to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition was partially offset by the repayment of $40.9 million of brokered deposits as well as the execution of our strategy during the first quarter of 2014 to lower our reliance on certificates of deposits and other higher yielding deposits.

The following table sets forth the average balances of deposits for the periods indicated.

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014     2013  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

              

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 96,193         8.85     —     $ 25,180         3.02     —  

Interest bearing deposits:

              

Now and demand

     114,927         10.57        0.08        63,398         7.61        0.12   

Savings accounts

     350,377         32.23        0.39        327,779         39.35        0.84   

Money market accounts

     170,283         15.66        0.54        83,900         10.07        0.78   

Certificates of deposit

     309,780         28.49        1.00        318,354         38.21        1.18   

Brokered certificates of deposit

     45,683         4.20        0.62        14,470         1.74        0.72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total interest bearing deposits

     991,050         91.15        0.57        807,901         96.98        0.90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 1,087,243         100.00     0.51   $ 833,081         100.00     0.87
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated, including brokered deposits.

 

     At March 31,
2014
     At December 31,
2013
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest rate range:

     

Less than 0.50%

   $ 65,996       $ 118,590   

0.50% to 0.99%

     86,713         56,516   

1.00% to 1.49%

     138,372         174,895   

1.50% to 1.99%

     18,521         23,322   

2.00% to 2.99%

     17,862         15,018   

3.00% and greater

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 327,464       $ 388,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges, the maturities of our certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits.

 

     At March 31, 2014  
     Period to Maturity  
     Less Than
or Equal to
One Year
     More Than
One to
Two Years
     More Than
Two to
Three
Years
     More Than
Three
Years
     Total      Percent of
Total
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest rate range:

                 

Less than 0.50%

   $ 62,789       $ 2,683       $ 424       $ 100       $ 65,996         20.17

0.50% to 0.99%

     30,572         45,744         6,468         3,929         86,713         26.47   

1.00% to 1.49%

     95,393         13,477         4,934         24,568         138,372         42.25   

1.50% to 1.99%

     4,216         406         7,105         6,794         18,521         5.66   

2.00% to 2.99%

     353         2,945         14,564         —           17,862         5.45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 193,323       $ 65,255       $ 33,495       $ 35,391       $ 327,464         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000, excluding brokered deposits, was $139.3 million as of March 31, 2014, compared to $129.0 million at December 31, 2013. The following table sets forth the maturity of such certificates as of March 31, 2014.

 

     At
March 31, 2014
 
     (In thousands)  

Maturing in:

  

Three months or less

   $ 36,766   

Over three months through six months

     19,961   

Over six months through one year

     27,763   

Over one year to three years

     26,950   

Over three years

     27,866   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 139,306   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings. Total borrowings decreased from $215.0 million at December 31, 2013 to $195.0 million at March 31, 2014. The $20.0 million decline reflects the use of cash acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition to repay approximately $110.7 million of short-term borrowings, partially offset by

 

38


Table of Contents

new borrowings in the first quarter of 2014 to fund loan growth and offset higher yielding deposit outflow. At March 31, 2014, short-term borrowings, consisting of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, were $150 million, compared to $170 million at December 31, 2013. Long-term borrowings, consisting of fixed-rate advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, with maturities ranging from 2014 through 2018, remained unchanged during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our Federal Home Loan Bank advances at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

     For the
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
     2014     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of period

   $ 195,000      $ 85,000   

Average balance during period

     165,333        127,533   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     195,000        137,000   

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     0.66     1.26

Average interest rate during period

     0.75        0.92   

Equity. Total equity increased $1.5 million, or 0.9%, to $173.2 million at March 31, 2014 from $171.5 million at December 31, 2013. The increase was mainly attributable to an increase in net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, partially offset by the net loss recorded in the first quarter of 2014.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

General. We recorded a net loss of $399,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to net income of $1.5 million for the first three months of 2013. The decline from the first quarter of 2013 was mainly due to a $3.7 million, or 87.4%, decrease in realized securities gains and a $2.8 million, or 37.3%, increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by a $3.3 million, or 62.4%, increase in net interest income.

 

39


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Yields

The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense. No tax equivalent yield adjustments have been made as the effect of such adjustments would not be material.

 

     At March 31,     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2014     2014     2013  
     Average
Yield/Cost
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Cost
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Cost
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

                

Total loans (1)

     3.66   $ 880,754      $ 8,051         3.71   $ 502,380      $ 4,864         3.93

Securities

     1.92        443,084        2,066         1.89        532,439        2,454         1.87   

Other interest earning assets (2)

     0.15        46,176        52         0.46        63,647        30         0.19   
    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     2.98        1,370,014        10,169         3.01        1,098,466        7,348         2.71   

Non-interest-earning assets

       71,684             60,161        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

     $ 1,441,698           $ 1,158,627        

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                

NOW accounts

     0.08      $ 114,927      $ 21         0.07     63,398      $ 17         0.11

Regular savings accounts

     0.39        350,377        354         0.41        327,779        679         0.84   

Money market accounts

     0.54        170,283        209         0.50        83,900        161         0.78   

Certificates of deposit (1)

     0.98        355,463        767         0.88        332,824        955         1.16   
    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     0.51        991,050        1,351         0.55        807,901        1,812         0.91   

Borrowings

     0.66        165,333        304         0.75        128,426        292         0.92   
    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     0.53        1,156,383        1,655         0.58        936,327        2,104         0.91   
      

 

 

        

 

 

    

Non-interest-bearing deposits

       96,193             25,180        

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

       15,682             19,092        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

       1,268,258             980,599        

Equity

       173,440             178,028        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 1,441,698           $ 1,158,627        

Net interest and dividend income

       $ 8,514           $ 5,244      

Net interest rate spread (3)

            2.43          1.80

Net interest-earning assets (4)

     $ 213,631           $ 162,139        

Net interest margin (5)

            2.52          1.94

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

       118.47          117.32     

 

(1) Average yield and cost at March 31, 2014 does not reflect fair market value adjustments for the Nantucket Branch Acquisition.
(2) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock and short-term investments.
(3) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(5) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

40


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest and dividend income for the fiscal years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Quarter Ended March 31,
2014 vs. 2013
 
     Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
 
     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
     (In thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

      

Loans

   $ 3,442      $ (255   $ 3,187   

Securities

     (417     29        (388

Other

     (5     27        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

   $ 3,020      $ (199   $ 2,821   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

      

NOW and Demand accounts

   $ 6      $ (2   $ 4   

Savings accounts

     51        (376     (325

Money market accounts

     74        (26     48   

Certificates of Deposit

     71        (259     (188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     202        (663     (461

Borrowings

     36        (24     12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 238      $ (687   $ (449
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 2,782      $ 488      $ 3,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest and Dividend Income. Net interest income increased $3.3 million, or 62.4%, to $8.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net interest-earning assets increased by $51.5 million, or 31.8%, to $213.6 million in the first quarter of 2014 from $162.1 million in the first quarter of 2013, while the net interest rate spread increased 63 basis points to 2.43% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to 1.80% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Our net interest margin improved 58 basis points to 2.52% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to 1.94% for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income increased $2.8 million, or 38.4%, to $10.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $7.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Interest and fees on loans grew $3.2 million, or 65.5%, to $8.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $4.9 million in the first three months of 2013 reflecting a $378.4 million, or 75.3%, growth in average loans from a year ago driven by organic loan growth as well as loans obtained in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. The impact on interest income from higher loan levels was partially offset by a decline in loan yield to 3.71% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from 3.93% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decline in loan yield is mainly due to the higher contribution of short-term LIBOR based commercial loans and competitive pricing pressures. These factors were

 

41


Table of Contents

partially offset by the yield on loans obtained in the Nantucket Bank Acquisition which was higher than that of the existing portfolio.

The higher level of interest income on loans was slightly offset by a $388,000, or 15.8%, decline in interest on securities. The average balance of investment securities declined $89.4 million, or 16.8%, to $443.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $532.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This reflects our strategy to change the composition of the balance sheet by increasing our loan portfolio, funded partially through the sale of securities, maturing securities and securities prepayments. The yield on securities was relatively stable at 1.89% in the first quarter of 2014 as compared to 1.87% in the first quarter of 2013.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $449,000, or 21.3%, to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The decrease in interest expense was almost entirely driven by a $461,000, or 25.4%, decline in interest expense on deposits. While the average balance of interest bearing deposits increased $183.2 million, or 22.7%, to $991.1 million in the first quarter of 2014 from $807.9 million in the first quarter of 2013, the yield on interest bearing deposits declined to 0.55% in the first quarter of 2014 from 0.91% in the first quarter of 2013. This reflects our strategy of changing the composition of our deposits to reduce the overall composite rate paid on deposits. The Nantucket Branch Acquisition was consistent with this goal as the deposits we obtained in that acquisition had a composite rate of 0.34% on the acquisition date.

Interest expense on borrowings increased $12,000, or 4.1%, to $304,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $292,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This was driven by a $36.9 million, or 28.7%, increase in average borrowings as funding, in excess of the growth of deposits, was needed to support loan growth. The increase in interest expense caused by the higher average balance was partially offset by a 17 basis point decline in yield to 0.75% for the first three months of 2014 from 0.92% for the first three months of 2013.

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded provisions for loan losses of $714,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $864,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The provisions in both quarters reflect management’s assessment of the risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.12% at March 31, 2014 compared to 1.26% at March 31, 2013. The loans obtained in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition during the first quarter of 2014 were recorded at an estimated fair value of $97.5 million and, as a result, there was no associated allowance for loan losses established which resulted in an overall lower allowance coverage ratio. The $4.7 million fair valuation adjustment to the loans acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition included both an interest rate component and a credit adjustment for estimated losses.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $3.8 million, or 70.1%, to $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $5.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decline was driven almost entirely by a $3.7 million, or 87.4%, decrease in gains on sales of securities. In addition, declines in gains on sales of loans and trading assets were partially offset by a higher level of customer service fees due, in part, to pricing changes and the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. During the first quarter of 2014, we realized net gain of $541,000 on the sales of securities.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $2.8 million, or 37.3%, to $10.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 from $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Of the $2.8 million increase in noninterest expense, $775,000 related to one-time costs associated with the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, approximately $800,000 related to the operating expenses of the Nantucket branches incurred during the first quarter of 2014 since the January 18, 2014 acquisition date,

 

42


Table of Contents

$488,000 related to incremental organizational costs associated with the proposed mutual-to-stock conversion of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, and $352,000 related to the amortization of intangible assets associated with the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. Excluding these items, noninterest expense increased approximately $400,000 in the first quarter of 2014 compared to the first quarter of 2013. This increase in noninterest expense mainly resulted from the higher cost associated with the Bank becoming a diversified community bank in accordance with the Bank’s strategic plan discussed under “—Business Strategy” above. These costs related to a continued expansion of the management team and other infrastructure to meet the needs associated with our current business plan. On a full time equivalent basis, total employees were 200 at March 31, 2014 compared to 143 at March 31, 2013. Of the 57 employee increase from a year ago, 43 related to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. In addition to the increase in the number of employees, the profile of our employee population has continued to evolve towards a higher proportion of employees with significant industry experience and this contributed to an increase in salaries expense. Benefits expense also increased from a year ago due to a combination of an increase in employees and the growing costs of providing certain benefits such as health insurance.

Income Tax Provision. We recorded a tax benefit of $428,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 on a pre-tax loss of $827,000 for an effective tax rate of 51.8%. This compares to a tax expense of $818,000 for the first three months of 2013 on pre-tax income $2.4 million for an effective tax rate of 34.8%. The change in the effective tax rate is due to current period net loss as the Company’s tax exempt income resulted in an increase in the effective tax rate.

Asset Quality

Delinquencies. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies at the dates indicated.

 

     Loans Delinquent For                
     60-89 Days      90 Days and Over      Total  
     Number      Amount      Number      Amount      Number      Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At March 31, 2014

                                         

Real estate loans and lines:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     2       $ 608         8       $ 981         10       $ 1,589   

Home equity

     —           —           1         540         1         540   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans and lines

     2         608         9         1,521         11         2,129   

Consumer loans

     1         18         2         11         3         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     3       $ 626         11       $ 1,532         14       $ 2,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

                                         

Real estate loans and lines:

                 

One- to four-family

     2       $ 196         6       $ 828         8       $ 1,024   

Home equity

     —           —           1         36         1         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     2       $ 196         7       $ 864         9       $ 1,060   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans 60 or more days past due increased $1.1 million, or 104%, to $2.2 million at March 31, 2014 from $1.1 million at December 31, 2013, reflecting an increase of $668,000 in loans 90 days or more past due and an increase of $430,000 in loans 60 to 89 days past due. Delinquent loans at March 31, 2014 included $568,000 of loans acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, including $18,000 that were 60 to 89 days or more past due, and $550,000 that were 90 days or more past due.

 

43


Table of Contents

Non-performing Assets. The following table provides information with respect to our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. We had no other real estate owned at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

     At
March 31,
2014
    At
December 31,
2013
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

    

One- to four-family

   $ 2,736      $ 1,706   

Home equity loans and lines

     558        36   

Commercial business

     553        —     

Consumer

     10        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     3,857        1,742   

Performing troubled debt restructurings

     275        279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 4,132      $ 2,021   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Non-accrual loans to total loans

     0.42     0.23

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.28     0.15

Non-performing assets increased to $4.1 million, or 0.28% of total assets, at March 31, 2014 from $2.0 million, or 0.15% of total assets, at December 31, 2013. Non-performing assets at March 31, 2014 included $1.1 million of assets acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, mainly home equity and commercial business loans. There was also an increase in one-to-four family nonaccrual loans unrelated to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition.

The following table sets forth our amounts of classified loans, loans designated as special mention and criticized loans (classified loans and loans designated as special mention) as of the dates indicated.

 

     At
March 31,
2014
     At
December 31,
2013
 
     (In thousands)  

Classified loans:

     

Substandard

   $ 2,560       $ 1,707   

Doubtful

     693         693   

Loss

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total classified loans

     3,253         2,400   

Special mention

     13,302         2,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total criticized loans

   $ 16,555       $ 5,219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classified loan status, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are designated as special mention. As of March 31, 2014, we had $13.3 million of assets designated as special mention compared to $2.8 million at December 31, 2013.

The increase in special mention loans from December 31, 2013 is mainly due to two credits for which we received updated financial information during the quarter that warrant closer monitoring. At March 31, 2014, we have not identified any potential problem loans that are not included in the table above.

 

44


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses. Changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods indicated were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 9,671      $ 5,550   

Charge-offs:

    

Real estate:

    

One- to four-family

     (18     (93

Consumer loans

     (21     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (39     (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

    

Real estate:

    

One- to four-family

     —          80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     —          80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

     (39     (20

Provision for loan losses

     714        864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 10,346      $ 6,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     —       —  

Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans at end of period

     268        371   

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period(1)

     1.12        1.26   

 

(1) Total loans does not include deferred costs or discounts.

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.12% at March 31, 2014 compared to 1.26% at March 31, 2013. The $102.2 million of loans obtained in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition during the first quarter of 2014 were recorded at an estimated fair value of $97.5 million as part of purchase accounting adjustments and, as a result, there was no associated allowance for loan losses established at the January 18, 2014 closing. The $4.7 million fair valuation adjustment to the loans acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition included both an interest rate component and a credit adjustment for estimated losses.

 

45


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

 

     At March 31, 2014     At December 31, 2013  
     Amount      Percent of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Loans in
Category
of Total
Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real Estate:

          

One- to four-family residential

   $ 2,887         41.14   $ 2,835         47.31

Home equity

     268         6.91        247         3.30   

Commercial

     2,928         33.84        2,608         29.59   

Construction

     414         2.58        303         2.14   

Commercial business loans

     2,589         12.43        2,416         14.38   

Consumer loans

     602         3.10        574         3.28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance

     9,688         100.00     8,983         100.00
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unallocated

     658           688      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 10,346         $ 9,671      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Management of Market Risk

Net Interest Income Analysis. Income simulation is the primary tool for measuring the interest-rate risk inherent in our balance sheet at a given point in time by showing the effect on net interest income, over specified time horizons, under a range of interest rate ramp and shock scenarios. These simulations take into account repricing, maturity and prepayment characteristics of individual products. These estimates require us to make certain assumptions including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income. Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

As of March 31, 2014, net interest income simulation indicated that our exposure to changing interest rates was within our internal and regulatory guidelines. The following table presents the estimated impact of interest-rate ramps on our estimated net interest income over the period indicated:

 

Change in Interest
Rates (basis points) (1)
     Change in Net Interest Income
Year One
(% Change From Year One Base)
 
  +200         -2.47
  -100         0.50

 

(1) The calculated change in net interest income assumes a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over a one-year period.

The table above indicates that at March 31, 2014, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates over a one year period, assuming a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over such period, we would experience a 2.47% decrease in net interest income. At the same date, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates over a one year period, assuming a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over such period, we would experience a 0.50% increase in net interest income. The Nantucket Branch Acquisition, as discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial

 

46


Table of Contents

Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition,” impacted our net interest income sensitivity due to the addition of core deposits which reduces liability sensitivity.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis. We also analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through our economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the present value of our assets and predicted changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. Our economic value of equity analysis as of March 31, 2014 indicated that, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience an estimated 8.8% decrease in the economic value of our equity. At the same date, our analysis indicated that, in the event of an instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience an estimated 4.4% decrease in the economic value of our equity. The Nantucket Branch Acquisition, as discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition,” impacted the economic value of equity analysis primarily due to the addition of non-rate sensitive core deposits. The impact on our economic value of equity under all scenarios discussed above are within policy guidelines. The estimates of changes in the economic value of our equity require us to make certain assumptions including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on the economic value of our equity. Although our economic value of equity analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the economic value of our equity and will differ from actual results.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At March 31, 2014, we had $195.0 million of Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) advances outstanding. At that date we had the ability to borrow up to an additional $91.0 million from the FHLBB. At March 31, 2014, we had $33.0 million in available unsecured federal funds lines with correspondent banks, which could be drawn upon as needed. There were no amounts outstanding under these lines of credit at March 31, 2014.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The level of these assets is dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At March 31, 2014, cash and cash equivalents totaled $47.2 million.

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and borrowings. We experienced a net increase in deposits of $201.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, largely in relation to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. Brokered deposits decreased by $70.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, partially as a result of the use of cash obtained in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition to repay brokered deposits. At March 31, 2014, brokered deposits totaled $20.7 million. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and by other factors. We experienced a net decrease in borrowings of $20.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, largely as a result of the use of cash obtained in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition to reduce borrowings.

At March 31, 2014, we had $59.0 million in loan commitments outstanding. In addition to commitments to originate loans, we had $82.0 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers and letters of credit and $16.6 million in undisbursed construction loans. Certificates of deposit due within one year of March 31, 2014 totaled $193.3 million, or 17.3%, of total deposits. Excluding brokered deposits,

 

47


Table of Contents

certificates of deposit due within one year of March 31, 2014 totaled $183.3 million, or 16.7%, of total deposits.

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. At March 31, 2014, we exceeded all regulatory capital requirements and were considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus, except as required by law.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    our ability to implement successfully our new business strategy, which includes significant asset and liability growth;

 

    our ability to increase our market share in our market areas and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

    our ability to implement successfully our branch network expansion strategy;

 

    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

    competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;

 

    adverse changes in the securities markets which, given the significant size of our investment securities portfolio, could cause a material decline in our reported equity and/or our net income if we must record impairment charges or a decline in the fair value of our securities, which are all available for sale;

 

48


Table of Contents
    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;

 

    changes in our financial condition or results of operations that reduce capital available to pay dividends; and

 

    changes in the financial condition or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

49


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $175.5 million and $238.0 million, or $273.9 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:

 

    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    Minimum
17,850,000 Shares
    Midpoint
21,000,000 Shares
    Maximum
24,150,000 Shares
    Maximum as adjusted
27,772,500 Shares (1)
 
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Stock offering proceeds

  $ 178,500        $ 210,000        $ 241,500        $ 277,725     

Less offering expenses

    3,048          3,294          3,539          3,822     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net offering proceeds (2)

  $ 175,452        100.0   $ 206,706        100.0   $ 237,961        100.0   $ 273,903        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Use of net proceeds:

               

To Blue Hills Bank

  $ 87,726        50.0   $ 103,353        50.0   $ 118,980        50.0   $ 136,951        50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

  $ 14,637        8.3   $ 17,220        8.3   $ 19,803        8.3   $ 22,774        8.3

Contribution to the Foundation

  $ 2,538        1.4   $ 1,750        0.8   $ 963        0.4   $ 57        0.0

To redeem SBLF preferred stock (3)

  $ 18,724        10.7   $ 18,724        9.1   $ 18,724        7.9   $ 18,724        6.8

To be retained by Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.

  $ 51,827        29.5   $ 65,659        31.8   $ 79,491        33.4   $ 95,397        34.8

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes all shares of common stock are sold in the subscription offering and/or the community offering. If all shares are sold in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, the estimated net proceeds would be $167.4 million, $197.3 million, $227.1 million and $261.4 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively.
(3) Prior to the completion of the conversion, we intend to redeem the $18,724,000 of preferred stock that Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program. While we expect to redeem the preferred stock shortly prior to the completion of the conversion, our decision to redeem the stock is, in part, based on the expected receipt of the proceeds of the offering.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Blue Hills Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.

Blue Hills Bancorp may use the proceeds it retains from the stock offering:

 

    to invest in investment securities;

 

    to pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

    to repurchase shares of our common stock, subject to regulatory restrictions;

 

    to build our capital base to allow us to take advantage of acquisition opportunities in our market area and adjacent markets; and

 

50


Table of Contents
    for other general corporate purposes, including depositing such funds with, or making additional capital contributions to, Blue Hills Bank to help finance our business strategy.

Prior to the completion of the conversion, we intend to redeem the $18,724,000 of preferred stock that Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the Small Business Lending Fund Program. While we expect to redeem the preferred stock shortly prior to the completion of the conversion, our decision to redeem the stock is, in part, based on the expected receipt of the proceeds of the offering.

With the exception of the funding of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan (through a subsidiary), the contribution of cash to the Foundation and the redemption of the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury, Blue Hills Bancorp has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in corporate debt securities, U.S. government and agency debt securities, and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. Under applicable banking regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the conversion, except to fund equity benefit plans or except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval.

Blue Hills Bank may use the proceeds it receives from the stock offering to:

 

    expand our loan portfolio through the origination or purchase of residential, commercial business and commercial real estate loans;

 

    to support the addition of infrastructure, including the hiring of additional commercial and residential lending teams operating in our market area and adjacent markets;

 

    offer new products and services, including online and mobile banking products and services to reach targeted consumer and business customers outside of our current branch network;

 

    acquire fee income businesses that complement our current product capabilities while improving the revenue contribution of fee income from existing customers;

 

    expand our branch network through select de novo and acquisition opportunities;

 

    to invest in securities permitted by our investment policy; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

Blue Hills Bank has not quantified its plans or determined specific amounts for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes, and currently has no understandings or agreements to acquire any new branches or fee income businesses.

The use of proceeds outlined above are based on many factors including but not limited to changes in market interest rates, our relative position in the financial services industry in our market and the attractiveness of potential branch acquisitions and acquisitions of fee income businesses. Our short-term and long-term growth plans anticipate that, upon completion of the offering, we will experience growth through increased lending and investment activities and, possibly, expansion through branch acquisitions. We currently have no understandings or agreements to acquire other banks, thrifts, branches thereof, other financial services companies. There can be no assurance that we would be able to consummate any acquisition.

 

51


Table of Contents

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the board of directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable law, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. Blue Hills Bancorp will file a consolidated tax return with Blue Hills Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established requirements with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by registered bank holding companies. These regulatory policies and requirements could affect the ability of the Blue Hills Bancorp to pay dividends. See “Supervision and Regulation—Holding Company Regulation.”

Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. We currently have no plans to issue additional shares of preferred stock. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.” Initially, dividends we can declare and pay will depend upon the proceeds retained from the stock offering and the earnings received from the investment of those proceeds. In the future, dividends will depend in large part upon receipt of dividends from Blue Hills Bank, because we expect to have limited sources of income other than dividends from Blue Hills Bank, net income earned on the net proceeds of the offering and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan (which we expect will be funded through a subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of making the loan to the employee stock ownership plan).

Massachusetts banking law and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations impose limitations on capital distributions by savings institutions. See “Supervision and Regulation—Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.”

Any payment of dividends by Blue Hills Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of Blue Hills Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Blue Hills Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Regulation—Capital Distributions.” Blue Hills Bank does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a federal tax liability. See “Taxation—Federal Taxation” and “—State Taxation.”

 

52


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our shares of common stock. We expect that our shares of common stock will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BHBK”, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.

The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. You should have a long-term investment intent if you purchase shares of our common stock and you should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the shares of common stock.

 

53


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At December 31, 2013, Blue Hills Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Blue Hills Bank at December 31, 2013, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Blue Hills Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. The table assumes the receipt by Blue Hills Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.” The pro forma capital information in the table below also assumes that the Nantucket Branch Acquisition was completed as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Blue Hills Bank
Historical at

December 31, 2013
    Pro Forma with
Nantucket Bank
December 31, 2013
    Pro Forma at December 31, 2013, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of (1)  
        Minimum
17,850,000 Shares
    Midpoint
21,000,000 Shares
    Maximum
24,150,000 Shares
    Maximum as adjusted
27,772,500 Shares (2)
 
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets (3)
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
    Amount     Percent
of Assets
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

  $ 142,319        10.91   $ 142,319        9.97   $ 208,089        13.73   $ 219,842        14.36   $ 231,594        14.97   $ 245,109        15.66

Tier 1 leverage(4)(5)(6)

    137,099        11.11        122,182        9.10        187,952        13.14        199,705        13.81        211,457        14.47        224,972        15.20   

Tier 1 leverage requirement

    49,370        4.00        53,712        4.00        57,221        4.00        57,846        4.00        58,471        4.00        59,190        4.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 87,729        7.11   $ 68,470        5.10   $ 130,731        9.14   $ 141,859        9.81   $ 152,986        10.47   $ 165,782        11.20
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)(6)

  $ 137,099        15.26   $ 122,182        12.14   $ 187,952        18.35   $ 199,705        19.44   $ 211,457        20.52   $ 224,972        21.75

Risk-based requirement

    35,932        4.00        40,274        4.00        40,976        4.00        41,101        4.00        41,226        4.00        41,370        4.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 101,167        11.26   $ 81,908        8.14   $ 146,976        14.35   $ 158,604        15.44   $ 170,231        16.52   $ 183,602        17.75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (4)(6)

  $ 148,872        16.57   $ 133,955        13.30   $ 199,725        19.50   $ 211,478        20.58   $ 223,230        21.66   $ 236,745        22.89

Risk-based requirement

    71,864        8.00        80,548        8.00        81,952        8.00        82,202        8.00        82,452        8.00        82,740        8.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 77,008        8.57   $ 53,407        5.30   $ 117,773        11.50   $ 129,276        12.58   $ 140,778        13.66   $ 154,005        14.89
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into Blue Hills Bank:

                       

Net proceeds

          $ 87,726        $ 103,353        $ 118,980        $ 136,951     

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

            (14,637       (17,220       (19,803       (22,774  

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans

            (7,319       (8,610       (9,902       (11,387  
         

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

          $ 65,770        $ 77,523        $ 89,275        $ 102,790     
         

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

(footnotes on following page)

 

54


Table of Contents

 

(1) Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 8% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately following the stock offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) with funds borrowed from Blue Hills Bancorp (through a subsidiary). Pro forma capital pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles capital and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund this plan. See “Management of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
(2) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(3) Assets used in calculating percentages reflect the estimated pro forma impact of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition as shown in the table provided in the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.”
(4) Tier 1 capital is shown as a percentage of adjusted average assets of $1.3 billion. Risk-based capital is shown as a percentage of risk-based weighted assets of $1.0 billion which includes the pro forma impact of the acquisition of Nantucket Bank.
(5) The current leverage capital requirement for financial institutions is 3% of total average assets for financial institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness and a 4% Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for all other financial institutions.
(6) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

55


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC at December 31, 2013 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Blue Hills Bancorp, after giving effect to the conversion and the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section. The pro form capitalization information provided in the table below also assumes that the redemption of the $18,724,000 of preferred stock that Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program was completed as of December 31, 2013.

 

    Hyde Park
Bancorp, MHC
Historical at
December 31,
2013
    Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. Pro Forma,
Based Upon the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of
 
    Minimum
17,850,000

Shares
    Midpoint
21,000,000

Shares
    Maximum
24,150,000

Shares
    Maximum as
adjusted
27,772,500

Shares (1)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits (2)

  $ 915,223      $ 915,223      $ 915,223      $ 915,223      $ 915,223   

Borrowings

    215,000        215,000        215,000        215,000        215,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

  $ 1,130,223      $ 1,130,223      $ 1,130,223      $ 1,130,223      $ 1,130,223   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

         

Preferred stock $1.00 par value ($1,000 liquidation), 50 million shares authorized

  $ 18,724      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Common stock $0.01 par value, 100 million shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding as shown (3)(4)

    —          183        215        248        285   

Additional paid-in capital (4)

    —          179,732        211,741        243,751        280,561   

Tax benefit of contribution to the Foundation

    —          2,800        2,800        2,800        2,800   

Retained earnings (5)

    150,345        150,345        150,345        150,345        150,345   

Plus:

         

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2,465        2,465        2,465        2,465        2,465   

Less:

         

Expense of the Foundation

    —          (7,000     (7,000     (7,000     (7,000

Common stock to be acquired by employee stock ownership plan (6)

    —          (14,637     (17,220     (19,803     (22,774

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7)

    —          (7,319     (8,610     (9,902     (11,387
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 171,534      $ 306,569      $ 334,736      $ 362,904      $ 395,295   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma shares outstanding:

         

Shares issued to the Foundation

    —          446,250        525,000        603,750        694,313   

Shares offered for sale in offering

    NA        17,850,000        21,000,000        24,150,000        27,772,500   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares outstanding

    NA        18,296,250        21,525,000        24,753,750        28,466,813   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)(8)

    11.93     19.26     20.67     22.02     23.53

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Blue Hills Bancorp common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans. If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the stock offering, an amount up to 10% and 4% of the shares of Blue Hills Bancorp common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation, will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance of restricted stock awards, respectively. See “Management of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.”
(4) Pro forma common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of Blue Hills Bancorp common stock that will be outstanding after the conversion, including shares issued to the Foundation.

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

56


Table of Contents
(5) The retained earnings of Blue Hills Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.”
(6) Assumes that 8% of the shares issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation, will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Blue Hills Bancorp (through a subsidiary). The loan will be repaid principally from Blue Hills Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Blue Hills Bancorp will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt through a subsidiary, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no asset or liability will be reflected on Blue Hills Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation, will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Blue Hills Bancorp accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans will be provided by Blue Hills Bancorp. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and that shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.9%.
(8) Assets used in calculating percentages reflect the estimated pro forma impact of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition and that Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC had assets of $1.4 billion. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.”

 

57


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following table summarizes historical data of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and pro forma data of Blue Hills Bancorp at and for the year ended December 31, 2013. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

We are offering up to a maximum, as adjusted, of 27,772,500 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis. We must sell a minimum of 17,850,000 shares in order to complete the offering. The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

    all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and/or community offerings;

 

    our executive officers and directors, and their associates, will purchase 597,500 shares of common stock;

 

    our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the stock offering including shares contributed to the Foundation with a loan from Blue Hills Bancorp (through a subsidiary) that will adjust with the prime interest rate. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 30 years, and interest income that Blue Hills Bancorp will earn on the loan will offset the interest contributed to the employee stock ownership plan by Blue Hills Bank;

 

    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a success fee equal to 0.85% of the aggregate purchase price of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan);

 

    expenses of the stock offering, other than fees and expenses to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, will be $1.6 million; and

 

    intangible assets equaled $14.9 million at December 31, 2013, based on the assumption that the Nantucket Branch Acquisition had been completed as of that date. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition”.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 as if the offering had been completed at the beginning of the period, and the net proceeds we received had been invested at an assumed interest rate of 2.35% (1.41% on an after-tax basis) during the period. This assumed interest rate represents a blended rate based on the assumption that $18.7 million of net proceeds are used to redeem the 18,724 shares of preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury, with a pre-tax dividend yield of 7.47%, and the remaining net proceeds are invested in a five-year United States Treasury Note as of December 31, 2013 equal to 1.75%, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by federal regulations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity amounts for December 31, 2013 have been calculated as if the conversion and offering had been completed on December 31, 2013.

 

58


Table of Contents

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. The stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval, which may or may not be received. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards, either directly from Blue Hills Bancorp or through open market purchases, a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the stock offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. It is possible that the purchase price of shares acquired for restricted stock awards will be higher or lower than the price of shares sold in the offering, or that restricted stock awards granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.

We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the stock offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation. In preparing the pro forma tables, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.33 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 15.82% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0.0%, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 3.04%. Because there is currently no market for our shares of common stock, the assumed expected volatility is based on the SNL Securities index for all publicly-traded thrift institutions and their holding companies. It is possible that the exercise price of stock options issued under the stock-based benefit plans will be higher or lower than $10.00 per share, or that the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumptions used at the time options are granted will be different than those relied upon in preparing the pro forma tables.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares, including shares contributed to the Foundation, if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Blue Hills Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan (by funding a subsidiary which will make this loan) and funding the cash portion of the contribution to the Foundation and retain the rest of the proceeds we retain for future use. Prior to the completion of the conversion, we intend to redeem the $18,724,000 of preferred stock that Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the Small Business Lending Fund Program. While we expect to redeem the preferred stock shortly prior to the completion of the conversion, our decision to redeem the shares is, in part, based on the expected receipt of the proceeds of the offering.

 

59


Table of Contents

The pro forma tables do not give effect to withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering. Funds withdrawn to purchase common stock in the offering will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment. The pro forma tables also do not give effect to our results of operations after the stock offering, or changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering. The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the tables to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

60


Table of Contents
     At or for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
     Minimum
17,850,000
Shares
    Midpoint
21,000,000

Shares
    Maximum
24,150,000
Shares
    Maximum as
adjusted
27,772,500

Shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 178,500      $ 210,000      $ 241,500      $ 277,725   

Plus: Market value of shares issued to the Foundation

     4,463        5,250        6,038        6,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro form market capitalization

   $ 182,963      $ 215,250      $ 247,538      $ 284,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

     178,500        210,000        241,500        277,725   

Less: expenses

     (3,048     (3,294     (3,539     (3,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     175,452        206,706        237,961        273,903   

Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)

     (14,637     (17,220     (19,803     (22,774

Less: Cash contribution to the Foundation

     (2,538     (1,750     (963     (57

Less: Common stock purchased for stock awards (3)

     (7,319     (8,610     (9,902     (11,387
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net cash proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 150,958      $ 179,126      $ 207,293      $ 239,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

        

Consolidated net income:

        

Historical

     2,663        2,663        2,663        2,663   

Pro forma income on net proceeds

     2,129        2,526        2,923        3,380   

Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)

     (293     (344     (396     (456

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

     (878     (1,033     (1,188     (1,366

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

     (1,097     (1,290     (1,484     (1,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 2,524      $ 2,522      $ 2,518      $ 2,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share net income (reflects ASC 718-40):

        

Historical

   $ 0.15      $ 0.13      $ 0.11      $ 0.10   

Pro forma income on net proceeds

     0.13        0.13        0.13        0.13   

Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)

     (0.02     (0.02     (0.02     (0.02

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

     (0.05     (0.05     (0.05     (0.05

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (5)

   $ 0.15      $ 0.13      $ 0.11      $ 0.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share

     66.67x        76.92x        90.91x        100.00x   

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (5)

     16,881,340        19,860,400        22,839,460        26,265,379   

At December 31, 2013

        

Common stockholders’ equity:

        

Historical

   $ 152,810      $ 152,810      $ 152,810      $ 152,810   

Estimated net proceeds

     175,452        206,706        237,961        273,903   

Plus: Shares issued to the Foundation

     4,463        5,250        6,038        6,943   

Plus: Tax benefit of the contribution to the Foundation

     2,800        2,800        2,800        2,800   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (14,637     (17,220     (19,803     (22,774

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)

     (7,319     (8,610     (9,902     (11,387

Less: Expense of the contribution to the Foundation

     (7,000     (7,000     (7,000     (7,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

   $ 306,569      $ 334,736      $ 362,904      $ 395,296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

     (14,917     (14,917     (14,917     (14,917
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders equity

   $ 291,652      $ 319,819      $ 347,987      $ 380,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stockholders’ equity per share:

        

Historical

   $ 8.36      $ 7.11      $ 6.18      $ 5.38   

Estimated net proceeds

     9.59        9.60        9.61        9.62   

Plus: Shares issued to the Foundation

     0.24        0.24        0.24        0.24   

Plus: Tax benefit of the contribution to the Foundation

     0.15        0.13        0.11        0.10   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)(4)

     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40

Less: Expense of the contribution to the Foundation

     (0.38     (0.33     (0.28     (0.25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6)

   $ 16.76      $ 15.55      $ 14.66      $ 13.89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (6)

   $ 15.94      $ 14.86      $ 14.06      $ 13.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     59.67     64.31     68.21     71.99

Offering price as a percentage of tangible equity per share

     62.74     67.29     71.12     74.79

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value and tangible book value per share calculations

     18,296,250        21,525,000        24,753,750        28,466,813   

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

61


Table of Contents
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Blue Hills Bancorp (through a subsidiary). The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable-rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal, on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year. Blue Hills Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Blue Hills Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 30 equal annual installments of principal and interest. ASC 718-40, “Compensation—Stock Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”), requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Blue Hills Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 48,790, 57,400, 66,010 and 75,912 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by Blue Hills Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Blue Hills Bancorp or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Blue Hills Bancorp. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the period and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 40%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.9%.
(4) If approved by Blue Hills Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.33 for each option, and the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options and 25% of the option expense is tax deductible. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation)) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.09%.
(5) Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period and subtracting non-vested stock awards granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans. See notes 2 and 3, above.
(6) The retained earnings of Blue Hills Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision—Dividends.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

 

62


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION

WITH AND WITHOUT THE FOUNDATION

As reflected in the table below, if the Foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $183.0 million, $215.3 million, $247.5 million and $284.7 million with the Foundation, as compared to $191.3 million, $225.0 million, $258.8 million and $297.6 million, respectively, without the Foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the Foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.

For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the year ended December 31, 2013 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at the beginning of the one year period, with and without the Foundation.

 

    Minimum of Offering Range     Midpoint of Offering Range     Maximum of Offering Range     Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
    With
Foundation
    Without
Foundation
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Estimated stock offering amount

  $ 178,500      $ 191,250      $ 210,000      $ 225,000      $ 241,500      $ 258,750      $ 277,725      $ 297,563   

Estimated full value

    182,963        191,250        215,250        225,000        247,538        258,750        284,668        297,563   

Total assets (1)

    1,591,494        1,602,884        1,619,661        1,632,321        1,647,829        1,661,757        1,680,221        1,695,608   

Total liabilities

    1,266,201        1,266,201        1,266,201        1,266,201        1,266,201        1,266,201        1,266,201        1,266,201   

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

    306,569        317,959        334,736        347,396        362,904        376,832        395,296        410,683   

Pro forma net income (2)

    2,524        2,621        2,521        2,618        2,518        2,615        2,514        2,611   

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

    16.76        16.63        15.55        15.44        14.66        14.56        13.89        13.80   

Pro forma net income per share

    0.15        0.15        0.13        0.13        0.11        0.11        0.10        0.10   

Pro forma pricing ratios:

               

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

    59.67     60.13     64.31     64.77     68.21     68.68     71.99     72.46

Offering price to pro forma net income per share

    66.67     66.67     76.92     76.92     90.91     90.91     100.00     100.00

Pro forma financial ratios:

               

Return on assets (annualized)

    0.16     0.16     0.16     0.16     0.15     0.16     0.15     0.16

Return on equity (annualized)

    0.82     0.82     0.75     0.75     0.69     0.69     0.64     0.64

Equity to assets

    19.26     19.84     20.67     21.28     22.02     22.68     23.53     24.22

Total shares issued

    18,296,250        19,125,000        21,525,000        22,500,000        24,753,750        25,875,000        28,466,813        29,756,250   

(footnote on following page)

 

63


Table of Contents
(1) Includes the pro forma impact of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition of $123.5 million.
(2) The following table shows the estimated after-tax expense associated with the contribution to the Foundation, as well as pro forma net income, pro forma net income per share, pro forma return on assets and pro forma return on stockholders’ equity assuming the contribution to the Foundation was expensed during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Minimum of
Offering
Range
    Midpoint of
Offering
Range
    Maximum of
Offering
Range
    Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
Range
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

After-tax expense of contribution to foundation

   $ 4,200      $ 4,200      $ 4,200      $ 4,200   

Pro forma net income

   $ (1,676   $ (1,678   $ (1,682   $ (1,685

Pro forma net income per share

   $ (0.10   $ (0.08   $ (0.07   $ (0.06

Offering price to pro forma net income per share

     N/M        N/M        N/M        N/M   

Pro forma return on assets (annualized)

     (0.11 )%      (0.10 )%      (0.10 )%      (0.10 )% 

Pro forma return on equity (annualized)

     (0.55 )%      (0.50 )%      (0.46 )%      (0.43 )% 

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section is intended to help potential investors understand our financial performance through a discussion of the factors affecting our financial condition and results of operations. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. was incorporated on February 27, 2014 and had not engaged in any activities as of December 31, 2013; therefore, the information contained in this section reflects the financial performance of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and its subsidiary. Except as provided below under “—Nantucket Branch Acquisition,” the information provided in this section regarding our financial condition and results of operations does not include the effects of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, which occurred subsequent to December 31, 2013.

Overview

Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest and dividend income from our investments in loans and investment securities. Net interest and dividend income is the difference between (1) the interest and dividend income we earn on our interest-earning assets, consisting primarily of loans, investment securities (including debt securities and marketable equity securities) and other interest-earning assets, and (2) the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits (including NOW accounts, regular savings accounts, money market accounts, and certificates of deposit), Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances, and other borrowings.

Our results of operations also are affected by the provision for loan losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense. Noninterest income currently consists primarily of gains or losses on the sale of investment securities and loans, income derived from bank-owned life insurance, customer service fees, fee income on loans, and other income sources. Noninterest expense currently consists primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expenses, data processing, professional fees, advertising expenses, FDIC insurance premiums, and other operating expenses. Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Historically, a significant majority of our assets consisted of an internally managed investment securities portfolio and fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential loans, which were funded primarily by certificates of deposits derived from retail customers in the communities surrounding our branches. A significant part of our revenue was derived from the management of our investment securities portfolio and cash and cash equivalents which, as of December 31, 2011, totaled $634.8 million or 65.4% of our assets, while our net loans totaled $276.5 million or 28.5% of our assets at such date. Our lending business was historically limited to one- to four-family residential loans and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans to our customers, with a substantial portion of the loan portfolio being secured by one-to four-family properties located in communities immediately surrounding our banking offices. We did not offer commercial real estate or commercial business loans nor did we offer deposit products or services aimed at attracting business customers.

In mid-2010, our board of directors hired William M. Parent as the new Chief Executive Officer and President and approved a change in our strategic direction designed to transform our Bank into a full service community bank with a full complement of retail and commercial loan and deposit products. The primary goal of this change in strategic direction was to diversify our operations, assets, and funding base. The change in strategic direction emphasized increasing our residential lending capabilities while building commercial real estate and commercial business lending platforms and offering deposit products and

 

65


Table of Contents

services that would attract and retain commercial customers. The new strategic direction also emphasized improving our technology infrastructure and developing competitive retail and commercial customer delivery channels, including remote deposit capture and internet and mobile banking. As a result, we have significantly increased our loan and deposit product lines, the overall size of our operations and the diversification of our asset base, including a significant increase in residential, commercial real estate and commercial business lending activity. From December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2013, our assets have grown $343.6 million, or 35.4%; our loan portfolio has grown $488.8 million, or 176.8%, including a $347.1 million, or 3,727%, increase in commercial real estate, commercial business and construction loans; our deposits have grown $158.7 million, or 21.0%, including a $157.8 million, or 42.8%, increase in core deposits (consisting of savings, money market, NOW and demand deposit accounts, excluding any certificates of deposit). During this same period, we reduced our portfolio of investment securities and cash and cash equivalents from $634.8 million to $482.4 million, or 24.0%. The investment securities portfolio and cash and cash equivalents represented 36.7% of our assets at December 31, 2013 as compared to 65.4% at December 31, 2011.

In addition to hiring William M. Parent as Chief Executive Officer, the implementation of our change in strategic direction also involved the hiring of a new senior management team with experience in the areas of operations which the Bank planned to expand, including officers and personnel with commercial real estate and commercial business lending and underwriting experience, as well as marketing and risk management personnel. Since 2011, eight executive officers have been hired, including the Senior Commercial Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Retail Officer, Chief Information Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Many members of the new management team have significant employment and advisory experience with larger commercial banking institutions. This new management team has been instrumental in the recent growth and diversification of the Bank’s lending activities and loan portfolio, the development of banking products and services for commercial and small business customers, and the introduction of other delivery channels, including online and mobile platforms. In addition to the new executive management team, other personnel have been hired to effect the change in strategic direction which has increased the size of our operations and infrastructure. Our employee base has grown from 103 at December 31, 2010 to 147 as of December 31, 2013. The hiring of a new management team and growth of our operations has also significantly increased the cost of our operations with our noninterest expense increasing from $17.4 million in 2010 to $31.7 million in 2013.

As part of the change in strategic direction, in 2012, we also rebranded the Bank to “Blue Hills Bank,” refurbished and updated the look and feel of our branches, implemented a long range marketing program and significantly increased our marketing budget and resources. For additional discussion of our new strategic focus and recent initiatives see “—Business Strategy” below.

As part of our growth and diversification strategy, on January 18, 2014, we completed the acquisition of three branches located in Nantucket, Massachusetts which we operate under the name Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank. In connection with this acquisition, we acquired the “Nantucket Bank” brand, $274.5 million of deposits and $102.2 million of loans, primarily consisting of local commercial loans and home equity loans and lines of credit selected by the Bank. See “—Nantucket Branch Acquisition” below for a description of the branch acquisition.

Business Strategy

Our current business strategy is designed to continue to transform the Bank into a diversified community bank that builds long-term value for our shareholders by offering an array of loan and deposit products and services to the retail customers and small to mid-size businesses that reside or operate in our market areas. In order to achieve this strategy, we have built our lending infrastructure during the past

 

66


Table of Contents

few years by adding approximately 34 employees involved in loan origination, underwriting and servicing. We intend to continue to build and leverage that infrastructure to allow us to offer highly competitive products in the most customer centric manner—where and when most convenient to the customer. We intend to continue to grow our lending platforms by offering conforming and non-conforming residential loans, commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans with an emphasis on the small to mid-size business market.

Our business strategy contemplates continued growth in lending and deposit gathering capabilities over the next few years to make the Bank the “Community Bank of Choice” in the markets it serves and in adjacent markets. Our business strategy includes the following key elements:

Expanding Residential Lending—We plan to continue to grow our one-to four-family residential lending operations. We will continue to emphasize increasing our one-to-four family lending capabilities and geographic coverage through the addition of lenders or lending teams that operate in our market area and adjacent markets. If necessary to support such new lending teams, we may establish loan production offices located in the north and south shore communities of eastern Massachusetts which would provide new market coverage to the Bank’s existing profile.

Expanding Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Business Lending—We plan to continue to emphasize and grow our commercial business and commercial real estate lending platforms and loan portfolios. Our focus will be on the small to mid-sized commercial businesses operating or headquartered in eastern Massachusetts and adjacent markets and commercial real estate properties located in eastern Massachusetts and adjacent markets. We will continue to emphasize growth in commercial business lending and deposit products and services and increasing our market coverage through the addition of lenders or lending teams operating in our current market areas and adjacent markets. If necessary to support such new lending teams, we may establish loan production offices located in the north and south shore communities of eastern Massachusetts.

Increasing Core Funding—Over the past three years, the Bank has been repositioning its deposit composition to diminish the reliance on higher priced certificates of deposit and has emphasized attracting and retaining core deposit relationships. Investments in retail branch sales and service training, cross sell initiatives with targeted incentive plans, along with improved product bundling has allowed the Bank to broaden its customer relationships and improve its core deposit retention and reduce its overall cost of funding. The addition of Nantucket Bank offers the continued growth of these programs across an expanded geographic footprint. In addition, our offering of cash management services for the small-to-mid-sized business segment will increase our ability to access commercial business deposit relationships which provide fee income and low cost funding.

Improving Alternative Delivery Channels and Online Banking Penetration—A significant investment has been made to improve and increase the channels by which our customers may conduct transactions and business with the Bank. We have made improvements to our online and mobile capabilities for consumer and business banking. These enhancements include the addition of mobile banking and remote deposit capture capabilities. We continue to make targeted investments to improve online account opening and provide users additional capabilities such as “Pop Money” and peer-to-peer transfers which we believe will increase our ability to convert existing customers to online products that expand and deepen our relationship with customers. Additionally, we look to attract customers outside of our branch footprint through expanded brand recognition, targeted marketing and differentiated pricing.

Expanding our Network of Branch and Loan Production Offices—We believe opportunity exists to expand our core deposit base further, partially through greater penetration with commercial customers, but more significantly through targeted de novo branching and acquisitions of either other

 

67


Table of Contents

financial institutions or branches thereof and through the establishment of lower cost loan production offices to support lending teams in markets where we do not have a physical presence. We recently acquired three branches in Nantucket, Massachusetts and have plans to open two de novo branch offices located in Milton and Westwood, Massachusetts, which we expect will open in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Implementing Our Fee Income Initiative—We have begun to execute a new initiative to analyze our product related fees compared to market competitors and make adjustments where appropriate. This initiative is designed to identify fee income opportunities from our deposit services and products. In addition, our on-going expansion of our cash management capabilities will improve our ability to increase fee income from business customers who manage their banking relationships with the Bank. We also believe opportunities exist to expand our fee income through the introduction of non-deposit investment and insurance products or selective acquisitions of businesses that generate non-interest income.

Maintaining Our Investment Securities Portfolio—Although we have reduced the proportion of securities in our asset base, we expect to maintain a portion of our current investment securities portfolio as a means of net income generation until additional liquidity is needed to fund loan growth. We currently utilize professional third party securities portfolio managers to oversee and manage a portion of our investment securities portfolio and have established an asset allocation model with well-defined investment parameters to guide such managers.

Maintaining Our Integrated Risk Management Program—We will continue to focus on maintaining a well-integrated risk management capability, which we believe is a key component of long-term financial performance. Managing interest rate, credit, market and operational risk through periods of growth and volatile economic environments requires constant focus, assessment and investment in human capital and systems and technology. We intend to maintain this focus through board-level attention combined with prudent underwriting standards and well implemented operating policies and procedures.

A full description of our products and services begins on page 87 of this prospectus under the heading “Business of Blue Hills Bank.”

Nantucket Branch Acquisition

General. On January 18, 2014, the Bank completed the acquisition of three branches in Nantucket that operate under the name Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank, at a purchase price of $10.3 million. The Bank assumed all of the deposits of Nantucket Bank, and acquired cash, selected local commercial loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and real property. The following is a summary of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition (in thousands):

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash, net of purchase price

   $ 161,900   

Loans

     97,466   

Real property

     10,762   

Core deposit intangible

     6,041   

Goodwill

     8,876   

Accrued interest on loans acquired

     304   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     285,349   

Liabilities assumed:

  

Deposits

     (274,601

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (435
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     (275,036
  

 

 

 

Net purchase price

   $ 10,313   
  

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table shows fair value adjustments of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and other acquisition accounting adjustments and the resulting pro forma impact on Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC as of December 31, 2013, assuming that the acquisition had been completed on that date.

 

     Hyde Park
Bancorp,
MHC at
December 31,
2013
     Nantucket
Branch Assets
Acquired and
Liabilities
Assumed (1)
     Pro Forma
Acquisition
Adjustments
    Hyde Park
Bancorp,
MHC

Pro Forma
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 40,316       $ 161,576         (9,989 )(2)    $ 191,903   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     441,306         —           —          441,306   

Loans, net

     765,347         102,239         (4,773 )(3)      862,813   

Premises and equipment, net

     7,478         10,780         (18 )(5)      18,240   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,290         304         —          4,594   

Core deposit intangible

     —           —           6,041 (4)      6,041   

Goodwill

     —           —           8,876 (5)      8,876   

Bank-owned life insurance

     29,831         —           —          29,831   

Other assets

     25,719         —           —          25,719   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,314,287       $ 274,899       $ 137      $ 1,589,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

          

Deposits

   $ 823,600       $ 274,464       $ 137 (6)    $ 1,098,201   

Brokered Deposits

     91,623         —           —          91,263   

Borrowings

     215,000         —           —          215,000   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     12,530         435         —          12,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,142,753         274,899       $ 137        1,471,789   

Total equity

     171,534         —           —          171,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,314,287       $ 274,899       $ 137      $ 1,589,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition which is being accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Historical financial statements are not required under Regulation S-X (17 C.F.R Part 210) as the acquired assets and liabilities do not constitute a business which has continuity both before and after the acquisition.
(2) Represents the following (in thousands):

 

Purchase price

   $ 10,313   

Unsettled in-transit items, due upon settlement

     (324
  

 

 

 

Total

     (9,989

 

(3) The purchase accounting adjustment on loans relates to the estimated fair value adjustment, which includes both an interest rate component and a credit adjustment for estimated losses.
(4) Represents the estimated fair value of the core deposit intangible assets associated with the deposit liabilities assumed.
(5) The pro forma adjustment results from recording the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at fair value. This adjustment is preliminary and subject to change.
(6) The purchase accounting adjustment on deposits relates to the estimated fair value adjustment of the certificates of deposits.

The Nantucket Branch Acquisition assisted in the implementation of our business strategy as it added a strong local market share of core deposits and reduced our dependence on wholesale funding and brokered deposits to fund loan growth. The acquisition provided net cash of $151.6 million, the majority of which was subsequently used to pay down Federal Home Loan Bank advances and brokered deposits.

The transaction also changed the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank through the addition of core deposits and the use of cash to reduce short-term wholesale funding and brokered deposits.

 

69


Table of Contents

Description of Loans Acquired and Deposits Assumed. The Bank acquired performing loans with a principal balance of $102.2 million, as shown in the table below. All loans acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition were performing as of the acquisition date. The following table highlights the principal balance of the loans acquired by the Bank in connection with the acquisition by type and includes estimated weighted average interest rates.

 

     At January 18, 2014  
     Amount      Rate  
     (In thousands)         

Real estate loans and lines:

     

Home equity

   $ 39,966         4.33

Commercial

     57,967         4.17   
  

 

 

    

Total real estate loans and lines

     97,933         4.23   

Commercial business loans

     3,862         5.37   

Consumer loans

     444         9.68   
  

 

 

    

Total loans

   $ 102,239         4.30
  

 

 

    

The following table presents the maturity schedule with respect to individual categories of loans acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition as of January 18, 2014. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayment and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less. Adjustable-rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than the period in which they contractually mature, and fixed-rate loans are included in the period in which contractual payments are due. No adjustments have been made for prepayment of principal.

 

     Within One
Year
     After One But
Within Five
Years
     More Than
Five Years
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans and lines:

           

Home equity

   $ —         $ 9       $ 39,957       $ 39,966   

Commercial

     111         34,242         23,614         57,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans and lines

     111         34,251         63,571         97,933   

Commercial business loans

     2,420         1,342         100         3,862   

Consumer loans

     305         129         10         444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 2,836       $ 35,722       $ 63,681       $ 102,239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition at January 18, 2014 that are contractually due after January 18, 2015.

 

     Due After January 18, 2015  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans and lines:

        

Home equity

   $ 3,770       $ 36,196       $ 39,966   

Commercial real estate

     21,611         36,245         57,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans and lines

     25,381         72,441         97,822   

Commercial business loans

     794         648         1,442   

Consumer loans

     118         21         139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 26,293       $ 73,110       $ 99,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding the contractual balance of deposits assumed by the Bank in connection with the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, as of January 18, 2014, with estimated weighted average interest rate information. 215,705

 

     Balance      Rate  
     (In thousands)         

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 58,759         0.00

Interest bearing deposits:

     

Now and demand

     48,482         0.01   

Savings accounts

     24,511         0.11   

Money market accounts

     113,764         0.59   

Certificates of deposit

     28,948         0.75   
  

 

 

    

Total interest bearing deposits

     215,705         0.43   
  

 

 

    

Total deposits

   $ 274,464         0.34
  

 

 

    

The following table shows maturities of certificates of deposits assumed in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition in denominations of $100,000 and greater at January 18, 2014.

 

Maturing in:    (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 5,448   

Over three months through six months

     6,458   

Over six months through one year

     3,309   

Over one year to three years

     2,454   

Over three years

     638   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,307   
  

 

 

 

Anticipated Increase in Noninterest Expense Due to the Mutual-to-Stock Conversion

Following the completion of the conversion and offering, we anticipate that our noninterest expense will increase as a result of the increased costs associated with managing a public company, increased compensation expenses associated with the purchases of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan, and the adoption of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by Blue Hills Bancorp’s stockholders.

Assuming that the adjusted maximum number of shares are issued in the offering (and shares are contributed to the Foundation), 28,466,812 shares will be outstanding and:

 

    our employee stock ownership plan would acquire 2,277,346 shares of common stock at the maximum of the offering range with a $22.8 million loan that is expected to be repaid over 30 years, resulting in an annual pre-tax expense of approximately $759,000 (assuming that the common stock maintains a value of $10.00 per share);

 

    our stock-based benefit plans would award a number of shares equal to 4% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), or 1,138,673 shares at the maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, to eligible participants, which would be expensed as the awards vest. Assuming that all shares are awarded under the stock-based benefit plans at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with shares awarded under the stock-based benefit plans would be approximately $2.3 million; and

 

71


Table of Contents
    our stock-based benefit plans would grant stock options to purchase shares equal to 10% of the total shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), or 2,846,681 shares at the maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, to eligible participants, which would result in compensation expense over the vesting period of the options. Assuming the market price of the common stock is $10.00 per share; all stock options are granted with an exercise price of $10.00 per share and have a term of 10 years; the dividend yield on the stock is 0.0%; the risk free interest rate is 3.04%; and the volatility rate on the common stock is 15.82%, the estimated grant-date fair value of the stock options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $3.33 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over the five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans would be approximately $1.9 million.

The actual expense that will be recorded for the employee stock ownership plan will be determined by the market value of the shares of common stock as they are allocated to employees over the term of the loan, and whether the loan is repaid faster than its contractual term. Accordingly, increases in the stock price above $10.00 per share will increase the total employee stock ownership plan expense, and any accelerated repayment of the loan would increase the annual employee stock ownership plan expense. Additionally, the actual expense of shares awarded under one or more stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the fair market value of the stock on the grant date, which might be greater than $10.00 per share. Further, the actual expense of stock options granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans would be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which would depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately used.

We may award shares of common stock and grant options in excess of 4% and 10%, respectively, of our shares sold in the stock offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) if our stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. This would further increase our expenses associated with stock-based benefit plans.

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that involve significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial condition and results of operation depend, and which involve the most complex subjective decisions or assessments, are the following:

Securities available for sale. Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. At least quarterly, and more frequently when warranted by economic or market conditions, management evaluates all securities classified as available for sale with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. OTTI is required to be recognized if: (1) we intend to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. For all impaired debt

 

72


Table of Contents

securities that we intend to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. Credit-related OTTI for all other impaired debt securities is recognized through earnings. Non-credit related OTTI for such debt securities is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

Loans. Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for the allowance for loan losses, charge-offs and any deferred fees and costs on originated and purchased loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination costs and discounts on purchased loans, net of certain direct origination fees, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method. It is our policy to discontinue the accrual of interest on loans past due in excess of 90 days, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection, or when in the judgment of management, the ultimate collectability of the principal or interest becomes doubtful and to reverse all interest previously accrued against interest income. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. The interest on non-accrual loans is accounted for on the cash-basis until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due have been current for six consecutive months and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is based on the size and the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, loss experience, economic conditions and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio. In estimating an appropriate allowance for loan losses, we recognize that our own relevant loss experience is limited as a result of our change in lending strategy over recent years. As such, we evaluated the most recent eight years of state and national Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) loss data for comparable sized savings institutions. Management believes this 8-year period is sufficient to span a full lending cycle. As a starting point in calculating the allowance for loan losses for all loan segments, we identified a loss rate within a range of the high and low state and national FDIC loss ratios of the comparative group. Management then adjusted the loss rates for environmental factors unique to our portfolio including current lending policies, economic conditions, portfolio characteristics, collateral values and credit concentrations to derive each loan segment’s general loss factors. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated regularly by management. The evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available; however, because of the increase of new exposure in portfolios new to us, it is the intention of management to maintain an allowance that is prudently commensurate with the growth in the loan portfolio. The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components, as further described below.

General component. The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on either actual or extrapolated historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative and environmental factors, including levels and trends in delinquencies; trends in volumes and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions. In 2012, we revised our methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses. This revision included increased segmentation of the loan portfolio, which in previous years had been primarily comprised of conforming residential mortgage loans. Prior to 2012, we utilized our own historical loss ratios in our determination of the allowance for loan losses. In 2012, we utilized comparative state and national FDIC loss data adjusted for current environmental factors in line with the overall growth of the Company and our current lending strategies. The change to use of FDIC historical loss data did not have a material impact on the overall allowance with regard to our legacy loan

 

73


Table of Contents

products. Of more significance to the overall allowance was the application of FDIC loss factors to the growth in segments other than conforming residential loans, for which we had minimal or no loss experience of our own to reference.

Allocated component. The allocated component relates to loans that are on the watch list (non-accruing loans, partially charged off non-accruing loans and accruing adversely-rated loans) and considered impaired. Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. We periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

Unallocated component. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

Income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted accordingly through the provision for income taxes. A valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets is established when, in the judgment of management, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of such deferred tax assets will not be realized. We record interest and penalties as part of income tax expense.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Total Assets. Total assets increased $85.7 million to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $277.1 million, or 56.8%, increase in net loans, partially offset by a $92.5 million, or 17.3%, decline in securities available for sale, a $33.0 million, or 50.7%, decline in short-term investments and a $31.4 million decrease in trading assets. The decrease in trading assets reflects our decision in 2013 to discontinue investing in “to be announced” mortgage backed securities. We elected the fair value option of recording these securities and have thus classified them as trading account assets. There was a related $33.9 million reduction in broker receivables that were a component of our trading strategy.

Loans. Net loans increased by $277.1 million to $765.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $488.2 million at December 31, 2012, primarily due to originations, purchases and participations. Commercial real estate loans increased $127.8 million, or 126.6%, commercial business loans increased $77.4 million, or 229.2%, and one- to four-family residential loans increased $54.0 million, or 17.3%.

 

74


Table of Contents

The increase in commercial real estate and commercial business loans is part of our strategy to diversify our balance sheet, and we intend to continue to emphasize the expansion of these portfolios in the future.

Securities Available for Sale. Total securities available for sale declined by $92.5 million to $441.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $533.8 million at December 31, 2012. The decline was driven by a $47.1 million, or 37.0%, decrease in marketable equity securities, mainly mutual funds, and a $46.7 million, or 40.9%, decrease in government sponsored residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. These decreases were partially offset by a $19.4 million, or 17.8%, increase in U.S. Treasury securities. The overall decline in investment securities was driven by our strategy to change the composition of the balance sheet by increasing our loan portfolio, funded by the sale of securities, maturing securities and securities prepayments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents declined by $33.5 million, or 45.4%, to $40.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $73.8 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease reflected the repositioning of the balance sheet away from low yielding short-term investments and into higher yielding loans.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance. At December 31, 2013, our investment in bank-owned life insurance was $29.8 million, down from $33.3 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the receipt of death benefits, partially offset by an increase in the cash surrender value.

Deposits. Deposits increased by $97.3 million, or 11.9%, to $915.2 million at December 31, 2013 from $817.9 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in total deposits was driven by a $56.8 million, or 17.1%, increase in certificates of deposit, a $31.3 million, or 35.8%, increase in NOW and demand deposits, and a $19.1 million, or 6.1%, increase in regular savings accounts, partially offset by a $9.8 million, or 11.5%, decrease in money market deposits. The growth in certificates of deposit was mainly related to a $79.6 million increase in brokered deposits which ended 2013 at $91.6 million compared to $12.0 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in brokered deposits reflects a transitional need for funding of loan growth. During the course of 2013, we sought to administer deposit pricing strategies that would lower the overall cost of deposits while preserving profitable customer relationships. Our average interest-bearing deposit cost declined to 0.81% in 2013 from 0.97% in 2012 and all individual deposit categories had a lower cost in 2013 than in 2012. See “—Nantucket Branch Acquisition” above for a discussion of deposits assumed in January 2014 as part of the acquisition.

Borrowings. Total borrowings increased from $154.4 million at December 31, 2012 to $215.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily to fund loan growth. At December 31, 2013, short-term borrowings were $170.0 million, increasing by $60.6 million as compared to the prior year, and consisted of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston maturing during 2014. This increase was used, in part, to fund the expansion of the loan portfolio. Long-term borrowings remained unchanged during the year, consisting of fixed rate advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston with maturities ranging from 2014 through 2018.

Equity. Total equity declined $5.4 million, or 3.1%, to $171.5 million at December 31, 2013 from $176.9 million at December 31, 2012. The decline was attributable to a $7.5 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income, mainly reflecting a decline in net unrealized gains on securities available for sale due to rising long-term interest rates and the sale of securities during 2013. Offsetting this decline was a $2.1 million, or 1.4%, increase in retained earnings to $150.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $148.2 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in retained earnings mainly reflects net income of $2.7 million for fiscal 2013, partially offset by dividends paid on preferred stock issued in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund Program.

 

75


Table of Contents

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

General. Net income decreased by $5.2 million to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, with pre-tax income declining by $8.6 million to $2.4 million in 2013 from $11.0 million in 2012. The declines in pretax and net income were primarily driven by a $5.4 million increase in noninterest expense, a $3.2 million decline in noninterest income, and a $1.7 million increase in the provision for loan losses. These items were partially offset by a $1.7 million increase in net interest and dividend income. Net income was positively affected by the recognition of a $284,000 tax benefit in 2013 compared to an income tax expense of $3.1 million in 2012. We recorded a tax benefit for fiscal 2013 despite having pre-tax income of $2.4 million, primarily due to our tax preference items in relation to pre-tax income, most notably due to death benefit income associated with bank-owned life insurance.

Average Balances and Yields

The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense. No tax equivalent yield adjustments have been made as the effect of such adjustments would not be material.

 

     At
December 31,
2013
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Yield/Rate     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest      Yield/Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

         

Total loans

     3.58   $ 591,990      $ 21,876         3.70

Securities

     2.07        500,499        11,150         2.23   

Other interest earning assets (1)

     0.15        45,828        66         0.14   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     2.95        1,138,317        33,092         2.91   

Non-interest-earning assets

       55,958        
    

 

 

      

Total assets

     $ 1,194,275        

Interest-bearing liabilities:

         

NOW accounts

     0.06   $ 66,580      $ 68         0.10

Regular savings accounts

     0.47        344,783        2,420         0.70   

Money market accounts

     0.39        81,225        531         0.65   

Certificates of deposit

     0.90        350,861        3,784         1.08   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     0.62        843,449        6,803         0.81   

Borrowings

     0.61        127,501        1,168         0.92   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     0.61        970,950        7,971         0.82   
      

 

 

    

Non-interest-bearing deposits

       29,716        

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities

       18,279        
    

 

 

      

Total liabilities

       1,018,945        

Equity

       175,330        
    

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 1,194,275        

Net interest and dividend income

       $ 25,121      

Net interest rate spread (2)

            2.09

Net interest-earning assets (3)

     $ 167,367        

Net interest margin (4)

            2.21

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

       117.24     

(footnotes on following page)

 

76


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011  
     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest      Yield/Rate     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest      Yield/Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

         

Total loans

   $ 384,432      $ 16,545         4.30   $ 244,561      $ 12,666         5.18

Securities

     565,584        15,151         2.68        518,143        19,147         3.70   

Other interest earning assets (1)

     55,768        120         0.22        97,385        182         0.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     1,005,784        31,816         3.16        860,089        31,995         3.72   

Non-interest-earning assets

     60,862             58,797        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 1,066,646           $ 918,886        

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

NOW accounts

   $ 60,241      $ 80         0.13   $ 60,013      $ 125         0.21

Regular savings accounts

     243,507        1,756         0.72        179,677        888         0.49   

Money market accounts

     105,783        893         0.84        46,097        430         0.93   

Certificates of deposit

     341,453        4,530         1.33        432,561        7,034         1.63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     750,984        7,259         0.97        718,348        8,477         1.18   

Borrowings

     102,266        1,113         1.09        19,836        461         2.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     853,250        8,372         0.98        738,184        8,938         1.21   
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     19,681             17,796        

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

     21,921             11,954        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     894,852             767,934        

Equity

     171,794             150,952        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,066,646           $ 918,886        

Net interest and dividend income

     $ 23,444           $ 23,057      

Net interest rate spread (2)

          2.18          2.51

Net interest-earning assets (3)

   $ 152,534           $ 121,905        

Net interest margin (4)

          2.33          2.68

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

     117.88          116.51     

 

(1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank common stock and short-term investments.
(2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

77


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest and dividend income for the fiscal years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Years Ended December 31,
2013 vs. 2012
    Years Ended December 31,
2012 vs. 2011
 
     Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate    
                 (In thousands)        

Interest-earning assets:

            

Loans

   $ 7,222      $ (1,891   $ 5,331      $ 5,506      $ (1,627   $ 3,879   

Securities

     (1,624     (2,377     (4,001     1,988        (5,984     (3,996

Other

     (19     (35     (54     (86     24        (62
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

   $ 5,579      $ (4,303   $ 1,276      $ 7,408      $ (7,587   $ (179
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

NOW accounts

   $ 10      $ (22   $ (12   $ —        $ (45   $ (45

Savings accounts

     710        (46     664        379        489        868   

Money market accounts

     (184     (178     (362     500        (37     463   

Certificates of Deposit

     129        (875     (746     (1,336     (1,168     (2,504
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     665        (1,121     (456     (457     (761     (1,218

Borrowings

     153        (98     55        748        (96     652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     818        (1,219     (401     291        (857     (566
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest and dividend income

   $ 4,761      $ (3,084   $ 1,677      $ 7,117      $ (6,730   $ 387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest and Dividend Income. Net interest and dividend income increased $1.7 million to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net interest-earning assets increased by $14.8 million to $167.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $152.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, while the net interest rate spread decreased 9 basis points to 2.09% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2.18% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our net interest margin decreased 12 basis points to 2.21% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 2.33% for 2012.

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income increased $1.3 million, or 4.0%, to $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to a $5.3 million, or 32.2%, increase in interest on loans to $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by a $4.0 million, or 26.4%, decrease in interest and dividend income on securities to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The $5.3 million increase in interest on loans was primarily due to a $207.6 million increase in the average balance of loans to $592.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by a

 

78


Table of Contents

60 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans to 3.70% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in the average balance of loans reflected our strategy to grow our loan portfolio and deemphasize our reliance on income from investment securities. The yield on loans decreased because the loans that we added in 2013 had lower yields than our average loans in 2012 due to the lower interest rate environment, the higher contribution of short-term LIBOR based commercial loans and competitive pricing pressures.

The decrease in interest and dividends on securities was primarily due to a 45 basis point decrease in the average yield to 2.23% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and a $65.1 million decrease in the average balance of securities to $500.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The yield on securities decreased because the securities we sold had higher yields than our remaining securities, because the securities purchased to replace maturing securities had lower yields than those prevailing in 2011 and because of our strategy to not materially extend the duration of the portfolio. The decrease in the average balance of securities was due to sales of securities.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $401,000, or 4.8%, to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease resulted from a $456,000 decrease in interest expense on interest-bearing deposits offset by a $55,000 increase in interest expense on borrowings.

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased by $456,000 to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to a 16 basis point decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits to 0.81% for the year ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by a $92.5 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to $843.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The average balances of savings deposits, certificates of deposit and NOW accounts increased by $101.3 million, $9.4 million and $6.3 million, respectively, while the average balance of money market accounts decreased by $24.6 million. The decrease in the cost of deposits was in line with our strategic goal of changing the composition of our deposits to reduce the overall composite rate paid on deposits.

Interest expense on borrowings increased $55,000, or 4.9%, to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to a $25.2 million increase in the average balance of borrowings in fiscal 2013, partially offset by a 17 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings.

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded provisions for loan losses of $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The growth in the provision reflected management’s assessment of the risks inherent in our loan portfolio and was necessary so that the allowance for loan losses could keep pace with growth in the loan portfolio during 2013. Net loans grew $277.1 million, or 56.8%, to $765.3 million at December 31, 2013 from $488.2 million at the end of 2012 and the allowance stood at 1.25% of total loans at December 31, 2013 compared to 1.13% at December 31, 2012. The increase also reflected the shift in the composition of our loan portfolio to a higher percentage of commercial business and commercial real estate loans. Credit quality remained strong as loans on nonaccrual represented 0.23% of total loans at December 31, 2013 compared to 0.45% at the end of 2012 and we had net loan recoveries of $27,000 in 2013 compared to net loan chargeoffs of $312,000 in 2012.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $3.2 million, or 19.5%, to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decline was driven by a $6.8 million decrease in gains on sales of securities (excluding other than temporary impairment) compared to such gains experienced in 2012. The decline in securities gains was partially offset by growth in other categories of noninterest income, the largest of which were bank-

 

79


Table of Contents

owned life insurance income, which increased by $1.8 million, and commercial loan fee income from commercial loan swap activity, which increased by $1.0 million.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $5.4 million, or 20.5%, to $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Of the $5.4 million increase in noninterest expense, $1.7 million was related to the restructuring of incentive and benefit plans, $584,000 was related to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, and $184,000 related to the mutual-to-stock conversion of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC. Excluding these items, noninterest expense would have increased $2.9 million, or 11%, in 2013 compared to 2012. This remaining $2.9 million increase in noninterest expense resulted from the higher cost associated with the Bank becoming a diversified community bank in accordance with the Bank’s strategic plan discussed under “—Business Strategy” above. These costs related to a continued expansion of the management team and other infrastructure to meet the needs of the business plan. On a full time equivalent basis, total employees were 147 at December 31, 2013 compared to 141 at December 31, 2012 and 122 at December 31, 2011. In addition to the increase in the number of employees, the profile of our employee population has evolved over the past two years towards a higher proportion of employees with significant industry experience and this contributed to the growth in salaries and benefits expense. Partially offsetting the overall growth in noninterest expense was a $658,000, or 48.9%, decline in directors’ fees due mainly to a reduction in the size of the board of directors to 11 from 17 members and the absence in 2013 of costs incurred in 2012 related to directors who accepted an early retirement compensation package in connection with the downsizing of the Board.

Income Tax Provision. Despite earning $2.4 million in pre-tax income during 2013, we recorded a tax benefit of $284,000 compared to a $3.1 million tax provision in 2012. The tax benefit in 2013 was due to our tax preference items in relation to pre-tax income most notably due to death benefit income associated with bank-owned life insurance.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

General. Net income increased $293,000 to $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to a $7.0 million increase in noninterest income and a $387,000 increase in net interest income, partially offset by $5.2 million increase in noninterest expense and a $1.2 million increase in the provision for loan losses.

Net Interest and Dividend Income. Net interest and dividend income increased $387,000 to $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net interest-earning assets increased $30.6 million to $152.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $121.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, while the net interest rate spread decreased 33 basis points to 2.18% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 2.51% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our net interest margin decreased 35 basis points to 2.33% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 2.68% for 2011.

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income decreased by $179,000 to $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a $4.0 million, or 20.9%, decrease in interest and dividends on securities to $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by a $3.9 million, or 30.6%, increase in interest income on loans to $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The $3.9 million increase in interest on loans was primarily due to a $139.9 million increase in the average balance of loans to $384.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by an 88 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans to 4.30% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

80


Table of Contents

The increase in the average balance of loans reflected our strategy to grow our loan portfolio and deemphasize our reliance on income from investment securities. The yield on loans decreased because the loans that we added in 2012 had lower yields than our average loans in 2011 due to the lower interest rate environment and competitive pricing pressures.

The decrease in interest and dividends on securities was primarily due to a 102 basis point decrease in the average yield to 2.68% for the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by a $47.4 million increase in the average balance of securities to $565.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The yield on securities decreased because the securities we purchased in 2012 to replace maturing and sold securities had lower yields than our average securities in 2011 due to the lower interest rate environment.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $566,000, or 6.3%, to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease resulted from a $1.2 million decrease in interest expense on interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by a $652,000 increase in interest expense on borrowings.

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased by $1.2 million to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was due to a 21 basis point decrease in the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits to 0.97% for the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by a $32.6 million, or 4.5%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to $751.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The average balances of savings deposits and money market accounts increased by $63.8 million and $59.7 million, respectively, while the average balance of certificates of deposit decreased by $91.1 million. Total deposits increased to fund the growth of our loan portfolio, while the decrease in certificates of deposit was in line with our strategic goal of increasing core deposits.

Interest expense on borrowings increased $652,000 to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $461,000 for fiscal 2011. The increase was due to a $82.4 million increase in the average balance of borrowings in 2012, partially offset by a 123 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowings. The average balance of borrowings increased to fund the growth of our loan portfolio, while the cost of borrowing decreased as a result of the prevailing low interest rate environment.

Provision for Loan Losses. We recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and a provision for loan losses of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The growth in the provision reflected management’s assessment of the risks inherent in our loan portfolio and was necessary so that the allowance for loan losses could keep pace with growth in the loan portfolio during 2012. The allowance for loan losses stood at 1.13% of total loans at December 31, 2012 compared to 1.25% at December 31, 2011. Nonaccrual loans represented 0.45% of total loans at December 31, 2012 compared to 0.51% at the end of 2011 and we had net loan chargeoffs of $312,000 in 2012 compared to $103,000 in 2011.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $7.0 million to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The growth was driven by a $6.4 million increase in gains from securities sales as the declining interest rate environment in 2012 resulted in appreciation in the value of debt securities which we sold. In addition, net gains on loan sales increased to $997,000 in 2012 from $40,000 in 2011 and we benefited from $456,000 of commercial loan fee income from commercial loan swap activity in 2012 compared to none in 2011.

 

81


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $5.2 million, or 24.9%, to $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in noninterest expense was mainly due to salaries and benefits expense which increased $3.2 million, or 34.2%, to $12.4 million in 2012 from $9.3 million in 2011. On a full time equivalent basis, total employees increased 15.6% to 141 at December 31, 2012 compared to 122 at December 31, 2011. In addition, the proportion of employees with significant industry experience was greater in 2012 than in 2011 and this contributed to the growth in salaries and benefits expense. Directors’ fees also increased $703,000 to $1.3 million in 2012. In mid-year 2011 we implemented a new compensation program that increased director compensation and 2012 reflects the full year impact of that program. Fees related to director compensation also increased in 2012 due to six directors accepting an early retirement package as part of a plan to reduce the number of directors from 17 to 11. Most other categories of noninterest expense also experienced growth in 2012 reflecting our transition to a diversified community bank, in accordance with the strategic plan discussed under “—Business Strategy” above. This included a significant expansion of the management team and investment in branches and other infrastructure to meet the needs of the business plan.

Income Tax Provision. We recorded a provision for income taxes of $3.1 million in 2012 and $2.5 million in 2011. The effective income tax rate was 28.4% in 2012 and 25.1% in 2011. The lower effective tax rate in 2011 was due, in part, to a higher proportion of non-taxable income from bank-owned life insurance.

Management of Market Risk

General.

Market risk is the risk that the market value or estimated fair value of our assets, liabilities, and derivative financial instruments will decline as a result of changes in interest rates or financial market volatility, or that our net income will be significantly reduced by interest-rate changes.

Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our financial condition and results of operations to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the policy and guidelines approved by our board of directors.

Net Interest Income Analysis.

Income simulation is the primary tool for measuring the interest-rate risk inherent in our balance sheet at a given point in time by showing the effect on net interest income, over specified time horizons, under a range of interest rate ramp and shock scenarios. These simulations take into account repricing, maturity and prepayment characteristics of individual products. These estimates require us to make certain assumptions including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income. Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results. The ALCO

 

82


Table of Contents

reviews the methodology utilized for calculating interest-rate risk exposure and may periodically adopt modifications to this methodology. Simulation results are reviewed by the ALCO to determine whether the exposure resulting from changes in market interest rates remains within established tolerance levels and develops appropriate strategies to manage this exposure.

As of December 31, 2013, net interest income simulation indicated that our exposure to changing interest rates was within our internal and regulatory guidelines. The following table presents the estimated impact of interest-rate ramps on our estimated net interest income over the period indicated:

 

Change in Interest
Rates (basis points) (1)
   Change in Net Interest Income
Year One
(% Change From Year One Base)
 
+200      -5.01
- 100      1.24

 

(1) The calculated change in net interest income assumes a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over a one-year period.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2013, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates over a one year period, assuming a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over such period, we would experience a 5.01% decrease in net interest income. At the same date, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates over a one year period, assuming a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over such period, we would experience a 1.24% increase in net interest income. The Nantucket Branch Acquisition, as discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition,” impacts our net interest income sensitivity due to the addition of core deposits which reduces liability sensitivity. Pro forma for this transaction as of December 31, 2013, the estimated negative impact of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates over a one year period, assuming a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over such period, is reduced to a 2.03% decrease in net interest income, while the estimated positive impact of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates over a one year period, assuming a gradual parallel shift across the yield curve over such period, is increased to a 1.34% increase in net interest income.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis.

We also analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through our economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the present value of our assets and predicted changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. Our economic value of equity analysis as of December 31, 2013 indicated that, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience an estimated 17.4% decrease in the economic value of our equity. At the same date, our analysis indicated that, in the event of an instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience an estimated 1.9% increase in the economic value of our equity. The Nantucket Branch Acquisition, as discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition,” impacts the economic value of equity analysis in both a rising and declining rate environment primarily due to the addition of non-rate sensitive core deposits. Adjusting for this transaction as of December 31, 2013, we estimated that an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates would result in a 12.1% decrease in the economic value of our equity while the impact of an instantaneous 100 basis point decline in interest rates would result in a 1.4% decrease in the economic value of our equity. The impact on our economic value of equity under all scenarios discussed above are within policy guidelines. The estimates of changes in the economic value of our equity require us to make certain assumptions including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on

 

83


Table of Contents

the economic value of our equity. Although our economic value of equity analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the economic value of our equity and will differ from actual results.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is a financial institution’s capacity to readily meet its current and future financial obligations. It is further defined as the ability to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers, as well as to opportunities for earnings enhancements. The company’s primary source of liquidity is deposits which funded approximately three-quarters of total assets in 2013. Other sources of liquidity include cash flows from loan repayments and the securities portfolios and discretionary use of wholesale funds, including Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) borrowings and brokered deposits. Wholesale funds are used to diversify our funding mix and to support asset growth when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist. Securities designated as available for sale may also be sold in response to short-term or long-term liquidity needs.

We have a detailed liquidity funding policy and a contingency funding plan that outlines a comprehensive management response to unexpected demands for liquidity. Management employs stress testing methodology to estimate needs for contingent funding that could result from unexpected outflows of funds in excess of ordinary course of business. To supplement its liquidity, Blue Hills Bank has established collateralized borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston and also maintains additional collateralized borrowing capacity with the FHLBB. At December 31, 2013, we had $215 million of FHLBB advances outstanding. At that date we had the ability to borrow up to an additional $50 million from the FHLBB. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had $33.0 million in available unsecured federal funds lines with correspondent banks, which could be drawn upon as needed. There were no amounts outstanding under these lines of credit at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Liquidity management is monitored by the ALCO which is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. Liquidity remained well within target ranges established by the ALCO during 2013. Management believes our sources of funding will meet anticipated funding needs.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The level of these assets is dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2013 cash and cash equivalents totaled $40.3 million.

Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our primary investing activities are originating loans and purchasing securities. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had net loan originations of $63.7 million and $30.2 million, respectively. We also bought $218.1 million and $184.4 million of loans in 2013 and 2012, respectively. We are also active in buying and selling securities. During the year ended December 31, 2013 we purchased $335.9 million of securities and received proceeds from the sale of securities totaling $314.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012 those amounts were $493.3 million and $343.8 million, respectively.

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and borrowings. We experienced net increases in deposits of $97.3 million and $61.4 million for the years ended December

 

84


Table of Contents

31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Included in the net deposit increases are $79.6 million and $12.0 million, respectively, of brokered deposits. At December 31, 2013, brokered deposits totaled $91.6 million but these were reduced by approximately one-half in January 2014 following the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and by other factors. We also experienced net increases in borrowings of $60.6 million and $114.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2013, we had $28.1 million in loan commitments outstanding. In addition to commitments to originate loans, we had $81.5 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers and letters of credit and $21.7 million in undisbursed construction loans. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $265.1 million, or 29.0%, of total deposits. Excluding brokered deposits, certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $184.2 million, or 20.1%, of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including loan and securities sales, brokered deposits, and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. While management believes that we have adequate liquidity to meet our commitments and to fund the Bank’s lending and investment activities, the availability of these funding sources are subject to broad economic conditions and could be restricted in the future. Such restrictions would impact our immediate liquidity and/or additional liquidity needs.

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2013, we exceeded all regulatory capital requirements and are considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines (see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

On January 18, 2014, the Bank completed the acquisition of three branches in Nantucket that operate under the name Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction included all of the deposits and selected local commercial loans and home equity loans and lines of credit associated with the acquired branches. As part of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, we also received $161.6 million in cash, all of which has been used to pay down Federal Home Loan Bank advances and replace brokered deposits. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.”

The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, resulting in increased net interest-earning assets and net interest and dividend income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Commitments. We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, which involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The contract amount of these instruments reflects the extent of involvement we have in these particular classes of financial instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. Commitments to

 

85


Table of Contents

extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments and unadvanced funds on lines-of-credit generally have fixed expiration dates and may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. In addition, from time to time we enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans that we originate. For additional information, see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on Page F-1 of this prospectus.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. U.S. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.

 

86


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF BLUE HILLS BANCORP

Blue Hills Bancorp is incorporated in the State of Maryland. We have not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the conversion, we will own all of the issued and outstanding stock of Blue Hills Bank. We will retain up to 50% of the net proceeds from the offering and initially invest the remaining net proceeds in Blue Hills Bank as additional capital of Blue Hills Bank. Blue Hills Bancorp will use a portion of the net proceeds to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan through a subsidiary that it will capitalize for this purpose. At a later date, we may use the net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders and may repurchase shares of common stock, subject to regulatory limitations. We will invest our initial capital as discussed in “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

In the future, Blue Hills Bancorp, as the holding company of Blue Hills Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include the opportunistic acquisition of banking and financial services companies. See “Supervision and Regulation—Holding Company Regulation” for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for bank holding companies. We currently have no understandings or agreements to acquire other financial institutions.

Following the offering, our cash flow will primarily depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the offering that we retain and any dividends we receive from Blue Hills Bank. Initially, Blue Hills Bancorp will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead pay a fee to Blue Hills Bank for the use of its premises, equipment and furniture. At the present time, we intend to employ only persons who are officers of Blue Hills Bank to serve as officers of Blue Hills Bancorp. We will, however, use the support staff of Blue Hills Bank from time to time. We will pay a fee to Blue Hills Bank for the time devoted to Blue Hills Bancorp by employees of Blue Hills Bank. However, these persons will not be separately compensated by Blue Hills Bancorp. Blue Hills Bancorp may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

BUSINESS OF BLUE HILLS BANK

General

Under its original name of Hyde Park Savings Bank, Blue Hills Bank was chartered in 1871 by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as a mutual savings bank to serve the financial needs of businesses and individuals in the local community. In 2008, the Bank reorganized into a two-tier mutual holding company structure resulting in the creation of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC; and in 2011, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., the Bank’s mid-tier holding company, was formed. In 2011, the Bank was rebranded “Blue Hills Bank.”

We provide financial services to individuals, families and businesses through our nine full-service branch offices located in Brookline, Dedham, Hyde Park (two branches), Nantucket (three branches), Norwood and West Roxbury, Massachusetts. Our deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to the maximum extent permitted by law, and amounts in excess of FDIC deposit insurance limits are insured by the Depositors Insurance Fund. We also offer alternative banking delivery channels, including online banking, online bill payments, mobile banking, mobile person-to-person payments and mobile check deposits, supported by a dedicated call center. We offer cash management, merchant services and remote deposit capture to our business customers. We offer our loan and deposit products to retail and commercial customers throughout eastern Massachusetts.

Prior to 2010, the Bank was focused primarily on soliciting deposits from retail customers residing in the communities in which our branches were located and investing those deposits primarily in

 

87


Table of Contents

investment securities and, to a lesser extent, one- to four-family mortgages secured by properties located in the communities surrounding our branch offices. Accordingly, we generally did not offer commercial real estate or commercial business loans or deposit products and services aimed at attracting business customers. Prior to 2010, we relied more heavily on the management of our investment securities portfolio and cash and cash equivalents as a source of net income. At December 31, 2010, investment securities totaled $543.9 million, or 59.7% of total assets, net loans totaled $202.0 million, or 22.2% of assets (91.6% of our loan portfolio was one- to four-family residential mortgage loans) and cash and cash equivalents totaled $111.8 million or 12.3% of total assets.

In mid-2010, following a comprehensive strategic review of our business, management and operations, the board of directors appointed a new President and Chief Executive Officer, William M. Parent, and subsequently approved a change in the overall business strategy of the Bank. The new strategic direction was designed to transform the Bank into a diversified, full-service community bank with new and expanded lending and deposit platforms and increased capabilities to serve retail customers and the small and mid-size business market. Additionally, the new strategic direction called for the Bank to update its branding and marketing efforts in the markets it served. This new strategy intended to leverage the Bank’s capital strength, liquidity and strong asset quality and build the infrastructure necessary to support its increased lending activity. In particular, it emphasized building a robust residential, commercial real estate and commercial business oriented banking platform by broadening its product offerings, improving its technology and delivery channels and hiring additional experienced lenders and underwriting staff. The new strategic direction also sought to take advantage of the sound economy of eastern Massachusetts, which had not been as negatively affected by the recession that began in 2008 as other regions of the United States.

In 2011, additional members of the senior management team were hired, notably the Senior Commercial Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Retail Officer, Chief Information Officer and Chief Marketing Officer and, in 2013, a new Chief Financial Officer was hired. The new management team has continued to implement the Bank’s change in its strategic direction, which has resulted in growth and diversification of lending activities and the loan portfolio, the development of banking products and services for commercial and small business customers, and the introduction of other delivery channels, including online and mobile platforms.

Additionally, the Bank decided to update its market image, increase its name recognition and market presence and rebrand its operations by changing its name to “Blue Hills Bank” in 2011. The Bank believes that its rebranding efforts will better position the Bank as a regional alternative for its commercial and retail customers.

Recently Completed Strategic Initiatives

From 2010 to 2013, we made progress in changing our strategic direction, including completion of the following initiatives:

 

   

Commercial lending platform—The Bank established a commercial real estate and commercial business lending platform targeting the financial needs of professional commercial real estate investors, developers and middle-market businesses located and operating in eastern Massachusetts. In order to gain relevant commercial lending experience, build its commercial loan portfolio and assess the infrastructure the Bank had built to handle such activity, the Bank initially purchased and participated in loans with larger commercial banks during 2011 through 2013. We now offer a full range of commercial lending products. Since 2010, we have added 13 commercial lending staff including six commercial

 

88


Table of Contents
 

underwriting, servicing and support staff, some of whom also support our small business banking activities.

 

    Small business banking—The Bank now offers commercial banking products tailored to mid- to small-size businesses, with a primary focus on new customer acquisition in areas served by the Bank’s branches. The Bank offers commercial deposit products, business checking and cash management products that encourage relationship banking, along with savings products tied to profitable business checking accounts. In addition, the Bank obtained the necessary qualifications to participate in lending programs of the U.S. Small Business Administration, increasing its ability to attract small businesses by providing guarantees on loans. Since 2010, the Bank has added 13 small business banking lending and support personnel.

 

    Residential mortgage lending—The Bank increased its residential lending capabilities by expanding its staff in origination, underwriting and servicing, introducing correspondent lending programs and moving to paperless systems. Since 2010, the Bank has added six residential mortgage lending staff and support personnel. To manage risk and to maximize return on assets, the Bank also developed its secondary market capabilities in order to be able to originate, package and sell mortgage loans in the secondary market.

 

    Rebranding, retail branches and administration—The Bank upgraded its retail branch office network through renovation and construction to incorporate an updated look and feel. Additionally, in 2011, the Bank rebranded its operations and adopted a more robust marketing budget and strategy, to extend its market offering beyond the five core communities the Bank had historically serviced. This effort included securing the naming rights of an outdoor entertainment facility in Boston’s Seaport district, a popular and growing community, to continue efforts to build greater brand recognition for the Bank.

 

    Ecommerce—The Bank upgraded its online banking system to provide for a better user experience and introduced new capabilities such as mobile banking, mobile person-to-person payments, remote deposit capture and mobile check deposits.

 

    Back office infrastructure—The Bank upgraded its core operating system to enable tellers and customer service representatives to improve their service of customers. In addition, back office functions were centralized in a new operations center that included a training facility. The Bank also augmented staffing in compliance, risk management and credit administration areas to handle significant growth in lending, new delivery channels and overall operating activities.

 

    Community reinvestment—The Bank created a charitable foundation to support local not-for-profit organizations that work to expand affordable housing and community development; or whose mission involves human services, education, or the arts.

 

    Securities portfolio management—The Bank professionalized the management of the sizeable investment securities portfolio by engaging third-party investment managers to assist in selecting appropriate securities for the portfolio with the aim of diversifying risk and maximizing risk-adjusted investment returns, while oversight of the portfolio remains with the Bank.

 

89


Table of Contents

The implementation of the strategic plan since 2010 has resulted in growth and diversification of our assets and liabilities. As of December 31, 2013, we had total assets of $1.3 billion, of which $773.0 million, or 58.8%, consisted of loans, and $441.3 million, or 33.6%, consisted of securities available for sale. At that same date, our loan portfolio was more diversified, as 47.3% of our loans consisted of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, 29.6% of loans consisted of commercial real estate loans (including multi-family residential loans), and 14.4% consisted of commercial business loans, with the balance of loans in home equity, consumer and construction loans. At December 31, 2013, 36.3% of our deposits were savings deposits, 13.0% were NOW and demand accounts, 8.3% were money market accounts, and 42.4% were certificates of deposit. By comparison, at December 31, 2010, a full 64.8% of deposits consisted of certificates of deposit. At December 31, 2013, our funding also included $215.0 million in advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

Our growth was supplemented in January 2014 with the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, involving a franchise of three branches which operates under the local trade-name “Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank,” including $274.5 million in deposits and $102.2 million in select local commercial loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. This acquisition has further increased and diversified our loans and deposits. For additional information regarding the effects of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.”

In light of the progress made in the change in strategic direction initiated in mid-2010, we updated our strategic plan and business strategy in the autumn of 2013. The main elements of that plan and strategy include the following:

Expanding Residential Lending—We plan to continue to grow our one- to four-family residential lending operations. We will continue to emphasize increasing our one-to-four family lending capabilities and geographic coverage through the addition of lenders or lending teams that operate in our market area and adjacent markets. If necessary to support such new lending teams, we would establish loan production offices located in the north and south shore communities of eastern Massachusetts which will provide new market coverage to the Bank’s existing profile.

Expanding Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Business Lending—We plan to continue to emphasize and grow our commercial business and commercial real estate lending platforms and loan portfolios. Our focus will be on the small to mid-sized commercial businesses operating or headquartered in eastern Massachusetts and adjacent markets and commercial real estate properties located in eastern Massachusetts and adjacent markets. We will continue to emphasize growth in commercial business lending and deposit products and services and increasing our market coverage through the addition of lenders or lending teams operating in our current market areas and adjacent markets. If necessary to support such new lending teams, we would establish loan production offices located in the north and south shore communities of eastern Massachusetts.

Increasing Core Funding—Over the past three years, the Bank has been repositioning its deposit composition to diminish the reliance on higher priced certificates of deposit and has emphasized attracting and retaining core deposit relationships. Investments in retail branch sales and service training, cross sell initiatives with targeted incentive plans, along with improved product bundling has allowed the Bank to broaden its customer relationships and improve its core deposit retention and reduce its overall cost of funding. The addition of the Nantucket branches offers the continued growth of these programs across an expanded geographic footprint. In addition, our offering of cash management services for the small-to-mid-sized business segment will increase our ability to access commercial business deposit relationships which provide fee income and low cost funding.

 

90


Table of Contents

Improving Alternative Delivery Channels and Online Banking Penetration—A significant investment has been made to improve and increase the channels by which our customers may conduct transactions and business with the Bank. We have made improvements to our online and mobile capabilities for consumer and business banking. These enhancements include the addition of mobile banking and remote deposit capture. We plan to continue to make targeted investments to improve online account opening and provide users additional capabilities such as “Pop Money” and peer-to-peer transfers which we believe will increase our ability to convert existing customers to online products that expand and deepen our relationship with customers. Additionally, we look to attract customers outside of our branch footprint through expanded brand recognition, targeted marketing and differentiated pricing.

Expanding our Network of Branch and Loan Production Offices—We believe opportunity exists to expand our core deposit base further, partially through greater penetration with commercial customers, but more significantly through targeted de novo branching and acquisitions of either other financial institutions or branches thereof and through the establishment of lower cost loan production offices to support lending teams in markets where we do not have a physical presence. We recently acquired three branches in Nantucket, Massachusetts and have plans to open two de novo branch offices located in Milton and Westwood, Massachusetts, which we expect will open in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Implementing Our Fee Income Initiative—The Bank has begun a new initiative to analyze our product related fees compared to market competitors and make adjustments where appropriate. This initiative is designed to identify fee income opportunities from our deposit services and products. In addition, the recent expansion of our cash management capabilities will improve our ability to increase fee income from business customers who manage their banking relationships with the Bank. We also believe opportunities exist to expand our fee income through the introduction of non-deposit investment and insurance products or selective acquisitions of businesses that generate non-interest income.

Maintaining Our Investment Securities Portfolio—Although we have de-emphasized the reliance upon our investment securities in recent years and will continue to de-emphasize such portfolio as a percentage of our overall asset base, we expect to maintain a portion of our investment securities portfolio as a means of net income generation for the Bank unless additional liquidity is needed to fund loan growth. We currently utilize professional third party securities portfolio managers to oversee and manage our investment securities portfolio and have established an asset allocation model with investment parameters to guide such managers.

Maintaining Our Highly Integrated Risk Management Program—We will continue to focus on maintaining a well-integrated risk management capability, which we believe is a key component of long-term financial performance. Managing interest rate, credit, market and operational risk through periods of growth and volatile economic environments requires constant focus, assessment and investment in human capital and systems and technology. We intend to maintain this focus through board level attention combined with prudent underwriting standards, moderate duration for interest rate sensitive assets and well implemented operating policies and procedures.

A full description of our products and services begins on page 87 of this prospectus under the heading “Business of Blue Hills Bank”.

Market Area

We provide financial services to individuals, families and small to mid-size businesses through our nine full-service branch offices located in Brookline, Dedham, Hyde Park, Nantucket, Norwood and West Roxbury, Massachusetts. Our primary deposit taking market includes Norfolk, Suffolk and

 

91


Table of Contents

Nantucket Counties in Massachusetts. Our primary lending market encompasses a broader region of eastern Massachusetts. In addition, we also make loans secured by properties and the assets of businesses located outside of our primary lending market area. These loans are typically made to businesses headquartered or operating in eastern Massachusetts.

Due to our proximity to Boston, our market area benefits from the presence of numerous institutions of higher learning, medical care and research centers and the corporate headquarters of several financial investment companies. Eastern Massachusetts also has many high technology companies employing personnel with specialized skills. As a result, healthcare, high-tech and financial services companies constitute major sources of employment in our regional market area, as well as the colleges and universities that populate the Boston Metropolitan Statistical Area (“MSA”). These factors affect the demand for residential homes, apartments, office buildings, shopping centers, industrial warehouses and other commercial properties. Tourism also is a prominent component of our market area’s economy, as Boston annually ranks as one of the nation’s top tourist destinations.

Population and household data indicate that the market surrounding our branches is a mix of urban and suburban markets. Suffolk County, where the city of Boston is located, and Norfolk County are two of the largest counties in Massachusetts, each with a total population of approximately 700,000. Suffolk County experienced relatively strong demographic growth from 2010 to 2012, at 1.0% annually, which exceeded both the national and state growth rates. Norfolk County, which is a suburban market with a larger commuter population, experienced moderate population growth from 2010 to 2012, at 0.5% annually. Nantucket County is a popular tourist destination and summer colony and, thus has seasonal fluctuations in population. Nantucket County has 10,000 full time residents, which expands to a population approximating 100,000 during the peak of the summer vacation season. From 2010 to 2012, Nantucket County experienced a 0.4% decline in population. Household growth rates paralleled population growth trends in all three market counties, with Suffolk County displaying the fastest household growth and Nantucket County exhibiting a decline in households. Recent population and household growth trends are generally projected to continue over the next five years, although Nantucket County is projected to record a slight increase in population over the next five years.

Income measures show that Suffolk County is a relatively low-income market, characterized by its urban demographic in the city of Boston. Median household income for Suffolk County fell below both national and state measures, while per capita income exceeded the national measure but was below the state measure. Comparatively, income measures show that Norfolk and Nantucket counties are relatively affluent markets. Norfolk County is the wealthiest county in the state of Massachusetts and is characterized by a high concentration of white collar professionals who work in the Boston MSA. Nantucket County is a prestigious vacation destination targeted towards high-income visitors, with home values among the highest in the country. Median household and per capita income measures for Norfolk and Nantucket Counties are both well above the comparable U.S. and Massachusetts income measures. Projected income growth measures were generally in line with the comparable projected growth rates for the U.S. and Massachusetts, although Nantucket County’s projected income growth rates were at the low end of the range of projected growth rates for the primary market area counties as well as the U.S and Massachusetts.

The November 2013 unemployment rates for Norfolk and Suffolk Counties, at 5.6% and 6.3% respectively, were below the comparable unemployment rates for the U.S. and Massachusetts. Comparatively, the November 2013 unemployment rate for Nantucket County was 7.8%, which was above the comparable unemployment rates for Massachusetts and the U.S. In contrast to the U.S., Nantucket, Norfolk and Suffolk Counties, along with the state of Massachusetts, reported higher unemployment rates for November 2013 compared to a year ago.

 

92


Table of Contents

Competition

We face intense competition in our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies and investment banking firms. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide.

Our deposit sources are primarily concentrated in the communities surrounding our nine full-service branch offices located in Brookline, Dedham, Hyde Park, Nantucket, Norwood and West Roxbury, Massachusetts. As of June 30, 2013 (the latest date for which information is publicly available from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), we ranked fourteenth of 48 banks and thrift institutions with offices in Norfolk County, Massachusetts, with a 1.65% market share. As of that same date, we ranked fourteenth of 43 banks and thrift institutions with offices in the County of Suffolk, Massachusetts, with a 0.37% market share. Based on pro forma information for the Nantucket Branch Acquisition in January 2014, we ranked first of three banks and thrift institutions with offices in the County of Nantucket, Massachusetts, with a 54.5% market share.

Lending Activities

Our primary lending activity is the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, other consumer loans and construction loans. To diversify risk, we also hold portfolios of loans which were originated outside of our core market in eastern Massachusetts, comprising a portfolio of first-lien home equity lines of credit, loans to franchisees with a global restaurant chain, and a portfolio of classic and collector automobile loans located throughout the continental United States.

 

93


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated. Loans held for sale amounted to $765,000, $0, $0, $582,000 and $853,000 at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and are included in one- to four- family residential loans below.

 

    At December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans and lines:

                   

One- to four-family residential

  $ 365,707        47.31   $ 311,713        63.27   $ 264,167        94.64   $ 192,173        94.05   $ 201,441        94.19

Home equity

    25,535        3.30        25,062        5.09        2,925        1.05        3,044        1.49        4,018        1.88   

Commercial

    228,688        29.59        100,904        20.48        7,656        2.74        6,327        3.10        5,705        2.66   

Construction

    16,559        2.14        5,753        1.17        656        0.24        1,236        0.60        1,172        0.55   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans and lines

    636,489        82.34        443,432        90.01        275,404        98.67        202,780        99.24        212,336        99.28   

Commercial business loans

    111,154        14.38        33,762        6.85        1,000        0.36        1,000        0.49        1,000        0.47   

Consumer loans

    25,372        3.28        15,473        3.14        2,710        0.97        549        0.27        530        0.25   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    773,015        100.0     492,667        100.0     279,114        100.0     204,329        100.0     213,866        100.0
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other items:

                   

Allowance for loan losses

    (9,671       (5,550       (3,501       (2,478       (3,081  

Deferred loan costs and discounts

    2,003          1,090          915          165          73     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total loans, net

  $ 765,347        $ 488,207        $ 276,528        $ 202,016        $ 210,858     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

94


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the dollar amount of loans maturing in our portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity at December 31, 2013, but does not include scheduled payments or potential payments. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.

 

     One-to Four-Family
Residential Loans
    Home Equity Loans
and Lines of Credit
    Commercial Real
Estate Loans
    Construction  
     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending December 31,

                                                    

2014

   $ 128         5.81   $ 6         6.75   $ 1,336         4.43   $ 916         5.00

2015

     128         4.70        —           —          14,598         2.67        15,245         2.49   

2016

     168         6.17        62         5.08        6,633         3.56        —           —     

2017 to 2018

     3,658         5.31        181         6.26        50,473         2.94        —           —     

2019 to 2023

     17,199         3.86        938         6.27        155,062         2.78        —           —     

2024 to 2028

     31,224         3.89        197         5.85        362         6.00        —           —     

2029 and beyond

     313,202         4.07        24,151         2.85        224         6.00        398         5.25   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 365,707         4.06   $ 25,535         3.03   $ 228,688         2.85   $ 16,559         2.70
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     Commercial Business
Loans
    Consumer Loans     Total Loans  
     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending December 31,

                                       

2014

   $ 30,550         2.91   $ 98         15.43   $ 33,034         3.08

2015

     706         2.33        98         6.26        30,775         2.59   

2016

     5,962         2.33        53         5.16        12,878         3.04   

2017 to 2018

     32,626         3.05        1,000         6.58        87,938         3.13   

2019 to 2023

     37,344         3.57        11,852         6.89        222,395         3.23   

2024 to 2028

     2,501         2.82        12,271         5.86        46,555         4.38   

2029 and beyond

     1,465         0.82        —           —          339,440         3.97   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 111,154         3.11   $ 25,372         6.40   $ 773,015         3.58
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2013 that are contractually due after December 31, 2014.

 

     Due After December 31, 2014  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans and lines:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 227,409       $ 138,170       $ 365,579   

Home equity

     1,291         24,238         25,529   

Commercial real estate

     44,711         182,641         227,352   

Construction

     398         15,245         15,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans and lines

     273,809         360,294         634,103   

Commercial business loans

     27,255         53,349         80,604   

Consumer loans

     25,274         —           25,274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 326,338       $ 413,643       $ 739,981   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Loans. At December 31, 2013, $365.7 million, or 47.3%, of our loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of generally up to 30 years.

Some of the housing stock in our primary lending market area comprises two-, three- and four-unit properties, all of which are classified as one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2013, of $365.7 million of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in our portfolio, $21.9 million comprised non-owner occupied properties.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originate or purchase are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency. We also originate loans above the conforming limits, which are referred to as “jumbo loans.” We generally underwrite jumbo loans, whether originated or purchased, in a manner similar to conforming loans. Jumbo loans are common in our market area. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we originated $73.8 million of one- to four-family residential loans and purchased $102.4 million of one- to four-family residential loans through correspondents. We currently have relationships with several correspondents consisting of mortgage brokers and community banks. See “Business of Blue Hills Bank—Lending Activities—Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing.”

We originate our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with initial interest rate adjustment periods of one, three, five, seven and ten years, based on changes in a designated market index. These loans are limited to a 200 basis point initial increase in their interest rate, a 200 basis point increase in their interest rate annually after the initial adjustment, and a maximum upward adjustment of 400 to 600 basis points over the life of the loan. We determine whether a borrower qualifies for an adjustable-rate mortgage loan in conformance with the underwriting guidelines set forth by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in the secondary mortgage market. In particular, we determine whether a borrower qualifies for an adjustable-rate mortgage loan with an initial fixed-rate period of five years or less based on the ability to repay both principal and interest using an interest rate which is 2.0% above the initial interest rate, including a reasonable estimate of real estate taxes and insurance, and taking into account the maximum debt-to-income ratio stipulated in the underwriting guidelines in the secondary mortgage market. The qualification for an adjustable-rate mortgage loan with an initial fixed-rate period exceeding five years is based on the borrower’s ability to repay at the initial fixed interest rate.

We will originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 80% without private mortgage insurance. We will originate loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% with private mortgage insurance and where the borrower’s debt does not exceed 45% of the borrower’s monthly cash flow. To encourage lending to low- and moderate-income home buyers, we participate in several publicly-sponsored loan programs including the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency program which provides competitive terms for loans with higher loan-to-value ratios than are available with conventional financing; the Federal Home Loan Banks Equity Builder Program which provides closing cost and down payment assistance to income-eligible home buyers; and the Mass Housing Partnership’s Soft Second program that contains a number of attractive features for low- and moderate-income home buyers.

Generally, we sell into the secondary market the majority of the conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans we originate. We base the amount of fixed-rate loans that we sell into the secondary market on our liquidity needs, asset/liability mix, loan volume, portfolio size and other factors. We currently sell the majority of loans that we sell to the secondary market to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, with servicing retained. Historically, we have also sold loans to Freddie Mac and retain servicing on these loans. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we received servicing fees, including credit enhancement fees, of $118,000 on mortgage loans that we serviced for third parties. At December 31, 2013, the unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others totaled $47.6 million. In 2013, we sold a $27.0 million portfolio of non-conforming loans to another savings bank with servicing released.

We generally do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties. We do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased

 

96


Table of Contents

principal balance during the life of the loan. Additionally, outside of the publicly-sponsored loan programs mentioned previously, we do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that are made with low down-payments to borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (defined as loans having less than full documentation).

Commercial Real Estate. At December 31, 2013, $228.7 million, or 29.6%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2013, substantially all of our commercial real estate was secured by properties located in eastern Massachusetts. In addition, the vast majority of the commercial real estate loans in our portfolio were originated by us as lead lender, rather than loans that we have purchased or obtained through participations.

Our commercial real estate mortgage loans are primarily secured by office buildings, multi-family apartment buildings, owner-occupied businesses and industrial buildings. As of December 31, 2013, our largest commercial real estate loan relationship totaled $14.9 million, which financed a multi-tenanted office property and public garage. At that date we had eight other commercial real estate loan relationships with outstanding principal balances exceeding $10.0 million.

Our commercial real estate loans generally have terms of three to ten years with adjustable, LIBOR-based rates of interest. These loans generally amortize on a twenty-five to thirty year basis, with a balloon payment due at maturity.

To facilitate qualified commercial customers’ access to fixed-rate financing, we enter into loan-level interest rate swaps. These swap agreements enable the Bank to write LIBOR-based, adjustable-rate loans, whereas customers ultimately pay a fixed interest rate. Interest rate risk associated with these loans is controlled by entering into offsetting positions with third parties. Credit risk is minimized by limiting transactions to highly rated counterparties and through collateral agreements. Collateral is required to be delivered when the credit risk exceeds acceptable thresholds, for certain counterparties. We generally receive fees for acting as an intermediary in these interest rate swap agreements. As of December 31, 2013, the notional value of interest rate swaps on loans with commercial loan customers amounted to $171.7 million, and we earned fee income of $1.5 million from customer swaps in 2013. As a rule we do not arrange swap agreements for unqualified customers, such as those which would be classified as Small Enterprises with assets of less than $10 million.

In underwriting commercial real estate loans we consider a number of factors, which include the projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum of 125%), the age and condition of the collateral, the financial resources and income level of the sponsor and the sponsor’s experience in owning or managing similar properties. Commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value or the purchase price of the property securing the loan, whichever is lower. When circumstances warrant, guarantees are obtained from commercial real estate and multi-family real estate sponsors. In addition, the sponsor’s and guarantor’s financial information on such loans is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic financial statement updates.

Commercial real estate loans generally entail greater credit risks compared to the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans we originate, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or

 

97


Table of Contents

lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate and multi-family real estate than for one- to four-family residential properties.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we offer home equity lines of credit and, to a lesser extent, home equity loans, that are secured by the borrower’s primary residence, secondary residence or one- to four-family investment properties. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten with the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We offer these products primarily through our branch office network.

In an effort to increase our exposure to floating-rate assets and diversify our credit portfolio, we purchased a portfolio of first-lien home equity lines of credit in 2012 at a discount to the outstanding principal balance of $22.3 million at closing. This portfolio consisted of seasoned, first-lien home equity lines with strong credit characteristics and geographic dispersion in the United States. These loans are serviced by a third party. At December 31, 2013, we had $25.5 million in home equity lines and loans outstanding, of which 99.9% were performing in accordance with original terms, and of which $19.3 million relate to the portfolio of first-lien home equity lines acquired in 2012.

The home equity lines of credit that we originate are revolving lines of credit which generally have a term of 25 years, with draws available for the first ten years. Our 25-year lines of credit are interest only during the first ten years, and amortize on a fifteen year basis thereafter. We generally originate home equity lines of credit with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing first mortgage loan, although loan-to-value ratios may occasionally exceed 80% on a case-by-case basis. Maximum loan-to-value ratios are determined based on an applicant’s credit score, property value, loan amount and debt-to-income ratio. Lines of credit above $500,000 require two full appraisals with the valuation being the lesser of the two. Lines of credit generally may not exceed a loan-to-value ratio of 75% unless the customer’s credit score (FICO) exceeds 700. Rates are adjusted monthly based on changes in a designated market index. We also originate fixed-rate home equity loans with terms up to 15 years, although in the current interest rate environment, fixed rate loans with terms greater than five years are not a priority.

Commercial Business Loans. We originate commercial term loans and variable lines of credit to businesses in our primary market area. Our commercial loans are generally used for working capital purposes or for acquiring machinery and equipment. These loans are secured by all business assets including business equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, trademarks, other intangible assets and real estate, and are generally originated with maximum loan-to-value ratios of up to 80%. The commercial business loans that we offer are generally adjustable-rate loans with terms ranging from three to five years. At December 31, 2013, we had $111.2 million of commercial business loans, representing 14.4% of our total loan portfolio outstanding.

The commercial business loans that we offer are generally adjustable-rate loans with terms ranging from three to five years. After we invested in the appropriate staff and systems as well as established our policies and procedures for commercial business lending, and in order to accelerate the growth of our commercial business loan portfolio, we initially focused on participating in large loans originated by other banks with customers and in sectors where our commercial lenders previously had substantial experience. As a result, we have three significant commercial business loan relationships in our portfolio, two of which are with customers operating in the energy sector, and one with an equipment leasing finance company, that were participation loans originated by other banks. As of December 31, 2013, our loan commitments to these three borrowers, all of which have headquarters in New England, amounted to $17.5 million, $15.0 million and $15.0 million, and the loan amounts outstanding were $8.2

 

98


Table of Contents

million, $6.7 million and $6.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, these three relationships constituted the largest potential exposures in our portfolio of commercial business loans. At that same date, our largest single commercial business loan relationship by outstanding principal balance was an owner-occupied commercial loan with a balance of $12.3 million. This loan was originated by us.

As part of a strategy to diversify risk, in 2013 we purchased a portfolio of $35.1 million of loans to franchisees with a global restaurant chain. These loans, secured by all business assets, consisted of seasoned business loans with strong credit characteristics spread across the United States. At December 31, 2013, $30.0 million of such purchased portfolio remained outstanding.

When making commercial business loans, we consider the debt service capabilities of the borrower, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, if any. Many of our loans are guaranteed by the principals of the borrower.

Commercial and business loans generally have a greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. We seek to minimize these risks through our underwriting standards and the experience of our lenders and credit department. The commercial lending units are responsible for the underwriting and documentation of new commercial loans, as well as the annual review of credit ratings of existing loans and special credit projects.

Construction Loans. We originate loans to established local developers to finance the construction of commercial and multi-family properties. To a lesser extent we originate loans to local builders and individuals to finance the construction of one- to four-family residential properties. At December 31, 2013, $16.6 million, or 2.1% of our loan portfolio consisted of construction loans, $15.2 million of which were secured by two different apartment complex development projects located in our primary lending market area. As of December 31, 2013, our commitment to fund these two construction projects, together with a hotel construction project which had no outstanding loan balance, totaled $36.9 million.

Our commercial construction loans generally call for the payment of interest only with interest rates that are tied to Libor. Construction loans for commercial real estate are originated with principal balances of up to $20 million with a maximum loan-to-completed value ratio of 65% to 80%, depending on the type of property. Advances on construction loans are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of construction. Repayment of construction loans for income-producing properties usually is expected from permanent financing upon completion of construction. In the case of construction loans for one- to four-family residential properties, repayment normally is expected from the sale of units to individual purchasers, or in the case of individuals building their own, with a permanent mortgage.

Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by a licensed appraiser. The amount of fund disbursement per construction requisition during the term of the construction loan is justified by a Bank-appointed construction engineer.

 

99


Table of Contents

Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, tenanted investment real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.

Consumer Loans. We offer consumer loans on a limited and selective basis. At December 31, 2013, $25.4 million, or 3.3%, of our loan portfolio, consisted of consumer loans, of which $25.0 million related to classic and collector automobile loans, and only $338,000 related to other consumer loans.

Our portfolio of classic and collector automobile loans is the result of an initiative to increase our exposure to higher-yielding loan assets and diversify our credit portfolio, resulting in an agreement, initiated in late 2011, to purchase loans from a third-party originator. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, we elect to purchase loans secured by classic and collector automobiles according to a defined price schedule which varies according to the terms of the loans and the credit quality of the borrower. Our primary considerations when originating these loans are the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the underlying collateral. The average FICO score of borrowers for these loans is 746 at origination. We may finance up to the full sales price of the vehicle. In order to mitigate our risk of loss, we have a 50% loss sharing arrangement with the third-party originator of these loans. Since the commencement of the program through December 31, 2013, we have purchased approximately $37.6 million in classic and collector automobile loans and recorded $20,000 of write downs.

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing. Loans that we originate are generally underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures, which incorporate standard underwriting guidelines, including those of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae in the case of residential mortgages, to the extent applicable. We originate both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely affected by a rising interest rate environment that typically results in decreased loan demand and lower pricing in secondary markets.

In 2013, 42% of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loan originations were generated by our loan officers or referred by branch managers and employees located in our banking offices. We also source one- to four-family residential mortgages from correspondents that adhere to the Bank’s underwriting practices and are in compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations governing fair lending practices and mortgage origination. In 2013, we purchased a total of $102.4 million of loans from correspondents.

In recent years, in an effort to manage interest rate risk in a relatively low interest rate environment, we sold a portion of fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we originated. In 2013, we sold a total of $51.3 million of residential mortgage loans, of which $21.6 million was sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, which offered the most attractive conforming mortgage loan pricing given the volumes we generated. We have retained the servicing on all loans sold to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, and we have released the servicing on loans sold to other mortgage investors, such as the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency and banks seeking exposure to non-conforming loans. In 2013, we sold a $27.0 million portfolio of non-conforming loans to another savings bank. We intend to continue this practice in the future, subject to our interest rate risk appetite, mortgage loan pricing in the secondary market and the pricing of servicing rights.

 

100


Table of Contents

We have sold mortgage loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston through the Mortgage Partnership Finance (“MPF”) program, which generally has required us to retain approximately 5% of credit risk, for which we were paid a credit enhancement fee. We have also sold loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston through a different program without retaining any credit risk. In 2013 we sold a total of $21.6 million of mortgage loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, of which $5.4 million was through the MPF program with credit risk retention requirements, and the remaining $16.2 million was through a program that does not require credit risk retention. To date, we have sold at total of $24.9 million of loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston through the MPF program with credit risk retention. At December 31, 2013, the credit risk retained by us on loans sold through the MPF program amounted to $1.2 million, or 4.7% of the volume of loans sold through the MPF program.

Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent borrowers, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We retain a portion of the interest paid by the borrower on the loans we service as consideration for our servicing activities. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we received servicing fees, including credit enhancement fees, of $118,000 on mortgage loans that we serviced for third parties. At December 31, 2013, the unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others totaled $47.6 million.

In order to have access to larger customers and diversify risk, from time to time we will participate in portions of commercial loans with other banks within our market area. Pursuant to these loan participations, the Bank and participating lenders share ratably in cash flows and any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. When we are not lead lender, we always follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. In cases where the Bank has transferred a portion of its originated commercial loan to participating lenders, the Bank continues to service the loan as agent of the participating lenders and, as such, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments (net of servicing fees, if applicable) to participating lenders and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties. At December 31, 2013, we held $59.0 million of commercial loans in our portfolio that were participation loans obtained from other lenders, and we serviced $23.3 million in loans for other lenders participating in loans originated by us.

From time to time, we have also purchased and sold whole loans from and to other banks. In these cases, we generally follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we purchased $72.7 million of commercial loans originated by other banks. We also sold $7.7 million of commercial loans to other banks.

 

101


Table of Contents

The following table shows the loan origination, purchase, sale and repayment activities for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Originations by type:

          

Real Estate Loans:

          

One- to four-family

   $ 73,756      $ 75,988      $ 45,606      $ 55,733      $ 55,857   

Commercial real estate

     138,604        96,558        2,138        —          —     

Construction

     8,049        3,705        —          —          —     

Home equity

     5,371        2,096        325        793        318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     225,780        178,347        48,069        56,526        56,175   

Commercial business loans

     55,293        10,928        210        —          —     

Consumer loans

     458        605        699        826        733   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans originated

     281,531        189,880        48,978        57,352        56,908   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchases (1):

          

Real Estate Loans:

          

One- to four-family

     102,431        89,136        88,006        14,805        1,573   

Commercial real estate

     14,683        19,055        —          240        —     

Construction

     10,508        494        —          —          —     

Home equity

     —          22,304        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     127,622        130,989        88,006        15,045        1,573   

Commercial business loans

     72,735        36,469        —          —          —     

Consumer loans

     17,737        16,906        2,909        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans purchased

     218,094        184,364        90,915        15,045        1,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales (2):

          

Real Estate Loans:

          

One- to four-family

     (51,289     (24,957     (1,623     (28,225     (26,146

Commercial real estate

     (1,050     (15,806     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     (52,339     (40,763     (1,623     (28,225     (26,146

Commercial business loans

     (7,659     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans sold

     (59,998     (40,763     (1,623     (28,225     (26,146
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Principal repayments:

          

Total principal repayments

     (160,892     (120,541     (62,593     (54,909     (61,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease)

   $ 278,735      $ 212,940      $ 75,677      $ (10,737   $ (28,739
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes loan purchases and participations by the Bank in loans originated by other financial institutions.
(2) Includes loan sales and participations by other financial institutions in loans originated by the Bank.

 

102


Table of Contents

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Our lending activities follow written underwriting standards and loan origination procedures approved by our board of directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral, if any, that will secure the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s employment and credit history and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower. We require “full documentation” on all of our loan applications. We do not discriminate in our lending decisions based on a borrower’s race, religion, national origin, gender, marital status or age.

Our policies and loan approval limits are approved by our board of directors. Aggregate lending relationships in amounts up to $5 million can be approved by designated individual officers or officers acting together with specific lending approval authority. Relationships between $5 million and $20 million require the approval of the Management Credit Committee. Relationships above $20 million require the approval of the board of directors. Our Chief Risk Officer generally must approve loans in excess of $500,000.

Each of the commercial lending units is responsible for the underwriting and documentation of new commercial loans as well as the ongoing review of credit ratings of existing loans and special credit projects. Our Chief Risk Officer reviews the servicing and risk rating of all criticized loans and loans rated “bank with care” no less frequently than quarterly, all commercial business and construction loans quarterly, and commercial real estate investment loans no less frequently than annually. We consider our Chief Risk Officer to be independent because he has no loan production goals and has annual performance objectives based on credit quality and credit risk management.

We require appraisals by a third party appraiser based on a comparison with current market sales for all real property securing one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans, although home equity loans and lines of credit may be approved based on an online appraisal. All appraisers are independent, state-licensed or state-certified appraisers and are approved by the board of directors annually.

Non-Performing and Problem Assets

When a residential mortgage loan or home equity line of credit is 15 days past due, a late payment notice is generated and mailed to the borrower. We will attempt personal, direct contact with the borrower to determine when payment will be made. We will send a letter when a loan is 30 days or more past due and will attempt to contact the borrower by telephone. By the 36th day of delinquency, we will attempt to establish live contact with borrowers and inform them of loss mitigation options that may be available, providing the borrowers with written notice containing information about those loss mitigation options by the 45th day of delinquency. By the 150th day of delinquency, unless the borrower has made arrangements to bring the loan current on its payments, we will refer the loan to legal counsel to commence foreclosure proceedings. In addition, a property appraisal is made to determine the condition and market value. The account will be monitored on a regular basis thereafter as a non-accrual loan. In attempting to resolve a default on a residential mortgage loan, Blue Hills Bank complies with all applicable Massachusetts laws regarding a borrower’s right to cure.

When automobile finance loans become 10 to 15 days past due, a late fee is charged according to applicable guidelines. When the loan is 11 days past due, the customer will receive a phone call from our servicer requesting a payment. Letters are generated at 15, 25 and 34 days past due. A letter stating our intent to repossess the automobile goes to the customer 21 days prior to repossession, which is triggered at 45 days past due. Vehicles are assigned for repossession at 65 to 70 days past due; the customer has 21 days for right of redemption until the vehicle is sold. Automobile loans are placed on non-accrual status at 90 days past due and charged off at 120 days past due.

 

103


Table of Contents

All commercial business loans that are 60 days past due are immediately referred to a senior lending officer. Because of the nature of the collateral securing consumer loans, we may commence collection procedures faster for consumer loans than for residential mortgage loans or home equity lines of credit.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when payment of principal or interest is more than 90 days delinquent. Loans are also placed on non-accrual status if collection of principal or interest in full is in doubt. When loans are placed on a non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reversed, and further income is recognized only to the extent received. The loan may be returned to accrual status if both principal and interest payments are brought current and full payment of principal and interest is expected.

Non-Performing Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

          

One- to four-family

   $ 1,706      $ 2,209      $ 1,437      $ 1,596      $ 1,861   

Home equity loans and lines

     36        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     1,742        2,209        1,437        1,596        1,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing:

          

One- to four-family

     —          —          193        —          —     

Construction

     —          —          1,098        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing

     —          —          1,291        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans and nonperforming assets

     1,742        2,209        2,728        1,596        1,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructurings

     279        568        —          30        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets and performing troubled debt restructurings

   $ 2,021      $ 2,777      $ 2,728      $ 1,626      $ 1,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

          

Non-performing loans to total loans

     0.23     0.45     0.98     0.78     0.87

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.15     0.18     0.28     0.18     0.21

For the year ended December 31, 2013 gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms was $73,000. Interest income recognized on such loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $24,000.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. We periodically modify loans to extend the term or make other concessions to help a borrower stay current on their loan and to avoid foreclosure. We generally do not forgive principal or interest on loans or modify the interest rates on loans to rates that are below market rates. At December 31, 2013, we had $539,000 of troubled debt restructurings related to residential mortgage loans, of which $279,000 were performing in accordance with their restructured terms.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our troubled debt restructurings been performing in accordance with their original terms was $51,000. Interest income recognized on such modified loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $37,000.

 

104


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies at the dates indicated.

 

     Loans Delinquent For      Total  
     60-89 Days      90 Days and Over     
     Number      Amount      Number      Amount      Number      Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At December 31, 2013

                                         

Real estate:

                 

One- to four-family

     2       $ 196         6       $ 828         8       $ 1,024   

Home equity

     —           —           1         36         1         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     2       $ 196         7       $ 864         9       $ 1,060   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

                                         

Real estate:

                 

One- to four-family

     1       $ 232         5       $ 978         6       $ 1,210   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

                                         

Real estate:

                 

One- to four-family

     1       $ 156         7       $ 1,630         8       $ 1,786   

Construction

     —           —           1         1,098         1         1,098   

Consumer loans

     1         1         —           —           1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     2       $ 157         8       $ 2,728         10       $ 2,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

                                         

Real estate:

                 

One- to four-family

     1       $ 298         7       $ 2,049         8       $ 2,347   

Consumer loans

     2         4         —           —           2         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     3       $ 302         7       $ 2,049         10       $ 2,351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

                                         

Real estate:

                 

One- to four-family

     1       $ 224         11       $ 3,067         12       $ 3,291   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

                 

Other Real Estate Owned. Real estate acquired by us as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as other real estate owned. When property is acquired it is recorded at estimated fair market value at the date of foreclosure less the cost to sell, establishing a new cost basis. Estimated fair value generally represents the sales price a buyer would be willing to pay on the basis of current market conditions, including normal terms from other financial institutions. Holding costs and declines in estimated fair market value result in charges to expense after acquisition. At December 31, 2013, we had no other real estate owned.

Classification of Assets. Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality as substandard, doubtful, or loss assets. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those assets characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets (or portions of assets) classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are required to be designated as special mention. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.8 million of assets designated as special mention.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an amount estimated to equal all credit losses incurred in our loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at a balance sheet date. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our loss allowances is subject to

 

105


Table of Contents

review by regulatory agencies, which may require that we establish additional loss allowances. We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.

The following table sets forth our amounts of classified loans, loans designated as special mention and criticized loans (classified loans and loans designated as special mention) as of the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Classified loans:

        

Substandard

   $ 1,707       $ 1,286       $ 2,591   

Doubtful

     693         646         905   

Loss

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total classified loans

     2,400         1,932         3,496   

Special mention

     2,819         1,932         747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total criticized loans

   $ 5,219       $ 3,864       $ 4,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, we had $1.7 million of substandard assets, of which $1.6 million were residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2013, special mention assets consisted of $2.8 million of which $468,000 were one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and $2.3 million were commercial real estate loans.

Potential problem loans are loans that are currently performing and are not included in non-accrual loans above, but may be delinquent. These loans require an increased level of management attention, because we have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and as a result such loans may be included at a later date in non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2013, we had no potential problem loans that are not discussed above under “—Classification of Assets.”

Allowance for Loan Losses

We provide for loan losses based upon the consistent application of our documented allowance for loan loss methodology. All loan losses are charged to the allowance for loan losses and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors which, in our judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. We regularly review the loan portfolio, including a review of our classified assets, and make provisions for loan losses in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The allowance for loan losses is based on the size and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, loss experience, economic conditions and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio. In estimating an appropriate allowance for loan losses, we recognize that our own relevant loss experience is limited as a result of our change in lending strategy over recent years. As such, commencing in 2012, we evaluated the most recent eight years of state and national FDIC loss data for comparable sized savings institutions to determine the allowance for loan losses for all loan segments. Management believes this 8-year period is sufficient to span a full lending cycle. Prior to 2012, we utilized our own historical loss ratios for the existing portfolio.

In evaluating the FDIC loss data for determining appropriate loss ratios, we reviewed the composition of the existing portfolio segments. Based on this review, national FDIC loss data was applied to all loan segments, except for the residential mortgage segment to which Massachusetts FDIC loss data was applied. We identified a loss rate within a range of the high and low FDIC loss rates of the comparative group at a segment level. Management then qualitatively adjusted the loss rates for

 

106


Table of Contents

environmental factors unique to our portfolio relative to current lending policies, economic conditions, portfolio characteristics, collateral values and credit concentrations to derive each segment’s general loss factor. The use of FDIC historical loss data did not have a material impact on the overall allowance with regard to our legacy loan products. Of more significance to the overall allowance was the application of FDIC loss factors to the growth in segments other than conforming residential loans, for which we had minimal or no loss experience of our own to reference.

As our loan segments mature we intend to utilize actual loss data on each segment. We expect to analyze this transition beginning in 2016 when we will have 4 years of loss history with these new segments.

Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated regularly by management and reflects consideration of all significant factors that affect the collectability of the loan portfolio. The evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available; however, because of the increase in exposure in our new portfolios, it is the intention of management to maintain an allowance that is prudently commensurate with the growth in the loan portfolio.

The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components, as further described below.

General component. The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on either actual or extrapolated historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative and environmental factors, including levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volumes and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions.

In 2012, we revised our methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance of loan losses. This revision included increased segmentation of the loan portfolio, which in previous years had been primarily comprised of conforming residential mortgage loans.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential real estate—We do not generally originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and do not generally grant loans that would be classified as subprime upon origination. When we do extend credit either on a first- or second-lien basis at a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent, such loans are supported by either mortgage insurance or state guarantee programs. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The health of the regional economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality of loans in this segment.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, this segment includes $7.6 million and $8.8 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans purchased in 2006 and 2007 from Countrywide, Wells Fargo, and Taylor Bean on a servicing-retained basis. These loans were subject to the more lenient underwriting standards and higher residential property values prevalent at that time, and when these loans become

 

107


Table of Contents

delinquent, they are subject to significant time lags between delinquency and modification or collection and relatively high degradation from the underwritten collateral value.

Commercial real estate—Loans in this segment include investment real estate and are generally secured by assignments of leases, real estate collateral and guarantees from sponsors or owners. In cases where there is a concentration of exposure to a single large tenant, underwriting standards include analysis of the tenant’s ability to support lease payments over the duration of the loan. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn will have an effect on credit quality in this segment. Payments on loans secured by income-producing properties often depend on the successful operation and management of properties. Management continually monitors cash on these loans.

Construction—Loans in this segment primarily include speculative real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions.

Home equity—Loans in this segment are generally secured by 1st or 2nd liens on residential real estate. Repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. We evaluate each loan application based on factors including the borrower’s credit score, income, length of employment, and other factors to establish the creditworthiness of the borrower. We purchased a geographically diverse portfolio of seasoned home equity lines of credit (HELOC) which are serviced by a third party. The rate of provision for this portfolio is slightly lower than that for the organically originated HELOC portfolio due to its seasoning, low loan-to-values, high credit scores, and first-lien collateral position.

Commercial business—Loans in this segment are generally secured by business assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, real estate and intangible assets. Strict underwriting standards include considerations of the borrower’s ability to support the debt service requirements from the underlying historical and projected cash flows of the business, collateral values, the borrower’s credit history and the ultimate collectability of the debt. Economic conditions, real estate values, commodity prices, unemployment trends and other factors will affect the credit quality of loans in these segments.

Consumer—Loans in this segment primarily include used auto loans. The used auto loan portfolio is primarily comprised of geographically diverse loans originated by and purchased from a third party, who also provides collection services. While this portfolio generated minimal charge-offs during 2013 and no charge-offs in 2012, the provisions during the year are based on management’s estimate of inherent losses based on a review of regional and national historical losses of other institutions with similar portfolios.

Allocated component. The allocated component relates to loans that are on the watch list (non-accruing loans, partially charged off non-accruing loans and accruing adversely-rated loans) and considered impaired. Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment

 

108


Table of Contents

shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

We periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

Unallocated component. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

We evaluate the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information used in making the evaluations. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

109


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

     At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 5,550      $ 3,501      $ 2,478      $ 3,081      $ 1,997   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

          

Real estate:

          

One- to four-family

     (165     (714     (328     (1,141     (166

Consumer loans

     (44     —          (13     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (209     (714     (341     (1,141     (166
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Real estate:

          

One- to four-family

     236        402        232        36        —     

Consumer loans

     —          —          6        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     236        402        238        36        —     

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

     27        (312     (103     (1,105     (166

Provision for loan losses

     4,094        2,361        1,126        502        1,250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     9,671        5,550        3,501        2,478        3,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

          

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.00     (0.08 )%      (0.04 )%      (0.54 )%      (0.08 )% 

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of period

     555     251     128     155     166

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period(1)

     1.25     1.13     1.25     1.21     1.44

 

(1) Total loans do not include deferred costs.

 

110


Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real Estate:

               

One- to four-family residential

   $ 2,835         47.31   $ 2,725         63.27   $ 3,267         94.64

Home equity

     247         3.30        316         5.09        —           1.05   

Commercial

     2,608         29.59        1,343         20.48        160         2.74   

Construction

     303         2.14        106         1.17        —           0.24   

Commercial business loans

     2,416         14.38        565         6.85        —           0.36   

Consumer loans

     574         3.28        313         3.14        24         0.97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance

     8,983         100.00     5,368         100.00     3,451         100.00
     

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unallocated

     688           182           50      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 9,671         $ 5,550         $ 3,501      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009  
     Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real Estate:

          

One- to four-family residential

   $ 2,207         94.05   $ 3,068         94.19

Home equity

     —           1.49        —           1.88   

Commercial

     221         3.10        —           2.66   

Construction

     —           0.60        —           0.55   

Commercial business loans

     —           0.49        —           0.47   

Consumer loans

     5         0.27        13         0.25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance

     2,433         100.00     3,081         100.00
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unallocated

     45           —        
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 2,478         $ 3,081      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

111


Table of Contents

Investments

Management has primary responsibility for establishing our investment policy, which the Board reviews and approves at least annually. The overall objectives of the investment policy are to employ funds not currently required for the Bank’s loan portfolio, cash requirements or other assets essential to our operations; to provide for capital preservation of the funds invested while generating maximum income and capital appreciation in accordance with the objectives of liquidity, quality and diversification; and to employ a percentage of assets in a manner that will balance the market, credit and duration risks of other assets.

The Bank utilizes professional third party investment advisors to manage a significant portion of its investment securities portfolio. The Bank currently utilizes professional investment advisors with each advisor being selected to manage a specified dollar amount of investment securities pursuant to particular investment objectives established by the Bank. The board of directors and the Investment Advisory Committee of the board of directors oversee the qualification and selection of all third party investment advisors used by the Bank. The board of directors and management have established internal investment guidelines, parameters and limits that any selected third party investment advisor must commit to in writing. The Bank’s management level Investment Committee, consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, meets on a weekly basis to review all transaction activity of the third party investment advisors and assess changes in the various portfolios they manage. Day to day oversight of the overall investment securities portfolio and review of daily transactional activity is monitored by the Treasurer. Management, through internal review processes and in consultation with the board’s Investment Advisory Committee, also reviews the compliance of each third party investment advisor with the established investment guidelines and parameters on a periodic basis and reports to the Risk Committee of the board of directors on such matters. The investment performance of all third party investment advisors is also subject to continuous review and testing by management and the Investment Advisory Committee against performance benchmarks established by the board of directors and to ensure that such advisors are adhering to the investment style for which they were engaged, adhering to the established asset allocation strategy and providing best execution on transactions. Management and the Investment Advisory Committee also periodically assess qualitative changes in the investment advisors corporate organization. Management has, on a periodic basis, engaged an independent investment consultant to assess the Bank’s investment securities activity, its related risk practices, the procedural due diligence in selecting and maintaining its investment advisors and the monitoring, reporting and evaluation of third party investment advisors.

Our investment portfolio is segmented into three distinct pools, as follows:

 

    Liquidity pool—The liquidity pool is managed internally. The primary objective of this pool is to place the highest priority on the safety of principal and liquidity. A secondary objective is to maximize income while maintaining acceptable levels of risk and market value volatility as well as to provide adequate short-term liquidity to meet any cash flow demands. Permissible investments in this pool include, among other investments, U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds, mortgage-backed pass-through securities, Government Agency and Government-Sponsored Enterprise debt and certain money market portfolios.

 

   

Income pool—The income pool is managed externally by professional managers in separate accounts with continuous management oversight. The primary objective of this pool is to maximize return while maintaining acceptable levels of risk and market value volatility. Permissible investments in this pool include the investments permitted in the liquidity pool as well as selected other fixed-income investments such as mortgage- and asset-backed securities, corporate debt and municipal bonds. Credit quality of the issuers

 

112


Table of Contents
 

is carefully monitored by the professional managers and the Bank, and purchases of securities are limited to securities that would be characterized as investment grade at the time of purchase.

 

    Total return pool—The total return pool is managed externally by mutual fund managers selected by the Bank with the guidance of an external institutional investment adviser. The primary objective of this pool is to maximize income and total return via capital appreciation, while conferring benefits of diversification and providing exposure to asset classes that are less correlated with fixed income securities, within the parameters established by the Bank with regard to risk exposure and market value volatility. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had investments in four different mutual funds, including two asset allocation funds, a specialty bond fund and a world stock market index fund.

At the time of purchase, we designate a security as either held to maturity, available-for-sale or trading, based upon our intent and ability to hold such security until maturity. Securities available for sale and trading securities were reported at market value. At December 31, 2013, substantially all of the Bank’s securities are classified as available for sale. A periodic review and evaluation of the available-for-sale securities portfolios is conducted to determine if the fair value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. For securities classified as available for sale, unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported through other comprehensive income/(loss).

Generally, mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans since there is an active trading market for such securities. In addition, mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our borrowings. Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. Current prepayment speeds determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.

At December 31, 2013, our securities portfolio consisted of U.S. government and government-sponsored enterprise obligations, U.S. government-sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, other mortgage- and asset-backed securities, corporate debt securities, other bonds and obligations, and marketable equity securities. Our other mortgage- and asset-backed securities include private label commercial mortgage-backed securities and residential mortgage-backed securities, SBA asset-backed securities and other asset-backed securities. We only purchase investment grade securities. The private label commercial mortgage-backed securities investments are in the senior tranches of the capital structures and are investment grade. The other asset-backed securities are also in the senior tranches of the capital structures, are investment grade, and are supported by automobile financing, student loans, credit card receivables and equipment financings. We do not own any trust preferred securities.

At December 31, 2013, our securities portfolio had a fair market value of $441.3 million, or 33.6%, of total assets and an amortized cost of $438.5 million. At that date we owned a total of $5.1 million of collateralized debt obligations that were considered non-exempt covered funds. These collateralized debt obligations were sold during the quarter ended March 31, 2014 to comply with the Volcker Rule contained in the Dodd-Frank regulations. Such securities were written down to fair value resulting in $58,000 of other-than-temporary impairment as of December 31, 2013. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Average Balances and Yields” for a discussion of the recent performance of our securities portfolio.

 

113


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, we had no investments in a single company or entity that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity, except for U.S. government obligations and U.S. government-sponsored agency and enterprise securities.

Investment Securities Portfolio. The following tables set forth the composition of our investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Securities available for sale:

                 

Debt securities:

                 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 131,781       $ 128,202       $ 108,087       $ 108,789       $ 67,849       $ 68,256   

U.S. government and government-sponsored enterprise obligations

     13,985         13,957         14,278         14,786         75,462         77,801   

U.S. government-sponsored mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations

     67,787         67,493         109,802         114,158         133,515         138,836   

Other mortgage and asset-backed securities:

                 

Private label commercial mortgage-backed securities

     22,828         22,674         21,899         22,270         23,773         23,782   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     3,021         3,383         8,170         8,852         1,139         1,162   

SBA asset-backed securities

     9,787         9,394         925         938         —           —     

Other asset-backed securities

     10,974         11,022         19,704         20,028         1,886         1,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other mortgage and asset backed

     46,610         46,473         50,698         52,088         26,798         26,896   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other bonds and obligations:

                 

State and political subdivisions

     15,628         15,739         17,845         18,588         12,610         12,949   

Financial services:

                 

Banks

     12,535         13,350         18,181         19,850         28,792         30,010   

Diversified financials

     14,023         14,528         7,055         7,634         8,250         8,719   

Insurance and REITs

     15,635         15,793         4,977         5,381         3,482         3,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial services

     42,193         43,671         30,213         32,865         40,524         42,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other corporate:

                 

Industrials

     32,920         33,450         52,418         55,338         53,410         58,908   

Utilities

     12,000         12,086         9,314         9,849         7,628         8,666   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other corporate

     44,920         45,536         61,732         65,187         61,038         67,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     362,904         361,071         392,655         406,461         417,796         434,861   

Marketable equity securities:

                 

Mutual funds:

                 

International

     5,000         5,540         27,590         27,182         31,800         26,777   

Domestic

     466         453         20,024         21,634         19,130         18,184   

Global asset allocation

     32,956         37,124         40,210         40,940         35,134         32,893   

Diversified bonds

     34,392         34,350         33,460         34,626         32,687         32,091   

Other

     2,750         2,768         2,753         2,942         2,500         2,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     75,564         80,235         124,037         127,324         121,251         112,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 438,468       $ 441,306       $ 516,692       $ 533,785       $ 539,047       $ 547,475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the portion of the investment securities portfolio relating to debt securities at December 31, 2013 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur.

 

     One Year or Less     More than One Year
through Five Years
    More than Five Years
through Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total Securities  
     Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities available for sale:

                     

Debt securities:

                     

U.S. Treasury

   $ —           —     $ 79,801         1.42   $ 51,980         2.21   $ —           —     $ 131,781       $ 128,202         1.73

U.S. government and government-sponsored enterprise obligations

     3,600         0.61        7,900         0.86        2,485         2.58        —           —          13,985         13,957         1.10   

U.S. government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations

     1         0.00        6,313         1.67        5,107         2.74        56,366         2.38        67,787         67,493         2.34   

Other mortgage-backed securities

     —           —          8,448         0.54        2,085         0.00        36,077         2.66        46,610         46,473         2.16   

Other bonds and obligations:

                     

State and political subdivisions

     —           —          4,607         1.10        9,179         2.59        1,842         1.94        15,628         15,739         2.07   

Financial services

     3,580         0.87        22,143         1.57        16,470         3.75        —           —          42,193         43,671         2.36   

Other corporate

     101         0.90        24,673         1.48        12,892         3.48        7,254         4.71        44,920         45,536         2.57   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total debt securities

   $ 7,282         0.74   $ 153,885         1.38   $ 100,198         2.65   $ 101,539         2.64   $ 362,904       $ 361,071         2.07
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

115


Table of Contents

Bank-Owned Life Insurance. Bank-owned life insurance provides us noninterest income that is non-taxable. Applicable regulations generally limit our investment in bank-owned life insurance to 25% of our Tier 1 capital plus our allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2013, we had invested $29.8 million in bank-owned life insurance. We have not purchased a new policy since 2010.

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our investment and lending activities. We also borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston to supplement cash flow needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management purposes and to manage our cost of funds. Our additional sources of funds are scheduled payments and prepayments of principal and interest on loans and investment securities, fee income and proceeds from the sales of loans and securities.

Deposits. We accept deposits primarily from customers in the communities in which our offices are located, as well as from small businesses and other customers throughout our lending area. We rely on our competitive pricing and products, convenient locations and quality customer service to attract and retain deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of passbook and statement savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts, and IRAs. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current business strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements and our deposit growth goals. From time to time we have utilized brokered deposits and other listed deposit products as part of our funding sources to fund loan growth. Our core deposits increased significantly in January 2014 as a result of the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. These increases in deposits are not reflected in the tables provided below. For additional information on how the Nantucket Branch Acquisition affected our deposits, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.”

At December 31, 2013, we had a total of $388.3 million in certificates of deposit, of which $265.1 million had remaining maturities of one year or less.

The following tables set forth the distribution of our average total deposit accounts, by account type, for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

                     

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 29,716         3.40     0.00   $ 19,681         2.55     0.00   $ 17,796         2.42     0.00

Interest bearing deposits:

                     

Now and demand

     66,580         7.63        0.06        60,241         7.82        0.11        60,013         8.15        0.15   

Savings accounts

     344,783         39.49        0.47        243,507         31.60        0.81        179,677         24.41        0.50   

Money market accounts

     81,225         9.30        0.39        105,783         13.73        0.79        46,097         6.26        0.99   

Certificates of deposit

     312,596         35.80        1.10        339,122         44.00        1.20        432,561         58.76        1.53   

Brokered certificates of deposit

     38,265         4.38        0.28        2,331         0.30        0.67        —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total interest bearing deposits

     843,449         96.60        0.62     750,984         97.45        0.91     718,348         97.58        1.09
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total deposits

   $ 873,165         100.00     0.59   $ 770,665         100.00     0.88   $ 736,144         100.00     1.06
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

116


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated, including brokered deposits.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Interest rate range:

        

Less than 0.50%

   $ 118,590       $ 24,166       $ 24,700   

0.50% to 0.99%

     56,516         45,579         57,812   

1.00% to 1.49%

     174,895         208,041         84,496   

1.50% to 1.99%

     23,322         32,743         135,509   

2.00% to 2.99%

     15,018         21,053         84,208   

3.00% and greater

     —           —           664   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 388,341       $ 331,582       $ 387,389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges, the maturities of our certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Period to Maturity  
     Less Than
or Equal to

One Year
     More Than
One to

Two Years
     More Than
Two to
Three Years
     More Than
Three Years
     Total      Percent of
Total
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest rate range:

                 

Less than 0.50%

   $ 117,231       $ 1,358       $ —         $ —         $ 118,589         31

0.50% to 0.99%

     18,282         29,108         5,420         3,706         56,516         15

1.00% to 1.49%

     118,753         30,670         3,931         21,542         174,896         44

1.50% to 1.99%

     8,368         763         2,955         11,236         23,322         6

2.00% to 2.99%

     —           147         14,871         —           15,018         4

3.00% and greater

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 262,634       $ 62,046       $ 27,177       $ 36,484       $ 388,341         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000, excluding brokered deposits, was $129.0 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of December 31, 2013.

 

     At
December 31, 2013
 
     (In thousands)  

Maturing in:

  

Three months or less

   $ 27,133   

Over three months through six months

     20,269   

Over six months through one year

     31,201   

Over one year to three years

     36,570   

Over three years

     13,817   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 128,990   
  

 

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Borrowings. Our borrowings consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2013, we had access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank advances of up to $51.0 million. Our borrowings have primarily been used to fund commercial loans products with LIBOR-based interest rate terms. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our Federal Home Loan Bank advances at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

     At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of period

   $ 215,000      $ 152,000      $ 40,000   

Average balance during period

   $ 127,501      $ 102,266      $ 19,836   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 215,000      $ 160,000      $ 40,000   

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     0.61     0.81     2.35

Average interest rate during period

     0.92     1.09     2.32

Properties

We operate from our nine full-service banking offices, including our main office and eight branch offices located in Brookline, Dedham, Hyde Park, Nantucket, Norwood and West Roxbury, Massachusetts. The net book value of our premises, land and equipment was $7.5 million at December 31, 2013, which excludes the book value of branches acquired in the Nantucket Branch Acquisition that are included in the table below. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Nantucket Branch Acquisition.

 

118


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information with respect to our offices, including the expiration date of leases with respect to leased facilities.

 

            Office Name and Address   

Leased or Owned

  

Year Acquired or

Leased

  

Month of lease

expiration

Full Service Banking Offices:         
Main Office         

Blue Hills Bank – River Street

1196 River Street

Hyde Park, MA 02136

   Owned1    1871   

Blue Hills Bank – Truman

1065 Truman Parkway

Hyde Park, MA 02136

   Owned/Leased2    1977    March 2021

Blue Hills Bank – Brookline

1337 Beacon Street

Brookline, MA 02446

   Leased    2007    February 2017

Blue Hills Bank – Dedham

749 Providence Highway

Dedham, MA 02026

   Leased    1988    May 2016

Blue Hills Bank – Norwood

111 Lenox Street

Norwood, MA 02062

   Leased    1998    October 2016

Blue Hills Bank – West Roxbury

1920 Centre Street

West Roxbury, MA 02132

   Leased    2004    February 2019

Nantucket Bank – Pleasant Street

104 Pleasant Street

Nantucket, MA 02554

   Owned    2014   

Nantucket Bank – Orange Street

2 Orange Street

Nantucket, MA 02554

   Owned    2014   

Nantucket Bank – Amelia Drive

1 Amelia Drive

Nantucket, MA 02554

   Owned    2014   
Administrative and Other Facilities:         

Blue Hills Bank3

81 Newbury St., 2nd Floor

Boston, MA 02115

   Leased    2014    February 2015

320 Norwood Park South

Norwood, MA 02062

   Leased    2011    November 2016

9 Bayberry Court

Nantucket, MA 02554

   Owned    2014   

3 Madison Court

Nantucket, MA 02554

   Owned    2014   

 

(1) We lease 1,500 square feet of additional office space adjacent to this location at 1202 River Street. This lease expires in March 2015.
(2) This office building is owned and located on land that is leased.
(3) This property is used as a loan production office.

 

119


Table of Contents

We have signed leases for two de novo branches, one to be located in Milton, Massachusetts with a ten-year lease commencing at or near the branch opening date and options for the Bank to extend the lease an additional 25 years; and another to be located at University Station in Westwood, Massachusetts, with a fifteen-year lease commencing at or near the branch opening date and options for three five-year extensions of the lease by the Bank.

The administrative offices located at 320 Norwood Park South, Norwood, Massachusetts are Blue Hills Bancorp’s corporate headquarters and house several of our back-office functions. The administrative offices located at 9 Bayberry Court, Nantucket house our customer contact center. In addition, the premises include four condominium units that are used for employee housing. The property located at 3 Madison Court, Nantucket consists of a two-unit building used for employee housing. We rent units to certain employees in Nantucket at below-market rates in order to help attract and retain banking staff.

Legal Proceedings

We are not involved in any material pending legal proceedings as a plaintiff or a defendant other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. We are not involved in any legal proceedings the outcome of which we believe would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

On May 7, 2014, a complaint was filed with the U.S. Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration by a former employee alleging retaliatory employment practices in violation of the whistleblower provisions of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The complaint, which was filed by a former employee terminated by Blue Hills Bank in October 2013, requests reinstatement of the employee, payment with interest of foregone compensation, including bonuses and employee benefits, medical expenses and attorney’s fees and litigation expenses in unspecified amounts. Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank believe the allegations in the complaint are completely without merit and intend to vigorously defend this action and any other action instituted by the employee.

Expense and Tax Allocation

Blue Hills Bank will enter into an agreement with Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. to provide it with certain administrative support services, whereby Blue Hills Bank will be compensated at not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Blue Hills Bank and Blue Hills Bancorp will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

Personnel

On a full time equivalent basis, we had 143 employees at December 31, 2013, and 200 employees at March 31, 2014. The increase during the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to the Nantucket Branch Acquisition. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

Subsidiary Activity

Upon completion of the Conversion, Blue Hills Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Hills Bancorp. Additionally, it is expected that Blue Hills Bancorp will form another subsidiary, the sole purpose of which will be to fund the loan to Blue Hills Bank’s employee stock ownership plan.

 

120


Table of Contents

Blue Hills Bank has two subsidiaries, HP Security Corporation (“HP Security”) and 1196 Corporation (“1196 Corporation”). HP Security buys, sells and holds securities on its own behalf as a wholly-owned subsidy of Blue Hills Bank, which results in tax advantages in Massachusetts. At December 31, 2013, HP Security had total assets of $253.5 million. 1196 Corporation owns shares in Northeast Retirement Services, Inc., a company that administers pension and 401(k) plans for a number of savings banks, including Blue Hills Bank, and other entities.

 

121


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

Blue Hills Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered stock savings bank and will be the wholly-owned subsidiary of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, which will be a registered bank holding company.

Blue Hills Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or “FDIC”, and by the Depositors Insurance Fund of Massachusetts for amounts in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. Blue Hills Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, its primary federal regulator and deposit insurer. Blue Hills Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. As registered bank holding companies, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will be, and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. are, regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve Board.”

The regulatory and supervisory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance funds, rather than for the protection of stockholders and creditors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies concerning the establishment of deposit insurance assessment fees, classification of assets and establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Massachusetts legislature, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the financial condition and results of operations of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank. As is further described below, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and may affect the lending, investment and general operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies.

Set forth below is a summary of certain material statutory and regulatory requirements applicable to Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank. The summary is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank.

The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and is affecting the lending and investment activities and general operations of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the Office of Thrift Supervision and required that federal savings associations be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the primary federal regulator for national banks). The Dodd-Frank Act also authorized the Federal Reserve Board to supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies. These changes were effective July 21, 2011.

The Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to establish minimum consolidated capital requirements for bank holding companies that are as stringent as those required for insured depository institutions; the components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are

 

122


Table of Contents

currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. In addition, the proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets. The legislation also established a floor for capital of insured depository institutions that cannot be lower than the standards in effect on July 21, 2010, and directed the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements within 18 months of that date. The revised capital regulations are effective January 1, 2015.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with extensive powers to implement and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings associations, among other things, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings associations with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings associations with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with federal consumer protection and fair lending laws by their applicable primary federal bank regulators. The new legislation also weakens the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations and gives state attorneys general certain authority to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd Frank Act also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. The FDIC was required to promulgate rules revising its assessment system so that it is based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of an insured institution instead of deposits. That rule took effect April 1, 2011. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and provided non-interest bearing transaction accounts with unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded.

The Dodd-Frank Act made many other changes in banking regulation. These include authorizing depository institutions, for the first time, to pay interest on business checking accounts, mandating that regulation be issued requiring originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred loans and establishing regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees and establishing a number of reforms for mortgage originations.

The Dodd-Frank Act contained the so-called “Volcker Rule,” which generally prohibits banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and, with certain exceptions, from investing in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with certain hedge or private equity funds (“covered funds”). On December 13, 2013, federal agencies issued a final rule implementing the Volcker Rule which, among other things, requires banking organizations to restructure and limit certain of their investments in and relationships with covered funds. The final rule unexpectedly included within the interests subject to its restrictions collateralized debt obligations backed by trust-preferred securities (“TRUPs CDOs”). Many banking organizations had purchased such instruments because of their favorable tax, accounting and regulatory treatment and would have been subject to unexpected write-downs. In response to concerns expressed by community banking organizations, the federal agencies subsequently issued an interim final rule which grandfathers TRUPS CDOs issued before May 19, 2010 if (i) acquired by a banking organization on or before December 10, 2013 and (ii) the organization reasonably believed the proceeds

 

123


Table of Contents

from the TRUPS CDOs were invested primarily in any trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument issued by a depository institution holding company with less than $15 billion in assets or by a mutual holding company.

In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has finalized the rule implementing the “Ability to Repay” requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The regulations generally require lenders to make a reasonable, good faith determination as to a potential borrower’s ability to repay a residential mortgage loan. The final rule establishes a safe harbor for certain “Qualified Mortgages,” which contain certain features and terms deemed to make the loan less risky. The Ability to Repay final rules were effective January 10, 2014.

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act were subject to delayed effective dates and the legislation required various federal agencies to promulgate numerous and extensive implementing regulations over a period over years. It is therefore difficult to predict at this time what the full impact the new legislation and implementing regulations will have on community banks such as Blue Hills Bank. Although the substance and scope of many of these regulations cannot be determined at this time, it is expected that the legislation and implementing regulations, particularly those provisions relating to the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, may increase operating and compliance costs.

Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision

General. As a Massachusetts-chartered stock savings bank, Blue Hills Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and to various Massachusetts statutes and regulations which govern, among other things, investment powers, lending and deposit-taking activities, borrowings, maintenance of surplus and reserve accounts, distribution of earnings and payment of dividends. In addition, Blue Hills Bank is subject to Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights laws and regulations. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation is required for a Massachusetts-chartered bank to establish or close branches, merge with other financial institutions, issue stock and undertake certain other activities.

Massachusetts regulations generally allow Massachusetts banks to, with appropriate regulatory approvals, engage in activities permissible for federally chartered banks or banks chartered by another state. The Commissioner also has adopted procedures reducing regulatory burdens and expense and expediting branching by well-capitalized and well-managed banks.

Dividends. A Massachusetts stock bank may declare cash dividends from net profits not more frequently than quarterly. Non-cash dividends may be declared at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited or paid if the bank’s capital stock is impaired. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years. Dividends from Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. may depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Blue Hills Bank. The payment of dividends from Blue Hills Bank would be restricted by federal law if the payment of such dividends resulted in Blue Hills Bank failing to meet regulatory capital requirements.

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. Massachusetts banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations to one borrower may not exceed 20 percent of the total of the bank’s capital, surplus and undivided profits.

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. Massachusetts banking laws prohibit any executive officer or director of a bank from borrowing or guaranteeing extensions of credit by such bank except for any of the

 

124


Table of Contents

following loans or extensions of credit with the approval of a majority of the board of directors: (i) loans or extensions of credit, secured or unsecured, to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $100,000; (ii) loans or extensions of credit intended or secured for educational purposes to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $200,000; (iii) loans or extensions of credit secured by a mortgage on residential real estate to be occupied in whole or in part by the officer to whom the loan or extension of credit is made, in an amount not exceeding $750,000; and (iv) loans or extensions of credit to a director of the bank who is not also an officer of the bank in an amount permissible under the bank’s loan to one borrower limit. No such loan or extension of credit may be granted with an interest rate or other terms that are preferential in comparison to loans granted to persons not affiliated with the savings bank.

Investment Activities. In general, Massachusetts-chartered savings banks may invest in preferred and common stock of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state provided such investments do not involve control of any corporation and do not, in the aggregate, exceed 4% of the bank’s deposits. Federal law imposes additional restrictions on Blue Hills Bank’s investment activities. See “—Federal Regulations—Business and Investment Activities”.

Regulatory Enforcement Authority. Any Massachusetts savings bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be subject to sanctions for non-compliance, including revocation of its charter. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in an unsafe or unsound manner or contrary to the depositors’ interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. Upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the bank concerned. The Commissioner also has authority to take possession of a bank and appoint a liquidating agent under certain conditions including an unsafe and unsound condition to transact business, the conduct of business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, impaired capital, or violations of law or the bank’s charter. In addition, Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights statutes applicable to Blue Hills Bank permit private individual and class action law suits and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damage and attorney’s fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.

Depositors Insurance Fund. All Massachusetts-chartered savings banks are required to be members of the Depositors Insurance Fund, a corporation that insures savings bank deposits in excess of federal deposit insurance coverage. The Depositors Insurance Fund is authorized to charge savings banks an annual assessment fee on deposit balances in excess of amounts insured by the FDIC. Assessment rates are based on the institution’s risk category, similar to the method currently used to determine assessments by the FDIC discussed below under “—Federal Regulations—Insurance of Deposit Accounts.”

Protection of Personal Information. Massachusetts has adopted regulatory requirements intended to protect personal information. The requirements, which became effective March 1, 2010, are similar to existing federal laws such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below under “Federal Regulations—Privacy Regulations”, that require organizations to establish written information security programs to prevent identity theft. The Massachusetts regulation also contains technology system requirements, especially for the encryption of personal information sent over wireless or public networks or stored on portable devices.

Massachusetts has other statutes or regulations that are similar to certain of the federal provisions discussed below.

 

125


Table of Contents

Federal Regulations

Capital Requirements. Under the FDIC’s regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”), such as Blue Hills Bank, are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For an institution not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and deemed by the FDIC to be, in general, a strong banking organization rated composite 1 under Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4.0%. Tier 1 capital is the sum of common stockholders’ equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

FDIC regulations also require state non-member banks to maintain certain ratios of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets, or “risk-based capital ratios.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 100%. State non-member banks must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock, subordinated debentures and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier 1 capital.

In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the rule establishes a uniform leverage ratio requirement of 4% of total assets, provides for a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule also implements the Dodd-Frank Act’s directive to apply to savings and loan holding companies consolidated capital requirements that are not less stringent than those applicable to their subsidiary institutions. The final rule is effective January 1, 2015. The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit system, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and, more recently, safeguarding customer information.

 

126


Table of Contents

If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

Business and Investment Activities. Under federal law, all state-chartered FDIC-insured banks, including savings banks, have been limited in their activities as principal and in their equity investments to the type and the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law. Federal law permits exceptions to these limitations. For example, certain state-chartered savings banks may, with FDIC approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The maximum permissible investment is the lesser of 100% of Tier 1 capital or the maximum amount permitted by Massachusetts law. Blue Hills Bank received approval from the FDIC to retain and acquire such equity instruments up to the specified limits and, at December 31, 2013, held approximately $85.5 million in such investments. Any such grandfathered authority may be terminated upon the FDIC’s determination that such investments pose a safety and soundness risk or upon the occurrence of certain events such as the savings bank’s conversion to a different charter.

The FDIC is also authorized to permit state banks to engage in state authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if they meet all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the FDIC insurance fund. The FDIC has adopted regulations governing the procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 specified that a state bank may control a subsidiary that engages in activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary,” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan must be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional measures, including, but not limited to, a required sale

 

127


Table of Contents

of sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, a requirement to reduce total assets, cessation of taking deposits from correspondent banks, the dismissal of directors or officers and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

In connection with the final capital rule described earlier, the federal banking agencies have adopted revisions to the prompt corrective action framework, effective January 1, 2015. Under the revised prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% (increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% (unchanged from current rules) and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater (unchanged from the current rules).

Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between a bank (and, generally, its subsidiaries) and its related parties or affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act limit the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar transactions. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with specified requirements. The law also requires that affiliate transactions be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution, as those provided to non-affiliates.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by a company to its executive officers and directors. The law contains a specific exception for loans by a depository institution to its executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking laws, assuming such loans are also permitted under the law of the institution’s chartering state. Under such laws, a bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control, is restricted. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans that may be made to insiders based, in part, on the bank’s capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Loans to executive officers are further limited to loans of specific types and amounts.

Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured state savings banks, including Blue Hills Bank. That enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. The FDIC also has authority under federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank under certain circumstances. With certain exceptions, a receiver or conservator must be appointed for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Deposit accounts in Blue Hills Bank are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor, pursuant to changes made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC assesses insured depository institutions to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of its deposit insurance assessment.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to a risk category based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and other risk-based factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and certain adjustments specified by the FDIC, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. On February 7, 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC published a final rule to revise the deposit insurance assessment system. The rule, which took effect April 1, 2011, changes the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments from deposits to total assets less tangible (Tier 1) capital. Since the new base is larger than the previous base, the FDIC also lowered assessment rates so that the rule would not significantly alter the total amount of revenue collected from the industry. The range of adjusted assessment rates is now 2.5 to 45 basis points of the new assessment base.

In addition to FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, through the FDIC, assessments for costs related to bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2013, Blue Hills Bank paid $64,000 in fees related to the FICO. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC. The FDIC has exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2%.

A material increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Blue Hills Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of Blue Hills Bank’s deposit insurance.

As a Massachusetts-chartered savings bank, Blue Hills Bank is also required to be a member of the Depositors Insurance Fund, a corporation that insures savings bank deposits in excess of federal deposit insurance coverage. See “—Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision—Depositors Insurance Fund,” above.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA does require the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to establish or acquire branches and merger with other depository institutions. The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a

 

129


Table of Contents

written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Blue Hills Bank’s latest FDIC CRA rating, dated May 29, 2012, was “Satisfactory.”

Massachusetts has its own statutory counterpart to the CRA which is also applicable to Blue Hills Bank. The Massachusetts version is generally similar to the CRA but utilizes a five-tiered descriptive rating system. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required to consider a bank’s record of performance under the Massachusetts law in considering any application by the bank to establish a branch or other deposit-taking facility, relocate an office or to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of any other banking institution. Blue Hills Bank’s most recent rating under Massachusetts law, dated May 29, 2012, was “Satisfactory.”

Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (NOW) and regular checking accounts). The regulations currently provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $89.0 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $89.0 million. The first $13.3 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. The amounts are adjusted annually. Blue Hills Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. Blue Hills Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, Blue Hills Bank is required to acquire and hold a specified amount of shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. As of December 31, 2013, Blue Hills Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

The Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston suspended its dividend payment for the first quarter of 2009 and did not pay a dividend through 2010. The Federal Home Loan Bank has paid dividends since then that are considerably less than those paid prior to 2009.

Other Regulations

Some interest and other charges collected or contracted by Blue Hills Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates and charges. Blue Hills Bank’s operations also are subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions and other operations, including, but not limited to, the:

 

    Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

    Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

 

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

130


Table of Contents
    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed, or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

    Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and

 

    Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies.

The operations of Blue Hills Bank also are subject to the:

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, that govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

    Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act privacy statute which requires each depository institution to disclose its privacy policy, identify parties with whom certain nonpublic customer information is shared and provide customers with certain rights to “opt out” of disclosure to certain third parties; and

 

    Title III of The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (referred to as the “USA PATRIOT Act”), which significantly expanded the responsibilities of financial institutions, in preventing the use of the United States financial system to fund terrorist activities. Among other things, the USA PATRIOT Act and the related regulations required banks operating in the United States to develop anti-money laundering compliance programs, due diligence policies and controls to facilitate the detection and reporting of money laundering.

Holding Company Regulation

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc., as a bank holding company, will be subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval would be required for Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company.

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring, direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services;

 

131


Table of Contents

(iii) providing securities brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property under certain conditions; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorizes a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including depository institutions subsidiaries that are “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company.” A “financial holding company” may engage in a broader array of financial activities than permitted a typical bank holding company. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking. Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. does not anticipate opting for “financial holding company” status at this time.

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies. Traditionally, those guidelines have been structured similarly to the regulatory capital requirements for the subsidiary depository institutions, but were somewhat more lenient. For example, the holding company capital requirements allowed inclusion of certain instruments in Tier 1 capital that are not includable at the institution level. As previously noted, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the Federal Reserve Board to issue consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are not less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks will apply to bank holding companies (with greater than $500 million of assets) as of January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.

A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted an exception to that approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

The Dodd-Frank Act codified the “source of strength” doctrine. That longstanding policy of the Federal Reserve Board requires bank holding companies to serve as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to dividends in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends’ previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. The policy statement also provides for regulatory consultation prior to a holding company redeeming or repurchasing regulatory capital instruments when the holding company is

 

132


Table of Contents

experiencing financial weaknesses or redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock that would result in a net reduction as of the end of a quarter in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends, repurchase shares of its stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act makes depository institutions liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the insurance fund in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. That law would have potential applicability if Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. ever held as a separate subsidiary a depository institution in addition to Blue Hills Bank.

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve System. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. or Blue Hills Bank.

The status of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act will not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

Change in Control Regulations. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company such as Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc., the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Massachusetts Holding Company Regulation. Under Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a savings bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Massachusetts Division of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Division of Banks. Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. would become a Massachusetts bank holding company if it acquires a second banking institution and holds and operates it separately from Blue Hills Bank.

Federal Securities Laws

Our common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We are subject to information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions, and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

 

133


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, and an exemption from having outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to adopt new or revised accounting standards on a delayed basis, and will be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards in the same manner as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General. Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank are, and Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will be, subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank.

Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Blue Hills Bank will file a consolidated tax return with Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and will report its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and use a tax year ending December 31st for filing their consolidated federal income tax returns.

Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” Alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent 20 percent of alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of the regular corporate tax. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank have not been subject to the alternative minimum tax and have no such amounts available for credits against regular future tax liabilities.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2013, Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank had no net operating loss carryforward for federal income tax purposes.

 

134


Table of Contents

Corporate Dividends. Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will be able to exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from Blue Hills Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

Audit of Tax Returns. Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., and Blue Hills Bank’s federal income tax returns, as applicable, have not been audited in the most recent four-year period.

State Taxation

For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, Massachusetts generally requires corporations engaged in a unitary business to calculate their income on a combined basis with corporations which are under common control. Accordingly, Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank currently file combined annual income tax returns. Upon consummation of the conversion, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. would be required to file a combined annual Massachusetts income tax return with Blue Hills Bank unless an exemption from such a combined filing applies. A corporation that qualifies, and elects to be treated for purposes of Massachusetts taxation, as a Massachusetts Security Corporation will be excluded from such a combined group.

Blue Hills Bank, under current law, files a Massachusetts combined excise tax return with its affiliates who do not qualify as security corporations. During the 2013 tax year, Blue Hills Bank was subject to an annual Massachusetts tax at a rate of 9.0% of its net income, adjusted for certain items. Massachusetts net income is defined as gross income, other than 95% of dividends received in any taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1999 from or on account of the ownership of any class of stock if the institution owns 15% or more of the voting stock of the institution paying the dividend, less the deductions, but not the credits allowable under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended and in effect for the taxable year. The dividends must meet the qualifications under Massachusetts law. Dividends paid to affiliates participating in a combined return will be 100% excluded to the extent paid from earnings and profits of a unitary business included in the Massachusetts combined return. Deductions with respect to the following items, however, shall not be allowed except as otherwise provided: (a) dividends received, except as otherwise provided; (b) losses sustained in other taxable years; (c) taxes on or measured by income, franchise taxes measured by net income, franchise taxes for the privilege of doing business and capital stock taxes imposed by any state; or (d) the deduction allowed by section 168(k) of the Code.

A financial institution or business corporation is generally entitled to special tax treatment as a “security corporation” under Massachusetts law provided that: (a) its activities are limited to buying, selling, dealing in or holding securities on its own behalf and not as a broker; and (b) it has applied for, and received, classification as a “security corporation” by the Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Revenue. A security corporation that is also a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 0.33% of its gross income. A security corporation that is not a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 1.32% of its gross income. HP Security Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Blue Hills Bank, is qualified as a security corporation. As such, it has received security corporation classification by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue; and does not conduct any activities deemed impermissible under the governing statutes and the various regulations, directives, letter rulings and administrative pronouncements issued by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue.

None of the state tax returns of Blue Hills Bank is currently under audit, nor have any of these tax returns been audited during the past five years.

As a Maryland business corporation, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will be required to file annual returns and pay annual fees to the State of Maryland.

 

135


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF BLUE HILLS BANCORP, INC.

Boards of Directors

The trustees of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC are the same persons who are the directors of Blue Hills Bank. We expect that Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank will also continue to have the same directors until there is a business reason to establish boards with different directors.

Executive Officers of Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc.

The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. The officers of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank are elected annually.

 

Name

   Age   

Positions Held (1)

William M. Parent

   52    President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Hills Bank and Blue Hills Bancorp

Jim Kivlehan 

   53    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Blue Hills Bank and Blue Hills Bancorp

Thomas E. O’Leary

   61    Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking

Scott Thimann

   56    Executive Vice President, Chief Retail Officer

Robert Driscoll

   39    Senior Vice President, Residential Lending

Carol J. Dubé

   59    Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer

Karen Marryat

   51    Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer

Lauren Messmore

   43    Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy

Thomas R. Sommerfield

   58    Senior Vice President, Chief Risk Officer

 

(1) Positions held relate to Blue Hills Bank, except as indicated.

Directors of Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank

Blue Hills Bancorp has twelve directors. Directors of Blue Hills Bancorp serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. Directors of Blue Hills Bank will be elected by Blue Hills Bancorp as its sole stockholder. The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of December 31, 2013, the years when they began serving as directors of Blue Hills Bank and when their current term expires as directors of Blue Hills Bancorp:

 

Name

  

Position(s) Held With

Blue Hills Bancorp

   Age    Director
Since
   Current Term
Expires

David J. Houston, Jr.

  

Chairman of the Board

   67    1977    2017

George E. Clancy

  

Director

   55    1996    2016

Ken D’Amato

  

Director

   53    2010    2015

Brian G. Leary

  

Director

   58    2012    2015

Peter J. Manning

  

Director

   74    2010    2017

Thomas M. Menino

  

Director

   71    2014    2017

Karen B. O’Connell

  

Director

   50    2003    2015

William M. Parent

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

   52    2010    2016

Ronald K. Perry

  

Director

   55    2012    2015

David A. Powers

  

Director

   65    1998    2016

Janice L. Shields

  

Director

   66    2010    2017

Scott Smith

  

Director

   48    1998    2016

 

136


Table of Contents

Board Independence

The board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Mr. Parent, is “independent” as defined in the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Parent is not independent because he is an executive officer of Blue Hills Bank.

In determining the independence of our directors, the board of directors considered relationships between Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and our directors that are not required to be reported under “—Transactions With Certain Related Persons,” including deposit accounts that our directors maintain at Blue Hills Bank.

The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers

Directors:

The business experience of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the determination that the person should serve as a director. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.

David J. Houston, Jr. is a senior member of J.J. Houston & Co., LLP, an independent insurance agency. He has served on the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 1977 and currently serves as Chairman of the board of directors and a member of the Bank’s Risk Management Committee. Mr. Houston is a graduate of Boston College and a member of the Society of Certified Insurance Counselors, the National Association of Corporate Directors, and the Massachusetts and South Shore Associations of Independent Insurance Agents. Mr. Houston’s long affiliation with Blue Hills Bank and his experience operating a local business provide a valuable connection between the Bank and the local community. In addition, his knowledge of risk and the insurance market brings the Board insight into the Bank’s business and strategies.

George E. Clancy, Esquire is a partner at Fuller, Rosenberg, Palmer & Beliveau of Worcester, Massachusetts. Mr. Clancy has been a member of the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 1996 and is currently Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee and a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Clancy is a member of the Massachusetts Bar Association, the Massachusetts Defense Lawyers Association and the Worcester County Bar Association. Mr. Clancy is a member of the CAP Team and serves as a CCD teacher for St. Anne Parish. Mr. Clancy is a graduate of Bridgewater State College and received his J.D. from the Suffolk University Law School. Mr. Clancy has over 25 years of business experience as a practicing lawyer. Mr. Clancy provides the Board with extensive insight on legal matters, especially issues related to employment; he is a former resident of Hyde Park and founding Director of Hyde Park Main Streets.

Ken D’Amato is managing director of global equity and fixed income, and head of equity trading at Manulife Asset Management of Boston, Massachusetts. Prior to joining Manulife Asset Management in 2010, Mr. D’Amato was chief operating officer at Evergreen Investment Management Company. Mr. D’Amato is a member of the Bank’s Risk Management Committee. Mr. D’Amato was a volunteer for HESSCO Elder Services of Sharon, Massachusetts and a member of the finance and building committee of The Sage School in Foxboro, Massachusetts. Mr. D’Amato is a graduate of Boston College and earned his MBA from Boston University. Mr. D’Amato provides the Board with extensive financial and business experience as well as valuable insight into managing and overseeing a business.

 

137


Table of Contents

Brian G. Leary, Esquire is a partner at the law firm of Holland & Knight and is a member of the firm’s Business Section. He acts as outside general counsel to several New England companies. He specializes in the defense of government enforcement actions and has also represented several Fortune 500 companies in general commercial litigation matters in Massachusetts and elsewhere in the country. Prior to joining Holland & Knight in 2013, Mr. Leary was a partner at McCarter & English, LLP where he oversaw the firm’s strategic planning and was the founder and chief executive officer of Mogall, Inc., an early pioneer of social networking. He also was a nationally recognized reporter and anchor for WCVB-TV, and received the George Foster Peabody Award for investigative reporting in 1997. Mr. Leary has been a member of the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 2012 and is a member of the Audit and Corporate Governance Committees. Mr. Leary is an active volunteer and serves on the board of directors of the New England Legal Foundation and Catholic Memorial School. He is a graduate of the College of the Holy Cross and received his J.D. from Harvard Law School. Mr. Leary provides the Board with valuable perspective on general business oversight, as well as potential strategic initiatives.

Peter J. Manning is the former Vice Chairman of FleetBoston Financial Corporation, and has been a member of the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 2010. Mr. Manning serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee and also serves on the Bank’s Risk Management Committee. Mr. Manning began his career at the accounting firm Coopers & Lybrand and later joined BankBoston where he held a number of executive management responsibilities which included Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In October of 1999, Mr. Manning was named to the Vice Chairman post at FleetBoston Financial. Mr. Manning is a graduate of Boston College and earned his MBA from Babson College. He is currently a board member of Safety Insurance Group, Inc. and Campaign for Catholic Schools. Mr. Manning was previously a board member of Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., and served 13 years on the Bedford school committee. Mr. Manning’s extensive experience with financial institutions and accounting brings the Board valuable insight into the business of the Bank, its strategies and accounting matters.

Thomas M. Menino served as Mayor of Boston for five terms from 1993 to 2014. As Mayor, Mr. Menino focused on improving education, public health and the environment. Mayor Menino, as co-chair of Mayors Against Illegal Guns, also led a national effort for gun reforms and spearheaded a reduction of crime in Boston. Prior to becoming Mayor, Mr. Menino served five terms as a City Counselor. Following his final term, Mr. Menino joined Boston University where he serves as co-director for the newly-founded Initiatives on Cities (IoC). At the IoC, Mr. Menino leads an effort to investigate the dynamic nature of our world’s cities and bridge the gap between academic research on urban affairs and practical implementation. Mr. Menino is a graduate of the University of Massachusetts Boston with a degree in community planning. Mr. Menino’s service as the mayor of Boston provides the board of directors with a unique view of the community that the Bank serves.

Karen O’Connell, Esquire is Director of Economic Development for the Town of Dedham, Massachusetts. Ms. O’Connell has served on the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 2009 and currently serves on the Corporate Governance Committee. Ms. O’Connell is a Member of the Massachusetts Bar Association, and a voting member of the Boston Athletic Association (Boston Marathon). She is currently a Board Member of Massachusetts Economic Development Council and the New England Advisory Board of ACCION East. She has also served on various local boards in the community. Ms. O’Connell is a regularly featured speaker at conferences and seminars on economic development issues with a focus on sustainable development. Ms. O’Connell is a graduate of Ohio Wesleyan University and received her J.D. from the Boston University School of Law. Ms. O’Connell’s in-depth knowledge of economic development and the law provide the Board with a unique and valuable perspective into economic development and legal issues.

 

138


Table of Contents

William M. Parent is President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Hills Bank and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC since 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Parent served as a partner and chief investment officer at Grail Partners, a boutique merchant bank. Mr. Parent has 27 years of experience in the financial services industry, including 16 years at Bank of Boston and its successor companies, FleetBoston and Bank of America, where he held senior executive roles in Finance, Mergers & Acquisitions, Bank Management and Private Equity Investing. Mr. Parent is a non-practicing CPA and holds a BS from Bentley University. He has served as a member of the board of directors for over a dozen middle market companies covering the financial services, retail, distribution and manufacturing sectors. Today, he serves on the board of directors for the YMCA of Greater Boston, Wediko Children Services, Thayer Academy and the Savings Banks Employees Retirement Association. He is also a member of the Honor Roll Development Committee for the Campaign for Catholic Schools. Mr. Parent’s extensive experience in the financial services industry and his responsibilities for the strategic direction and management of Blue Hills Bank offer the Board an invaluable perspective of the Bank’s business and strategic direction.

Ronald K. Perry is the president and head of brokerage at Colliers International. Mr. Perry began his career at Meredith & Grew, which became part of Colliers in 2008, and became the head of the brokerage group in 2007. He was appointed president of the firm in March 2010. Mr. Perry is a licensed real estate broker and a member of the Greater Boston Real Estate Board and Commercial Brokers Association. Mr. Perry has been a member of the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 2012 and is Chairman of the Bank’s Risk Management Committee and serves on the Compensation Committee. A graduate of the College of Holy Cross, he previously served on the board of directors at Catholic Memorial School for 12 years and was a Big East Color Analyst for over 30 years. Mr. Perry’s extensive real estate experience and knowledge of the local real estate market as well as his valuable insight into managing and overseeing a business brings valuable expertise to the Board.

David A. Powers is a partner at Charles A. Powers & Sons, LLP of Boston, Massachusetts, an insurance agency, a position he has held for the past 24 years. A graduate of the University of New Hampshire, Mr. Powers is affiliated with the Massachusetts Association of Independent Insurance Agents and the Rotary Club of Hingham and Hull. He has been a member of the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 1998 and currently serves on the Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Powers’ management experience and business knowledge provides a valuable resource and perspective to the Board.

Janice L. Shields is co-founder and president of Shields & Company, Inc. located in Waltham, Massachusetts. For over 35 years, Ms. Shields has provided a wide range of corporate advisory services to clients, including in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, valuations and fairness opinions. Ms. Shields has been a member of the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 2010 and is a member of the Compensation Committee and the Bank’s Risk Management Committee. She serves as a director on a number of other local boards and over the years has been active in fundraising activities for local organizations. Ms. Shields is a graduate of Albertus Magnus College and has an MA from Harvard University and an MBA from the Stern School at New York University. With her extensive business and entrepreneurial experience, Ms. Shields brings to the Board a valuable insight on financial analysis and evaluating potential strategic transactions.

Scott Smith is the retired chief executive officer of Family to Family Foundation located in Boston, Massachusetts and serves on the board of directors for the Thomas M. Menino YMCA of Hyde Park, Lt. Governor’s Inter-agency Council Advisory and the Mayor’s Commission on Homelessness. Mr. Smith has 26 years of experience in the non-profit sector. He has served on the Blue Hills Bank board of directors since 1998 and currently serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee and is a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Smith is a graduate of Salisbury University. Mr. Smith provides the Board

 

139


Table of Contents

with a unique insight into the non-profit sector and has substantial ties to the communities served by Blue Hills Bank.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Also Directors:

Carol J. Dubé is Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer for Blue Hills Bank. Ms. Dubé joined Blue Hills Bank in 2011, and has over 25 years of experience in all aspects of banking operations and technology services. Prior to her most recent position with FIS (Metavante) Corporation, she served as Chief Information Officer for both Cape Cod Five Cents Savings Bank and Plymouth Savings Bank. These positions followed ten years of service with Hudson River Bank & Trust Co. in Albany, New York, where Ms. Dubé held top positions in banking operations and information technology. Ms. Dubé attended Albany Business College.

Robert Driscoll is Senior Vice President of Residential Lending. Mr. Driscoll has been with Blue Hills Bank since 1996 and oversees all residential lending department functions including originations, sales and servicing activities at the Bank. He serves on the board of directors for the Massachusetts Community & Banking Council and is a member of the MBA Real Estate Finance Committee. Mr. Driscoll is a graduate of Northeastern University.

Jim Kivlehan is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Blue Hills Bank since joining the bank in September of 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Kivlehan was an Executive Vice President, with more than a decade of service, at Citizens Bank, a subsidiary of RBS Citizens Financial Group, Inc. At Citizens he held multiple executive leadership roles spanning Strategy, Business Analytics, M&A and Finance. Mr. Kivlehan is an experienced banking executive with an extensive background in all areas of finance. A graduate of Babson College, he is a non-practicing CPA, a member of Financial Executives International, and a trustee and past president of the Treasurer’s Club of Boston.

Karen Marryat is Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer at Blue Hills Bank since 2010. She is responsible for branding, marketing, and ecommerce and oversees the Bank’s charitable foundation. Ms. Marryat has 25 years of bank marketing experience and was most recently Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer at Cambridge Savings Bank. She is a graduate of the Simmons Graduate School of Management and the University of Rhode Island. She serves on the board of advisors at the Thomas M. Menino YMCA and is a Trustee of Pilgrim Hall Museum.

Lauren Messmore is Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy for Blue Hills Bank. Ms. Messmore has extensive experience in investment banking, including work at a top-tier global investment bank, Citigroup, as well as co-founding and managing an investment banking boutique. She has a proven track record in strategy development and transaction execution across a wide range of industries. A graduate of Harvard College, Ms. Messmore joined Blue Hills Bank in 2012. She sits on the Advisory Board of the Wellesley Free Library Foundation.

Thomas E. O’Leary has been Executive Vice President of Commercial Banking at Blue Hills Bank since 2011. Mr. O’Leary is responsible for the commercial banking functional departments and their operations. He has 39 years of banking experience split between credit and lending functions. Prior to joining Blue Hills Bank, Mr. O’Leary was Executive Vice President and Group Executive, Specialized Banking from 2002 to 2011 with Citizens Bank, a subsidiary of RBS Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Mr. O’Leary serves on the board of trustees of Catholic Charities of the Archdiocese of Boston. Mr. O’Leary is a graduate of Boston College and attended the Stonier Graduate School of Banking at Rutgers University.

 

140


Table of Contents

Thomas R. Sommerfield is Senior Vice President, Chief Risk Officer at Blue Hills Bank since 2011. Mr. Sommerfield is responsible for the overall risk management of the bank, including credit, compliance, enterprise risk and administratively internal audit. Mr. Sommerfield has more than 35 years of experience in the financial services industry, was previously a Director at Spring Street Capital and has held numerous senior lending, credit and risk management roles at CIT, GE Capital, FleetBoston and predecessors, and HSBC. Mr. Sommerfield is a graduate of Columbia College. He is the leader of the Bank’s Pan-Mass Challenge team and has served on advisory boards of educational institutions and outreach programs and is currently on the board of VETRN, a charity that funds education and provides mentoring for military veterans who are starting new local businesses.

Scott Thimann is the Executive Vice President, Chief Retail Officer at Blue Hills Bank since 2011. He is responsible for overseeing all consumer and business banking. Mr. Thimann brings more than 30 years of experience in the banking industry. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Thimann worked for Sovereign/Santander Bank from 2000 to 2011, including service as Senior District Executive for branch banking, and Regional and Market Executive for business banking. Mr. Thimann has served as a board trustee of the Arthritis Foundation, Massachusetts Chapter, and as a board director for the Boys & Girls Club of Brockton, Massachusetts. Mr. Thimann is a graduate of San Jose State University.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits us from making loans to our executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by Blue Hills Bank to our executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. At December 31, 2013, none of the directors or executive officers of the Bank or Blue Hills Bancorp had a loan outstanding with the Bank.

The Bank has made loans to immediate family members of directors and executive officers of Blue Hills Bancorp. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

Executive Compensation

The board of directors’ philosophy is to align executive compensation with the interests of its stockholders and to determine appropriate compensation levels that will enable it to meet the following objectives:

 

    To attract, retain and motivate an experienced, competent executive management team;

 

    To reward the executive management team for the enhancement of shareholder value based on annual earnings performance and the market price of Blue Hills Bancorp’s stock;

 

    To provide compensation rewards that are adequately balanced between short-term and long-term performance goals;

 

    To encourage ownership of Blue Hills Bancorp’s common stock through stock-based compensation; and

 

141


Table of Contents
    To maintain compensation levels that are competitive with other financial institutions and particularly those in Blue Hills Bancorp’s peer group based on asset size and market area.

The board of directors considers a number of factors in its decisions regarding executive compensation and benefits including, but not limited to, the level of responsibility and performance of the individual executive officer, the overall performance of Blue Hills Bancorp, and consideration of industry, community bank peers and local market conditions. Base salary levels of Blue Hills Bancorp’s and Blue Hills Bank’s executive officers are set to reflect the duties and responsibilities inherent in the position and to reflect competitive conditions in the banking business in Blue Hills Bancorp’s market area. In setting base salaries, the board of directors also considers a number of factors relating to each executive officer, including individual performance, job responsibilities, experience level, ability and the knowledge of the position, and overall performance of Blue Hills Bancorp and the Blue Hills Bank. These factors are considered subjectively, and where possible quantitatively, and are weighted partially by those aspects deemed more significant than others. Such a weighting of these evaluation factors will vary from year to year in response to the strategic plan and current market conditions. The board of directors also considers the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the compensation of the other executive officers. The board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer review the same information in connection with these performance evaluations and related recommendations of these executives.

The board of directors increased Mr. Parent’s rate of base salary by 3% to $472,313 for the year ended December 31, 2013 (from $458,556 for the year ended December 31, 2012) and further increased his rate of base salary by 5.75% to $500,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Mr. O’Leary’s rate of base salary was increased by 9.2% to $225,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 (from $206,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012). Mr. O’Leary’s base salary was further increased by 11.11% to $250,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Mr. Kivlehan’s base salary was initially set at $250,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and was increased by 1.5% to $253,750 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The compensation committee did not use a compensation consultant in determining director or executive officer compensation for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

142


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2013, certain information as to the total remuneration paid by Blue Hills Bank to Mr. William M. Parent, who serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Thomas O’Leary, Blue Hills Bank’s Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking and Mr. Jim Kivlehan, Blue Hills Bank’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (referred to as our “Named Executive Officers”).

 

     Executive Compensation Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2013  

Name and principal position (1)

   Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation

($) (2)
     Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings

($) (3)
     All other
compensation

($) (6)
     Total
($)
 

William M. Parent,
President and Chief Executive Officer

     472,313        —          267,346         1,612         141,700         882,971   

Thomas E. O’Leary,
Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking

     225,000        10,000        175,000         496         40,000         450,496   

Jim Kivlehan,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     78,847  (4)      56,200  (5)      37,500         —           50,000         222,547   

 

(1) Mr. Stephen McNulty, the former Chief Financial Officer of Blue Hills Bank, retired as of December 31, 2013. Mr. McNulty received the following compensation in the 2013 calendar year: $218,545 in base salary; $40,000 in short term incentive compensation, $20,000 in long-term incentive compensation for calendar year 2013; $90,658 in long-term incentive compensation for the 2011 and 2012 calendar years paid in 2013; $301,554 paid from his Supplemental Retirement Plan upon termination of employment.
(2) Consists of amounts earned under the short-term and long term incentive plans for the calendar year 2013. For Messrs. Parent, O’Leary and Kivlehan, the amounts earned under the short-term incentive plan were $133,673, $95,000 and $25,000, respectively. Similarly, Messrs. Parent, O’Leary and Kivlehan, earned $133,673, $80,000 and $12,500, respectively, under the long-term incentive plan (i.e., the Blue Hills Bank Phantom Stock Plan).
(3) Reflects above-market interest earned in the Blue Hills Bank Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. The interest rate earned for the year ended December 31, 2013 was earned at the rate of 3.42% per annum. The applicable federal rate for determining whether the interest earned is above market is 2.78% and is based on 120% of the applicable long-term federal rate for January 2013.
(4) Jim Kivlehan was hired September 9, 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Kivlehan’s annual rate of base salary was $250,000 in 2013.
(5) Represents a sign-on bonus paid to Mr. Kivlehan during 2013.
(6) Consists of the following payments:

 

Officer

   Year Ended      Automobile
($)
     Supplemental
Retirement
Plan
($)
     Total
($)
 

William M. Parent

     December 31, 2013         11,700         130,000         141,700   

Thomas O’Leary

     December 31, 2013         —           40,000         40,000   

Jim Kivlehan

     December 31, 2013         —           50,000         50,000   

 

143


Table of Contents

Benefit Plans

Employment Agreement. Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank (the “employers”) have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. William M. Parent, which agreement was amended and restated, effective March 6, 2014. The agreement has a term ending on December 31, 2016 which will extend automatically for one additional year on January 1 of each year beginning January 1, 2015 unless either the employers or Mr. Parent gives notice no later than 90 days prior to such anniversary date that the agreement will not be renewed. Under the agreement, the base salary for Mr. Parent for 2014 is $500,000. In addition to the base salary, the agreement provides that the executive shall be entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans in effect for executive officers of the employers and shall be eligible for participation in short-term and long-term incentive compensation and other benefits as provided to other full time employees of Blue Hills Bank. Mr. Parent shall also be entitled to continue participation in any fringe benefit arrangements in which he was participating on the effective date of the restated employment agreement. In addition, the agreement provides for reimbursement of reasonable travel and other business expenses, incurred in connection with the performance of his duties.

In the event the executive’s employment is terminated by Blue Hills Bank without cause, including a resignation for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement) during the term of the agreement, but excluding termination for cause or due to death, disability, retirement or following a change in control, the executive would be entitled to a payment equal to two times the sum of the his then current base salary and his average annual short-term incentive cash compensation awarded during the two most recent fiscal years ending before the termination. The severance payment shall be paid in substantially equal installments over a 24 month period commencing within 60 days after the date of termination, subject to the receipt of a signed release, a form of which has been appended to the employment agreement. In addition, executive will be entitled to continued group medical and life insurance coverage, at the employer’s sole expense, for the period for which he is receiving severance benefits, provided that the payment of such life or health benefit would not result in excise taxes or penalties to the employers. If the payment of such benefits would result in excise taxes or benefits to the employers under applicable tax laws, then the employers would provide such benefits on an after-tax basis or, in lieu thereof, would provide a cash lump sum payment to the executive reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits. In addition, Mr. Parent would be entitled to professional outplacement services up to a maximum cost of $30,000 from a nationally recognized outplacement consulting or coaching organization of his choice and would fully vest in any nonqualified deferred compensation plans in which he is participating.

In the event Mr. Parent is terminated without cause or terminates for good reason following a change in control, Mr. Parent would be entitled to the payment of a cash severance payment equal to three times the sum of his current base salary and his average annual short-term incentive cash compensation awarded to him over the three most recent fiscal years ending before or simultaneously with the change in control. Such payment would be made in a lump sum, provided that the change in control also satisfies the definition under Code Section 409A, and if it not, then such payments shall be made to Mr. Parent over a period of 24 months. Mr. Parent would also be entitled to continued group life and health coverage for a period of 36 months at the employers’ sole expense or if providing either such coverage on a pre-tax basis would result in an excise tax or penalties to the employers, the employer would provide such benefits on an after-tax basis or, in lieu thereof, would provide a cash lump sum payment to the executive reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits. In addition, Mr. Parent would be entitled to professional outplacement services up to a maximum cost of $30,000 from a nationally recognized outplacement consulting or coaching organization of his choice and would fully vest in any nonqualified deferred compensation plans in which he is participating.

 

144


Table of Contents

For purposes of the executive’s ability to resign and receive a payment under the agreement, “good reason” would include the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a failure of the employers to continue the executive in the executive position or the issuance by the employers of a notice to the executive that the term of the employment agreement will not be extended; (ii) a material adverse change in the nature or scope of executive’s responsibilities, title, authorities, powers, functions or duties or the duties normally exercised by someone in his executive position, without his consent, (iii) an involuntary reduction in his base salary, except in connection with an across-the-board salary reduction affecting substantially all management employees and based on the employer’s financial performance, (iv) an involuntary relocation of executive’s principal place of employment by more than 35 miles driving distance from such office as determined at the date of the agreement, or (v) a material breach by the employers of the compensation provisions of the agreement which continues for more than 10 days following notice given by the executive. If an event constituting “good reason” occurs, the executive is required to give Blue Hills Bank notice within 60 days and Blue Hills Bank will have 30 days to correct the good reason, however, the 30 day period may be waived by Blue Hills Bank.

If the payments to Mr. Parent under the employment agreement made in connection with a change in control would result in an excise tax under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Mr. Parent would be entitled to the severance amount which would result in the greater net after-tax benefit: (i) assuming he received all payments to which he is entitled under the employment agreement and all other compensation received that is contingent on the change in control and paid all taxes, including excise taxes on such benefits, or (ii) assuming that his benefits are reduced to avoid an excess parachute payment. In addition, if necessary to avoid excise taxes under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and only to such extent, a cash severance payment may be delayed and paid on the earlier of (a) six months and one day after the executive’s termination or (b) executive’s death. In such event, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would have been paid during the delay and shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service.

In the event that his employment was terminated for a reason entitling him to a severance payment under the employment agreement, Mr. Parent would receive an aggregate cash severance payment of approximately $1,133,673, if the event of termination occurred in 2014 prior to a change in control and $1,633,673, if the termination occurred following a change in control in 2014, based upon current levels of compensation, without regard to the possible reduction to avoid an excess parachute payment, if such reduction resulted in the net best benefit to Mr. Parent.

Under the employment agreement, if Mr. Parent is terminated due to disability (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive his full salary and benefits under the employment agreement until he becomes eligible for and receives long-term disability insurance coverage then in effect. In the event of Mr. Parent’s death while employed, the employers will continue to provide his base salary to his designated beneficiary for three months following his death.

Upon retirement at age 65 or in accordance with any retirement policy established by the board of directors, Mr. Parent will be entitled to benefits under any retirement plans to which he is a party but shall not be entitled to any amount or benefits under the employment agreement, provided, that Mr. Parent cannot be involuntarily terminated due to “retirement” within 24 months following a change in control.

The employment agreement requires the executive not to compete with Blue Hills Bank for a period of one year following a termination of employment for which the executive receives severance payments as the result of an involuntary termination or resignation for good reason (other than a termination of employment following a change in control). The employment agreement further requires that Mr. Parent not solicit business, customers or employees of the Bank for a 12 month period following

 

145


Table of Contents

termination (other than a termination of employment following a change in control) and requires him to maintain confidential information.

Change in Control Agreements. Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank (collectively, the “employers”) have entered into two-year change in control agreements with Messrs. Thomas O’Leary and Jim Kivlehan and one other executive officer and have entered into one-year change in control agreements with six other senior officers. Commencing on the first anniversary of the effective date of the agreements for Messrs. O’Leary and Kivlehan, the agreements may be renewed by the boards of directors of the employers for an additional 12 months, such that the continuing terms shall be for 24 months. If the boards of directors determine not to renew a change in control agreement, the employers must give the covered executive notice at least 30 days before such anniversary date that the agreement will not be renewed. In such event, the change in control agreement will terminate at the end of the then term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the change in control agreement is in effect on the effective date of a change in control, the agreement will automatically renew on such date and will expire 24 months following the change in control.

In the event of a change in control (as defined in the agreement) followed by Messrs. O’Leary’s or Kivlehan’s involuntary termination of employment (other than for cause, death or disability) or his resignation for good reason (each a “terminating event”), the executive will receive a cash severance payment equal to (i) two times the sum of his annual base salary and average annual short-term incentive cash compensation paid over the prior two year most recent fiscal years ended before or simultaneously with the change in control, payable in equal monthly installments over the 24 month period following the terminating event, plus (ii) any accrued but unpaid compensation and accrued but unpaid paid time off (PTO), payable in a lump sum no later than 10 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the employers will maintain the executive’s group medical and life insurance coverage in effect for 24 months following the date of termination, at their sole expense, or if providing either of such coverages on a pre-tax basis would result in an excise tax or penalties to the employers, the employer would provide such benefits on an after-tax basis or, in lieu thereof, would provide a cash lump sum payment to the executive reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits. For purposes of the change in control agreement, “good reason” would include any of the following events: (i) a material diminution, not consented to by the executive, in the executive’s responsibilities, authorities or duties from those in effect immediately prior to a change in control; (ii) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary as in effect on the date of the agreement, or as may be increased from time to time (except to the extent of an across-the-board reduction similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees); (iii) the relocation of the office in which executive is principally employed by more than 35 miles from its location immediately prior to the change in control or the requirement that the executive be based at a location more than 35 miles from his then current office except for required business travel to an extent substantially consistent with obligations immediately prior to the change in control, or (vi) a material breach of the change in control agreement by the employers. In the event the executive has good reason to terminate, he must give notice of his resignation for good reason within 90 days of the initial event that giving rise to the right to terminate and Blue Hills Bank, or its successor, and Blue Hills Bank, or its successor, will have 30 days to cure the good reason, provided that such 30-day period may be waived by Blue Hills Bank, or its successor.

In the event Mr. O’Leary’s or Mr. Kivlehan’s termination occurs following a change in control under circumstances that would entitle either executive to a benefit under the change in control agreement, such executive would be entitled to a cash severance payment of approximately $657,500 for Mr. O’Leary or $676,800 for Mr. Kivlehan if such termination were to occur in 2014 (Mr. Kivlehan’s incentive compensation received for 2013 was annualized for purposes of this calculation). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the change in control agreement provides that the employers will not be required to pay a payment or benefit under the change in control agreement or otherwise, that,

 

146


Table of Contents

in the reasonable estimation of the an independent certified public account would not be deductible, in whole or in part, as a result of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. In such event, the payment or benefits under the change in control agreement would be reduced, to the extent necessary to avoid this result. In addition, if necessary to avoid excise taxes under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and only to such extent, a cash severance payment may be delayed and paid on the earlier of (a) six months and one day after the executive’s separation from service or (b) executive’s death. In such event, the first payment shall include a catch-up payment covering amounts that would have been paid during the delay and shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the applicable federal short-term rate published by the Internal Revenue Service.

Short-Term Incentive Plan. Blue Hills Bank maintains an annual incentive compensation plan for the benefit of its officers and employees, including its named executive officers. Under the incentive compensation plan, the named executive officers can achieve a bonus based on a percentage of salary, depending on whether the performance goals are achieved at a threshold, target or maximum level. In addition, an employee is expected to achieve goals that are weighted between bank-level goals and individual goals. For the plan to be funded, a minimum level of profitability is required. For 2013, the potential bonus and weighting of goals is set forth in the following chart:

 

     Bonus as a % of Salary     Goal Weighting  

Position

   Threshold     Target     Maximum     Bank     Dept./Individual  

President/CEO

     20     40     60     100     —     

EVPs

     15     30     45     75     25

For the 2013 calendar year, the bank-level performance goals included return on average assets, loan and deposit growth and non-performing assets. Individual goals, to the extent required, varied by individual. For the 2013 calendar year, the named executive officers achieved their goals and received short term incentive compensation ranging between 27% and 42% of base salary.

Long-Term Incentive Plan. Until its termination in December 2013, Blue Hills Bank maintained the Blue Hills Bank Phantom Stock Plan, which was a long-term incentive compensation plan intended to provide incentive awards to employees in order to support Blue Hills Bank’s organizational objectives and financial goals. The plan was intended to award a select group of management employees for their contributions to the continued success of Blue Hills Bank. Eligible employees were determined by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Compensation Committee of Blue Hills Bank. The awards were calculated based on the achievement of bank-wide, department and individual goals, as set forth in the award documents entered into with the participating executives. Threshold, target and maximum awards were set by the CEO for the participants other than the CEO, and the targets for the CEO were set by the Board. Upon the achievement of the applicable goals, Blue Hills Bank divided the applicable aggregate incentive amount by the “book value” per share and allocated a number of shares to each participating executive’s phantom stock account. For these purposes, “book value” was determined by dividing (i) the total Tier 1 capital of the Bank most recently reported on line 11 of the Call Report Schedule RC-R Regulatory Capital, adjusted (A) adding thereto any net unrealized losses on available-for-sale equity securities as shown on Line 3 of the Call Report Schedule RC-R, (B) adding thereto any gains or subtracting therefrom any losses on cash flow hedges as shown on Line 4 of Schedule RC-R, (C) subtracting therefrom any amount derived from the proceeds of any offering of shares or securities or any other contribution of capital of Blue Hills Bank or attributable to any other entity acquired by Blue Hills Bank by way of merger, consolidation or other combination occurring after the date of the award and (D) disregarding any dividends paid by the Bank after the date of such award and such other extraordinary items as the Board in good faith deems appropriate, by (ii) the total number of shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bank outstanding as of the date of such determination, less any shares attributable to any

 

147


Table of Contents

amount of capital excluded under clause (i)(C) above (for purposes of the Phantom Stock Plan, and based on this formula, the number of shares was deemed to be 1,000,000). Once an award was granted, the award would vest in the participant on the third anniversary of the date of the award, provided that vesting would be accelerated in the event of normal or early retirement, death, disability, termination without cause or upon a change in control. Upon vesting, the award would be paid in cash within a reasonable time period but no later than the 15th day of the third month following the vesting of the award. In connection with the stock offering, and in anticipation of the adoption of equity incentive plans providing for the grant of actual stock and stock options, the board of directors of Blue Hills Bank determined to terminate the Phantom Stock Plan and to distribute the awards credited under the plan. The distribution of the accrued awards was made by December 31, 2013 and the award for 2013 was distributed within the first two and one-half months of the end of 2013, after the award amount per participant was determined. The final payout calculation is based on the product determined by multiplying the number of shares of phantom stock attributed to each participant’s account by the book value of each share (as previously defined) as of the last day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date of payment of such benefit. The amounts distributed to Messrs. Parent, O’Leary and Kivlehan under the Blue Hills Phantom Stock Plan in connection with the termination were $410,858, $195,612 and $12,500, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Blue Hills Bank previously adopted a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain officers, including Messrs. Parent, O’Leary, Kivlehan and the former Chief Financial Officer, Stephen McNulty.

Under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, Blue Hills Bank contributed a fixed dollar amount each year to a participant’s account. A participant’s account earned interest each year at the highest published Blue Hills Bank CD rate in effect on the first business day of each plan year, plus 200 basis points. Upon the participant’s separation from service (other than for cause), including a separation due to disability, the participant was entitled to his or her vested account balance, distributable within 60 days, provided that the participant executed a release of claims in favor of Blue Hills Bank and any member of its affiliated group of corporations. In the event of the participant’s death, the participant’s vested account balance would be distributed to his or her surviving beneficiary or estate, within 60 days after the participant’s date of death. In the event a participant’s employment is terminated within 24 months following a change in control (for reasons other than cause, death or disability) but including a resignation by the participant for good reason (as defined in the plan), the participant would be 100% vested and would receive his or her entire account balance within 60 days of termination. The plan administrator has the authority under the plan to claw-back any benefit, including a benefit previously distributed from the plan that is based on materially inaccurate financial statements, reviews, gains, or any other materially inaccurate criteria used in determining or setting such benefit.

In connection with Blue Hills Bancorp’s initial stock offering, the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan was terminated in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which means that the benefits under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan cannot be distributed for 12 months following the plan’s termination but must be distributed in full no later than 24 months following the plan’s termination. To allow participants the opportunity to use their account balances within the plan to purchase Blue Hills Bancorp common stock in the stock offering prior to the date the account is distributed, the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan was amended prior to the plan’s termination, to permit participants to invest their account balance in additional investment alternatives selected by the plan administrator. The plan administrator intends to allow participants to invest in Blue Hills Bancorp common stock in the stock offering. If a participant elects to invest in employer stock, such an election is irrevocable until the participant’s account balance is distributed. The portion of the participant’s account that is invested in employer stock shall be distributed in Blue Hills Bancorp common stock.

 

148


Table of Contents

Tax-Qualified Plans

401(k) Plan. Blue Hills Bank maintains the Savings Bank Employee Retirement Association (SBERA) 401(k) Plan, which is a qualified, tax-exempt profit sharing plan with a salary deferral feature under Section 401(k) of the Code (the “401(k) Plan”). All employees are eligible to participate in the plan with respect to making elective salary deferrals or employer safe harbor non-elective contributions without regard to having attained any specific age or period of service. However, an employee is only eligible to receive an employer profit sharing contribution, if one is made, after completing one year of service with Blue Hills Bank in which the employee has 1,000 hours of service. An employee may also contribute rollover contributions to the plan from another eligible retirement plan. Employees are permitted to make elective salary deferrals up to the lesser of 100% of compensation (as defined by the 401(k) Plan) or $17,500 (as indexed annually). A salary deferral election will also apply to any bonus received by the employee. All employee elective salary deferrals and employer matching contributions, if any, and safe harbor non-elective contributions and earnings on such contributions are fully and immediately vested. A participant may withdraw elective salary deferrals in the event the participant suffers a financial hardship. A participant may also receive an in-service distribution of the participant’s elective salary deferrals and rollover contributions. In addition, the 401(k) Plan permits loans to participants within the limits set forth in the Internal Revenue Code and in accordance with any loan procedures established by Blue Hills Bank. Participants are entitled to benefit payments upon termination of employment due to normal retirement at or after age 65, early retirement at or after age 59 12, disability or death. Benefits will be distributed in the form of lump sum, which is the normal form of distribution, or installment payments at the election of the participant. Blue Hills Bank has established an employer stock fund in the 401(k) Plan so that participants can acquire an interest in the common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp through their accounts in the 401(k) Plan.

Pension Plan. Blue Hills Bank maintains the Savings Banks Employees Retirement Association (“SBERA”) Pension Plan, a qualified noncontributory defined benefit plan (the “pension plan”) for employees. Employees who have completed one year of service and have attained age 21 are eligible to accrue benefits under the pension plan, provided, however, that employees hired or rehired after December 15, 2013 will not be eligible to participate in the pension plan. Annual contributions to the Plan are made in order to satisfy the actuarially determined minimum funding requirements in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). A participant will become 100% vested in his or her accrued benefit under the plan after three years of service with Blue Hills Bank.

Upon attainment of normal retirement age (age 65) or upon termination after early retirement age (age 62), a participant who is not married and has accrued benefits in excess of $5,000 will receive a life annuity for the participant’s life, unless the participant elects another form of payment. If the participant is married and the present lump sum value of his accrued benefit exceeds $5,000, the normal form of payment will be a joint and survivor annuity, with a percentage of the participant’s benefit continuing to the participant’s spouse upon the participant’s death. In the even the participant’s vested account balance is $1,000 or less, the participant will receive a cash distribution as soon as practicable. A participant’s accrued benefit will become fully vested upon the participant’s death. In the event of a participant’s death while the participant is still employed by Blue Hills Bank or dies after he retires or terminates employment but before benefit payments start, the surviving spouse will be entitled to a life annuity based on the value of the participant’s vested accrued benefit.

The basic normal retirement benefit is calculated by multiplying the participant’s average of his highest three consecutive years of service by 1.25% for each year of credited service, up to a maximum of 25 years. Additionally, the participant’s compensation in excess of the covered compensation level (as defined in the Plan) will be multiplied by 0.6% and accrued for a period of 25 years. Participants will

 

149


Table of Contents

become vested in their accrued benefit upon completion of three years of service. A reduced benefit is payable upon early retirement at or after age 62. In the event of late retirement, the late retirement benefit will be the actuarial equivalent of the basic normal retirement benefit plus credit for accruals after attainment of normal retirement age.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Blue Hills Bank expects to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees, effective as of January 1, 2014, in connection with the stock offering. Eligible employees who have attained age 21 and have completed 1,000 hours of service in a twelve month period on or prior to the closing date of the offering, will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan, retroactively, as of January 1, 2014, the plan’s effective date. Employees who do not satisfy the eligibility requirements on the closing date of the offering will become eligible to enter the plan on the later of the effective date of the employee stock ownership plan or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.

The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 8% of the total number of shares of Blue Hills Bancorp common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation). We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Blue Hills Bancorp equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through Blue Hills Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 30-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable-rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal, on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year.

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account. Shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as the employee stock ownership plan repays the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. Participants will become 100% vested in their benefit after three years of credited service. Participants who were employed by Blue Hills Bank immediately prior to the offering will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. Participants also will become fully vested upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the employee stock ownership plan upon severance from employment. The employee stock ownership plan reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.

The employee stock ownership plan permits participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

Under applicable accounting requirements, Blue Hills Bank will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants’ accounts. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in Blue Hills Bancorp’s earnings.

 

150


Table of Contents

Directors’ Compensation

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2013 certain information as to the total remuneration paid to directors other than Mr. Parent, who receives no compensation for being a director.

 

Director Compensation Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

Name

   Fees earned or
paid in cash ($)
     Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings ($) (1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
     Total ($)  

David Houston

     77,425         —           10,000         87,425   

George Clancy

     55,000         —           10,000         65,000   

Ken D’Amato

     58,000         —           10,000         68,000   

Brian Leary

     48,000         —           10,000         58,000   

Peter Manning

     62,100         93         10,000         72,193   

Karen O’Connell

     35,550         —           10,000         45,550   

Ron Perry

     49,500         —           10,000         59,500   

David Powers

     49,100         —           10,000         59,100   

Jan Shields

     58,000         —           10,000         68,000   

Scott Smith

     46,675         93         10,000         56,768   

 

(1) Reflects above-market interest earned in the Blue Hills Bank Amended and Restated Supplemental Director Retirement Plan by Directors Manning and Smith. The interest rate earned for the year ended December 31, 2013 was earned at the rate of 3.42% per annum. The applicable federal rate for determining whether the interest earned is above market is 2.78% and is based on 120% of the applicable long-term federal rate for January 2013. The remaining directors in the plan elected to reflect earnings in their account based on the percentage increase or decrease for such year in the book value per share under the Blue Hills Bank Phantom Stock Plan. The rate of earnings under the Blue Hills Bank Phantom Stock Plan did not exceed the applicable federal long term rate.
(2) Reflects the annual contribution to the Supplemental Director Retirement Plan on behalf of each director.

Each of the individuals who serves as a director of Blue Hills Bancorp serves as a director of Blue Hills Bank and earns director fees in that capacity, with the exception of Mr. Parent, who receives no compensation for being a director. The Chairman of the Board receives a $30,000 annual retainer, paid quarterly and $1,000 per meeting attended. All other directors of Blue Hills Bank receive a $15,000 annual retainer, paid quarterly and $1,000 per meeting attended. Each director serving on a board of directors’ committee is paid a fee of $1,000 per meeting attended. The Chairman of each committee receives an additional $5,000 annual retainer paid quarterly. For the year ended December 31, 2013, Blue Hills Bank paid a total of $539,350 in director fees.

Supplemental Director Retirement Plan. Blue Hills Bank previously adopted a Supplemental Director Retirement Plan for all non-employee directors of Blue Hills Bank who join the plan by executing a participation agreement.

Under the Supplemental Director Retirement Plan, Blue Hills Bank contributes $10,000 each year to a participant’s account. A participant’s account is increased or decreased annually between the date allocated and the participant’s separation from service date by an amount equal to (a) the equivalent of interest at Blue Hills Bank’s highest published CD rate in effect on the first business day of each plan year, plus 200 basis points, or (b) the percentage increase or decrease for such plan year in the “book value per share” as defined in Blue Hills Bank’s Phantom Stock Plan, whichever is elected by the participant. Upon the participant’s separation from service (other than for cause), including a separation due to disability, the participant is entitled to his or her vested account balance, distributable within 60 days, provided that the participant executes a release of claims in favor of Blue Hills Bank and any member of its affiliated group of corporations. In the event of the participant’s death, the participant’s

 

151


Table of Contents

vested account balance would be distributed to his or her surviving beneficiary or estate, within 60 days after the participant’s date of death. In the event a participant’s employment is terminated within 24 months following a change in control (for reasons other than cause, death or disability) but including the failure of the participant to be reelected to the board of directors of Blue Hills Bank, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC or, after the conversion and stock offering, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc., the participant will be 100% vested and will receive his or her entire account balance within 60 days of termination. The plan administrator has the authority under the plan to clawback any benefit, including a benefit previously distributed from the plan that is based on materially inaccurate financial statements, reviews, gains, or any other materially inaccurate criteria used in determining or setting such benefit.

In connection with Blue Hills Bancorp’s initial stock offering, the Supplemental Director Retirement Plan was terminated in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which means that the benefits under the Supplemental Director Retirement Plan cannot be distributed for 12 months following the plan’s termination but must be distributed in full no later than 24 months following the plan’s termination. To allow participants the opportunity to use their account balances within the plan to purchase Blue Hills Bancorp common stock in the stock offering prior to the date the account is distributed, the Supplemental Director Retirement Plan was amended prior to the plan’s termination, to permit participants to invest their account balance in additional investment alternatives selected by the plan administrator. The plan administrator intends to allow participants to invest in Blue Hills Bancorp common stock in the stock offering. If a participant elects to invest in employer stock, such an election is irrevocable until the participant’s account balance is distributed. The portion of the participant’s account that is invested in employer stock shall be distributed in Blue Hills Bancorp common stock.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. In accordance with applicable regulations, if adopted within the first year after the offering, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation. These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the consummation date of the conversion.

The stock-based benefit plan will not be established sooner than six months after the conversion is completed and, if adopted within one year after the conversion, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp. If the stock-based benefit plan is established after one year after the conversion, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the completion of the conversion:

 

    equity awards must vest at a rate not to exceed 20% per year, except in the case of death, disability or a change in control;

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

    any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

152


Table of Contents
    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted after one year following the completion of the stock offering.

The actual value of restricted stock grants will be determined based on their fair value (the closing market price of shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp) as of the date grants are made. The following table presents the total value of all shares to be available for awards of restricted stock under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.

 

Exercise
Price
    731,850
Shares at
Minimum of
Range
    861,000
Shares at
Midpoint of
Range
    990,150
Shares at
Maximum of
Range
    1,138,670
Shares at
Maximum of
Range,

As Adjusted
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value per option information)  
$ 8.00      $ 5,854,800      $ 6,888,000      $ 7,921,200      $ 9,109,360   
  10.00        7,318,500        8,610,000        9,901,500        11,386,700   
  12.00        8,782,200        10,332,000        11,881,800        13,664,040   
  14.00        10,245,900        12,054,000        13,862,100        15,941,380   

The grant-date fair value of the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based, in part, on the closing price of shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp on the date the options are granted. The fair value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option-pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.

 

Share
Price
    Grant-Date
Fair Value Per
Option
    1,829,625
Options
Awarded at
Minimum of
Offering Range
    2,152,500
Options
Awarded at
Midpoint of
Offering Range
    2,475,375
Options
Awarded at
Maximum of
Offering Range
    2,846,681
Options
Awarded at
Maximum of
Offering Range,

As Adjusted
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
$ 8.00      $ 2.66      $ 4,866,803      $ 5,725,650      $ 6,584,498      $ 7,572,171   
  10.00        3.33        6,092,651        7,167,825        8,242,999        9,479,448   
  12.00        4.00        7,318,500        8,610,000        9,901,500        11,386,724   
  14.00        4.66        8,526,053        10,030,650        11,535,248        13,265,533   

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

153


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and named executive officers of Blue Hills Bank and their associates, and by all directors and officers as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any individual director or executive officer, or the directors and executive officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and executive officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 597,500 shares ($5,975,000) of common stock, equal to 3.3% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range, assuming shares are available. Purchases by directors, officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale.

 

Name and Title

   Number of
Shares
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
     Percent at
Minimum of
Offering Range
 

Directors:

        

David J. Houston, Jr.

     50,000       $ 500,000          

George E. Clancy

     10,000         100,000          

Ken D’Amato (1)

     —           —           —     

Brian G. Leary

     60,000         600,000          

Peter J. Manning

     27,500         275,000          

Thomas M. Menino

     2,000         20,000          

Karen B. O’Connell

     15,000         150,000          

William M. Parent

     60,000         600,000          

Ronald K. Perry

     40,000         400,000          

David Powers

     30,000         300,000          

Janice L. Shields

     15,000         150,000          

Scott Smith

     5,000         50,000          

Named Executive Officers:

        

Jim Kivlehan 

     40,000         400,000          

Thomas E. O’Leary

     40,000         400,000          

Other Officers:

     203,000         2,030,000         1.0

All directors and officers as a group (20 persons)

     597,500       $ 5,975,000         3.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Mr. D’Amato is restricted from participating in the subscription offering due to an employer policy that prohibits him from participating in any initial public offering.

 

154


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION; PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

The board of trustees of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC adopted a plan of conversion on March 6, 2014. The plan of conversion has also been approved by the Boards of Directors of Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank, respectively. The plan of conversion is subject to the approval of the corporators of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, including a majority of the independent corporators. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual form of organization to the stock form and we will sell shares of common stock to the public in our offering. In the conversion, we will organize a new Maryland stock holding company named Blue Hills Bancorp. Specifically, the conversion will be effected as follows: 1) Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. will establish Blue Hills Bancorp as a subsidiary; 2) Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC will merge with and into Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., with Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. being the surviving entity; and 3) Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. will merge with and into Blue Hills Bancorp, with Blue Hills Bancorp being the surviving entity. Blue Hills Bancorp will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering to Blue Hills Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bank and in exchange for the liquidation account established by Blue Hills Bank. In connection with the conversion and stock offering, we also intend to establish and fund a new charitable foundation, Blue Hills Bank Foundation. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Blue Hills Bank will be owned by Blue Hills Bancorp, and all of the common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders including our employee stock ownership plan and our new charitable foundation.

After funding a loan to the employee stock ownership plan, redeeming the preferred shares issued to the U.S. Treasury in connection with the SBLF Program and funding the cash component of the contribution to the Foundation, we intend to retain between $51.8 million and $79.5 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $95.4 million if the offering range is increased by 15%, and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds to Blue Hills Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the sale of at least 17,850,000 shares of our common stock offered (not including shares that we will contribute to our charitable foundation) pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, and to employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators of Blue Hills Bank, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC who are not eligible account holders. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, in our discretion, offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Arlington, Avon, Belmont, Boston, Braintree, Brookline, Cambridge, Canton, Cohasset, Dedham, Dover, Easton, Foxborough, Hingham, Holbrook, Hull, Lexington, Mansfield, Medfield, Milton, Nantucket, Needham, Newton, Norwood, Quincy, Randolph, Sharon, Stoughton, Walpole, Waltham, Watertown, Westwood and Weymouth. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered to the public in a syndicated community offering, or, in a separate firm commitment underwritten public offering. See “—Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering” herein.

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the

 

155


Table of Contents

completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. See “—Community Offering.”

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of Blue Hills Bancorp. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of Blue Hills Bank and Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part. Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC’s application for conversion may be inspected, without charge, at the Massachusetts Division of Banks, 1000 Washington Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be inspected at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The registration statement is also available online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

    Support future growth and profitability through the implementation of our business strategy outlined in the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy”;

 

    Retain and attract qualified directors, officers and employees by establishing stock-based benefit plans;

 

    Increase our philanthropic endeavors in the communities that we serve through the establishment and funding of a new charitable foundation to complement our existing charitable foundation;

 

    Build our capital base to allow us to take advantage of acquisition opportunities which may arise in our market area and adjacent markets;

 

    Offer our depositors, employees, management, trustees, directors and corporators an opportunity to purchase our stock; and

 

    Redeem our preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program.

In the public stock holding company structure, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions. Our current structure prevents us from offering shares of common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the acquisition consideration. Our new public holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash

 

156


Table of Contents

consideration, or a combination thereof, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise.

We have no current arrangements or agreements to acquire other banks, thrifts, credit unions, financial service companies or branch offices. However, we have considered, and will continue to consider potential acquisitions as opportunities arise.

We believe that the additional capital raised in the offering may enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us.

Approvals Required

The board of trustees of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and the boards of directors of Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank have approved the plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the Foundation. The Federal Reserve Board has issued the approval required for us to complete the conversion. We have filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion and the establishment and funding of the Foundation are also subject to the approval of the corporators of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, including a majority of the “independent” corporators.

The Corporators

The board of corporators of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC will cease to exist upon consummation of the mutual-to-stock conversion of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC.

Effects of Conversion

Continuity. While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. We will continue to be subject to regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Blue Hills Bank and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Blue Hills Bank and of Blue Hills Bancorp after the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of Blue Hills Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion, and each such account will continue to be insured in full for amounts in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits by the excess insurer of savings bank deposits, the Depositors Insurance Fund. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates of deposit, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans. No loan outstanding from Blue Hills Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

 

157


Table of Contents

Tax Effects. We will receive an opinion of our counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Blue Hills Bank, Blue Hills Bancorp, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC or its members. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights. Each depositor in Blue Hills Bank has both a deposit account in Blue Hills Bank and a corresponding pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This ownership interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Blue Hills Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account at Blue Hills Bank obtains such pro rata ownership interest in Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her deposit account receives deposited funds but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed. Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which is realizable only in the unlikely event that Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Blue Hills Bank are liquidated. If this were to occur, the Blue Hills Bank depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

Under the plan of conversion, however, the depositors of Blue Hills Bank will receive rights in a liquidation account established by Blue Hills Bancorp (and in a parallel liquidation account established in Blue Hills Bank) which will represent the amount of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC’s total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus. Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank shall hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Blue Hills Bank after the conversion. The liquidation account is designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests, if any, in the event of a liquidation of Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank.

For further information, see “—Liquidation Rights.”

Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and Massachusetts regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and subsequent updates to the appraisal, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $125,000, and will be reimbursed for its expenses up to $10,000. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    our present and projected results and financial condition;

 

158


Table of Contents
    the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

    certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

    the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

    our potential to pay cash dividends;

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities; and

 

    the contribution of shares to the Foundation.

Included in the independent valuation were certain assumptions as to our pro forma earnings after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation) by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The independent valuation states that as of as of February 14, 2014, the market value of the shares to be issued in the offering (including shares to be contributed to the Foundation) ranged from $183.0 million to $247.5 million, with a midpoint of $215.3 million. Our board of directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The number of shares offered for sale will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 17,850,000 shares to 24,150,000 shares. If the market conditions so warrant, the market value of the shares can be increased to a maximum, as adjusted, market value of $284.7 million and the number of shares offered for sale increased to a maximum, as adjusted, of 27,772,500 shares.

The appraisal is based in part on our financial condition and results of operations, the effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings bank and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us.

 

159


Table of Contents

The appraisal peer group consists of the companies listed in the table below, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Asset sizes are as of September 30, 2013.

 

Company Name

   Ticker
Symbol
  

Headquarters

   Total
Assets (1)
 
               (in millions)  

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

   OCFC    Toms River, NJ    $ 2,286   

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc.

   FBNK    Farmington, CT      1,992   

ESSA Bancorp, Inc.

   ESSA    Stroudsburg, PA      1,372   

SI Financial Group, Inc.

   SIFI    Willimantic, CT      1,369   

Westfield Financial Inc.

   WFD    Westfield, MA      1,271   

Fox Chase Bancorp Inc.

   FXCB    Hatboro, PA      1,107   

Cape Bancorp, Inc.

   CBNJ    Cape May Court House, NJ      1,074   

Ocean Shore Holding Co.

   OSHC    Ocean City, NJ      1,043   

BSB Bancorp, Inc.

   BLMT    Belmont, MA      1,023   

TF Financial Corp.

   THRD    Newtown, PA      833   

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Blue Hills Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Price-to-earnings multiples are shown on a “core” earnings basis, where earnings have been adjusted to omit non-recurring income and expense items. Price-to-book value multiples are shown for both reported book value and tangible book value, omitting intangible assets. Blue Hills Bancorp’s pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, book value as of December 31, 2013 and tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 as adjusted for the Nantucket Branch Acquisition and the peer group’s pricing ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013 and book value as of September 30, 2013. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 31.6% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 34.9% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. Blue Hills Bancorp’s price-to-core earnings multiples were not meaningful (NM), as the result of negative pro forma core earnings throughout the valuation range. Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the valuation, considered our pro forma earnings and the range of price-to-book value ratios and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the others.

 

     Price-to-core
earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

       

Maximum, as adjusted

     NM         71.99     74.79

Maximum

     NM         68.21     71.12

Midpoint

     NM         64.31     67.29

Minimum

     NM         59.67     62.74

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of February 14, 2014

       

Averages

     19.84         103.80     108.65

Medians

     15.28         99.68     109.18

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 for Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and on a trailing twelve month basis for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013 for the peer group companies.

NM = Not meaningful

 

160


Table of Contents

Our board of directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process, but did not make any determination regarding whether prior standard mutual-to-stock conversions have been undervalued, nor did the board of directors draw any conclusions regarding how the historical data reflected above may affect Blue Hills Bancorp’s appraisal. Instead, we engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the board of directors as to how much capital Blue Hills Bancorp would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Blue Hills Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Blue Hills Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range, including shares to be contributed to the Foundation, may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $284.7 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range of shares to be sold in the offering to up to 27,772,500 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $284.7 million and a corresponding increase in the offering of shares to be sold to more than 27,772,500 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $183.0 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range of shares to be sold to fewer than 17,850,000 shares, in each case not including shares that will be contributed to the Foundation, then we will promptly return with interest at our passbook savings rate all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations, and, after consulting with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering, establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks in order to complete the conversion and the offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks for periods of up to 90 days.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings

 

161


Table of Contents

and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our main office and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each depositor of Blue Hills Bank and Nantucket Bank, a division of Blue Hills Bank, with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) on February 28, 2013 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 60,000 shares of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders (approximately $1.1 billion at February 28, 2013), subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on February 28, 2013. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our officers, directors, trustees, and corporators, or any of their associates, will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding February 28, 2013.

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans. Our tax-qualified employee plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the Foundation. If the employee stock ownership plan is not able to fill its order in the offering, the employee stock ownership

 

162


Table of Contents

plan may purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the completion of the conversion and the offering in order to fund all or a portion of the plan.

Priority 3: Employees, Officers, Directors, Trustees and Corporators. Each employee, officer, director, trustee and corporator of Blue Hills Bank, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC at the time of the offering who is not eligible in the first priority category shall receive at no cost non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for common stock in an amount up to 60,000 shares; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased by employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators in the conversion shall be limited to 30% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares purchased by employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators under this priority and under the preceding priority categories, but not including shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan). Subscriptions of officers, directors, trustees and corporators are also subject to an additional overall purchase limitation. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” In the event that persons in this category subscribe for more shares of stock than are available for purchase by them, shares will be allocated among such subscribing persons on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order.

Expiration Date. The Subscription Offering will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 19, 2014, unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 17,850,000 shares within 45 days after the expiration date and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at our passbook savings rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond August 3, 2014 is granted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. We will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Extensions may not go beyond March 6, 2016, which is twenty four months after the board of trustees of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC adopted the plan of conversion.

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions in the subscription offering, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares may be offered with a preference to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in our local community (“Local Community”), consisting of the Massachusetts cities and towns of Arlington, Avon, Belmont, Boston, Braintree, Brookline, Cambridge, Canton, Cohasset, Dedham, Dover, Easton, Foxborough, Hingham, Holbrook, Hull, Lexington, Mansfield, Medfield, Milton, Nantucket, Needham, Newton, Norwood, Quincy, Randolph, Sharon, Stoughton, Walpole, Waltham, Watertown, Westwood and Weymouth.

 

163


Table of Contents

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 60,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. We have not established any set criteria for determining whether to accept or reject a purchase order in the community offering, and, accordingly, any determination to accept or reject purchase orders in the community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances known to us at the time.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Local Community, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, after the allocation of shares to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Local Community, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person, and thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Local Community, has a present intent to remain within the community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering, although it must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond August 3, 2014. If an extension beyond August 3, 2014 is granted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we will cancel stock orders accepted in the community offering and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit persons whose orders we accept in the community offering, giving them an opportunity to place a new order. These extensions may not go beyond March 6, 2016, which is twenty four months after the board of trustees of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC adopted the plan of conversion.

Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering

If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

If a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will serve as sole book-running manager. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering, we will pay fees of 5.25% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering to

 

164


Table of Contents

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($10.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering. No shares purchased in the subscription offering, the community offering or the syndicated community offering will be issued until the completion of a firm commitment underwritten offering, if any.

In the event of a syndicated community offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of order forms and the submission of funds directly to Blue Hills Bancorp for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at Blue Hills Bank or wire transfers). See “The Conversion; Plan of Distribution—Procedure for Purchasing Shares.” “Sweep” arrangements and delivery versus payment settlement will only be used in a syndicated offering to the extent consistent with Rules 10b-9 and 15c2-4 and then-existing guidance and interpretations thereof of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the conduct of “min/max” offerings. Under a “sweep” arrangement, a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer intends to purchase in the syndicated community offering on the closing date. Customers must authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts and must have the funds for full payment in their accounts on, but not before, the debit date.

In the event of a firm commitment underwritten offering, the proposed underwriting agreement will not be entered into with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank and Blue Hills Bancorp until immediately prior to the completion of the firm commitment underwritten offering. At that time, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other broker-dealers included in the firm commitment underwritten offering will represent that they have received sufficient indications of interest to complete the offering. Pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement, and subject to certain customary provisions and conditions to closing, upon execution of the underwriting agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the shares subject to the firm commitment underwritten offering.

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering or firm commitment underwritten offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares. Any such arrangements will be disclosed in a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

    No individual with one or more qualifying accounts, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 60,000 shares ($600,000) of common stock in the offering;

 

   

No person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 100,000 shares ($1,000,000) of common stock in the offering, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership

 

165


Table of Contents
 

plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering including shares contributed to the Foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%);

 

    The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by the officers, trustees, directors and corporators of Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 30% of the shares issued in the offering (including shares contributed to the Foundation); and

 

    The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and without further approval of our members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations; provided that the purchase limitations (i) may not be increased to a percentage that is more than 5.0% of the common stock offered for sale and may not be decreased to a percentage that is less than one-tenth of a percent (0.10%) of the common stock offered for sale in the conversion, and (ii), in the case of our tax-qualified employee plans, may not be increased to more than 10% of the shares offered for sale. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the stock order form will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

  (1) to fill our tax-qualified employee benefit plans’ subscriptions for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;

 

  (2) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder level, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities;

 

  (3) in the event that there is an oversubscription by our employees, officers, directors, trustees and corporators in the third priority of the subscription offering, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers on an equitable basis, such as by giving weight to the period of service, compensation, position of the individual subscriber and the amount of the order; and

 

  (4) to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons, and trusts of natural persons, residing in the Local Community.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (1) any corporation or organization, other than Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank or Blue Hills Bancorp, or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

166


Table of Contents
  (2) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity, excluding any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (3) any relative or spouse of the person, or any relative of the spouse, who either has the same home as the person or who is a trustee, director or officer of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank or Blue Hills Bancorp.

The term “acting in concert” means persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock.

The determination of whether a group is acting in concert may be based on any evidence upon which we choose to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to other companies; provided, however, that the determination of whether a group is acting in concert remains subject to review by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. Persons living at the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be acting in concert unless otherwise determined by us. A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. We have the right to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our executive officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Blue Hills Bank or Blue Hills Bancorp for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), members of FINRA and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.”

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.

 

167


Table of Contents

We have engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, a broker-dealer registered with FINRA, as a financial advisor in connection with the offering of our common stock. In its role as financial advisor, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, will:

 

    provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and related corporate documents, including our business plan;

 

    assist in structuring our stock offering, including developing and assisting in implementing a market strategy for the stock offering;

 

    review all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);

 

    assist us in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;

 

    assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the stock offering, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

 

    assist us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the stock offering;

 

    meet with the board of directors and management to discuss any of these services; and

 

    provide such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the stock offering as may be agreed upon by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and us.

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a management fee of $50,000, none of which has been paid as of the date of this prospectus, and a success fee equal to 0.85% of the aggregate purchase price of Common Stock sold in the subscription and the community offering (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan). In the event that we must resolicit subscribers, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods is required to provide significant services, we will pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods additional compensation for such services, in an amount not to exceed $50,000. The management fee will be credited against the success fee.

The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering or firm commitment offering. In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated community offering, we will pay fees of 5.25% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated community offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods also will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses, including legal fees, in an amount not to exceed $125,000. In the event of unusual circumstances or delays or a re-solicitation in connection with the Offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will be reimbursed for its additional out-of-pocket expenses up to a maximum of $10,000, and up to an additional $25,000 for additional fees and expenses of their counsel. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agency agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. In the event that Keefe, Bruyette & Woods sells shares of common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a firm commitment underwritten offering, the underwriting discount will not exceed 5.25% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the firm commitment underwritten offering to the sole book-

 

168


Table of Contents

running manager, and any other broker-dealers included in the firm commitment underwritten offering. All fees payable with respect to a firm commitment underwritten offering will be in addition to fees payable with respect to the subscription offering and community offering.

We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods to act as our conversion agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as conversion agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will, among other things:

 

    consolidate accounts and develop a central file;

 

    assist us in establishing and managing the Stock Information Center;

 

    assist our financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials;

 

    process stock order forms and produce daily reports and analysis;

 

    assist our transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates; and

 

    advise us on interest and refund calculations.

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a fee of $50,000. We will also reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its acting as conversion agent. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has agreed that our reimbursement obligation will not exceed $25,000, except in the event of unusual circumstances, delays or a re-solicitation in which case our reimbursement obligation will not exceed $35,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, for its services as our conversion agent Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will be entitled only to its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods’ engagement as our conversion agent and performance of services as our conversion agent.

Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees of Blue Hills Bank or its affiliates may assist in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be conducted in a segregated or separately identifiable area of our facilities apart from the area accessible to the general public. Other questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on the transactions in the shares of common stock.

The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

169


Table of Contents

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

Expiration Date. The subscription offering will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 19, 2014, unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond August 3, 2014 would require the Massachusetts Commissioner of Bank’s approval. If an extension beyond August 3, 2014 is granted by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we will cancel all stock orders and return subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders. We will notify these persons of the extension of time and of their ability to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If we have not received orders to purchase the minimum number of shares offered in the offering by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock with interest at our passbook savings rate. If the number of shares offered is reduced below the minimum of the offering range, or increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, subscribers may be resolicited with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before June 19, 2014, the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus. Subscription funds will be maintained in a segregated account at Blue Hills Bank and will earn interest at our passbook savings rate from the date the order form is processed.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at our passbook savings rate from the date of receipt.

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.

Use of Order Forms. In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offering, you must complete an original order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received (not postmarked) before 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on June 19, 2014. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the return envelope provided, by bringing your order form to one of our Stock Information Center walk-in locations, or by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form. We will not accept stock order forms at any other branch offices. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. If you are ordering shares, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is

 

170


Table of Contents

making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Blue Hills Bank, Blue Hills Bancorp, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the federal government or the Depositors Insurance Fund, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares. Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

  (1) personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (2) authorization of withdrawal from the types of Blue Hills Bank deposit accounts permitted on the order form.

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Blue Hills Bank are provided on the order form. The funds designated for withdrawal from a Blue Hills Bank deposit account must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these designated deposit account funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at our passbook savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal.

In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Blue Hills Bank and will earn interest at our passbook savings rate from the date payment is received until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, wire transfers, Blue Hills Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.). Additionally, you may not designate a direct withdrawal from Blue Hills Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your account. In the event we resolicit large subscribers, as described above in “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” those purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds. Wire transfers may be allowed.

Once your executed stock order form is received, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by August 3, 2014. In such event, unless an extension is approved by Massachusetts Commissioner of Bank, stock orders will be cancelled and funds

 

171


Table of Contents

delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering will be returned promptly, with interest at 0.05% per annum. Additionally, all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled. If an extension is granted, we will resolicit subscribers for a specified period of time, as described under “—Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights.”

If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account such as a brokerage firm individual retirement account. By regulation, Blue Hills Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Blue Hills Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account. It may take several weeks to transfer your Blue Hills Bank individual retirement account to an independent trustee, so please allow sufficient time to take this action. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

We will have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the syndicated community offering at any time prior to the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

Our tax-qualified employee plans will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering, provided there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Blue Hills Bancorp (or a subsidiary of Blue Hills Bancorp) to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.

Regulations prohibit Blue Hills Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Delivery of Stock Certificates. Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the offering and Blue Hills Bank checks representing any applicable refund and/or interest paid on subscriptions made by check or money order will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by the transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.

Other Restrictions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of FINRA, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to

 

172


Table of Contents

honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Massachusetts banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

If you have any questions regarding the conversion or the offering, please call our Stock Information Center at (844) 265-9680, Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. You may also visit one of our two Stock Information Center walk-in locations. Our walk-in location at 1196 River Street, Hyde Park, Massachusetts is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., and our walk-in location at 104 Pleasant Street, Nantucket, Massachusetts is open Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

Liquidation prior to the conversion. In the unlikely event that Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to depositors of Blue Hills Bank under such depositors’ liquidation rights. The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, after the claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.

Liquidation following the conversion. The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by Blue Hills Bancorp for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC’s total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus. The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel bank liquidation account in Blue Hills Bank to support the Blue Hills Bancorp liquidation account.

In the unlikely event that Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Blue Hills Bank depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account established by Blue Hills Bancorp, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest.

 

173


Table of Contents

Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Blue Hills Bank or Blue Hills Bancorp above that amount.

The liquidation account established by Blue Hills Bancorp is designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation rights such persons had in Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC) in the event of a liquidation of Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank or of Blue Hills Bank by itself. Specifically, in the unlikely event that Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank were to completely liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Blue Hills Bank depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to Eligible Account Holders of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by Blue Hills Bancorp. In a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Blue Hills Bank by itself, when Blue Hills Bancorp has insufficient assets to fund the distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders and Blue Hills Bank has positive net worth, Blue Hills Bank shall make a distribution to fund Blue Hills Bancorp’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. If Blue Hills Bancorp is sold or liquidated apart from a sale or liquidation of Blue Hills Bank, then the Blue Hills Bancorp liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account at Blue Hills Bancorp.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, upon the written request of the applicable bank regulators Blue Hills Bancorp shall, or upon the prior written approval of the applicable bank regulators, if necessary, Blue Hills Bancorp may, at any time after two years from the completion of the conversion, transfer the Blue Hills Bancorp liquidation account to Blue Hills Bank, at which time the Blue Hills Bancorp liquidation account shall be assumed by Blue Hills Bank. Also, under the rules and regulations of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution in which Blue Hills Bancorp or Blue Hills Bank is not the surviving institution would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.

Each Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Blue Hills Bank on February 28, 2013 equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder’s deposit accounts on February 28, 2013 bears to the balance of all Eligible Account Holder deposit accounts in Blue Hills Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual liquidation account closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on February 28, 2013 or any other December 31 annual liquidation account closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

Material Income Tax Consequences

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and Massachusetts tax consequences of the conversion to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank, Blue Hills Bancorp and Eligible Account

 

174


Table of Contents

Holders. We have received an opinion of counsel Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. as to the federal tax consequences of the conversion and have received an opinion of Wolf & Company, P.C. as to the income tax consequences under Massachusetts law. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. or Blue Hills Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., has issued an opinion to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank and Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. that for federal income tax purposes:

 

  1. The merger of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC with and into Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC for liquidation interests in Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  3. None of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Blue Hills Bank nor Eligible Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC to Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. in constructive exchange for a liquidation interest established in Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. for the benefit of such persons who remain depositors of Blue Hills Bank.

 

  4. The basis of the assets of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC immediately before the exchange.

 

  5. The merger of Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. with and into Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. Neither Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. nor Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

 

  6. The basis of the assets of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and the holding period of such assets to be received by Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. immediately before the exchange.

 

  7. Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. for interests in the liquidation account in Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.

 

  8. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. for interests in the liquidation account established in Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  9.

It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and other purchasers in the subscription offering upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Eligible Account Holders

 

175


Table of Contents
  will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

  10. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Blue Hills Bank supporting the payment of the Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account in the event Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Blue Hills Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. with and into Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.

 

  11. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  12. No gain or loss will be recognized by Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. on the receipt of money in exchange for Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering.

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc., Blue Hills Bank, Blue Hills Bancorp and persons receiving subscription rights and stockholders of Blue Hills Bancorp. The tax opinion as to items 7 and 9 above is based on the position that subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

We also have received a letter from RP Financial, LC., stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.

The tax opinion as to item 10 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Blue Hills Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Blue Hills Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received a payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account

 

176


Table of Contents

with respect to each Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Blue Hills Bank are reduced; and (iv) the Blue Hills Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if Blue Hills Bancorp lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.

In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Blue Hills Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Blue Hills Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Blue Hills Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

We do not plan to apply for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service concerning the transactions described herein. Unlike private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that the conclusions reached in an opinion of counsel would be sustained by a court if contested by the Internal Revenue Service.

The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Blue Hills Bancorp’s registration statement. An opinion regarding the Massachusetts state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has also been filed as an exhibit to Blue Hills Bancorp’s registration statement.

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an officer of Blue Hills Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Blue Hills Bancorp also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

Massachusetts banking regulations prohibit Blue Hills Bancorp from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases. After one year, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks does not impose any repurchase restrictions.

 

177


Table of Contents

BLUE HILLS BANK FOUNDATION

General

In furtherance of our commitment to the communities in our market area, the plan of conversion provides that we will establish a new charitable foundation, Blue Hills Bank Foundation (the “Foundation”) as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering. The Foundation will be funded with shares of our common stock and cash, as further described below.

By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in the communities within our market area, we believe that the Foundation will enhance the long-term value of Blue Hills Bank’s community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the Foundation.

Purpose of the Foundation

In connection with the closing of the stock offering, we intend to contribute a number of shares of our common stock equal to 2.5% of the shares sold in the offering and an amount of cash such that the total contribution will equal $7.0 million. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and maximum, as adjusted, of the offering range, we would contribute to the Foundation 446,250, 525,000, 603,750 and 694,313 shares of common stock and approximately $2.5 million, $1.8 million, $963,000 and $57,000 in cash, respectively.

The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in our market area and to enable the communities that we serve to share in our long-term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. The Foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Blue Hills Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

Funding the Foundation with shares of our common stock is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because the Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, the Foundation will maintain close ties with Blue Hills Bank, thereby forming a partnership with the communities in our market area.

Structure of the Foundation

The Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of the Foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Foundation’s certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the Foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.

The Foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of William M. Parent, Jim Kivlehan and Karen Marryat and one individual who is not affiliated with us. We are required to select one person to serve on the initial board of directors of the Foundation who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making. We have selected Mary Nee as a director to satisfy these requirements. For five years after the stock

 

178


Table of Contents

offering, one seat on the Foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the Foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Blue Hills Bank’s directors.

The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of the Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the Foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the Foundation is established. The directors of the Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the Foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the Foundation. However, as generally required by federal bank regulators, all shares of our common stock held by the Foundation will be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

The Foundation’s initial place of business will be located at our executive and administrative office. The board of directors of the Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Massachusetts banking regulations governing transactions between Blue Hills Bank and the Foundation.

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets. Capital for the Foundation will come from:

 

  (1) any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;

 

  (2) within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or

 

  (3) the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.

Tax Considerations

Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a Foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to the Foundation. See “Capitalization,” “Regulatory Capital Compliance,” and “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Foundation.”

We believe that our contribution of shares of our common stock to the Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to the Foundation. We estimate that if stock is sold at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, substantially all of the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period (i.e., the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt

 

179


Table of Contents

status to the Foundation. In such event, our contribution to the Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to the Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the Foundation.

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 1%. The Foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. The Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.

Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Foundation

Federal Reserve Board regulations required that the directors who serve on the Foundation’s board could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the Foundation, and could not vote on the matter.

Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that the Federal Reserve Board will generally not object if a well-capitalized savings bank contributes to a charitable foundation an aggregate amount of 8% or less of the shares or proceeds issued in a stock offering. Blue Hills Bank qualifies as a well-capitalized savings bank for purposes of this limitation, and the contribution to the Foundation will not exceed this limitation.

Federal Reserve Board regulations impose the following requirements on the Foundation:

 

    the Foundation’s primary purpose must be to serve and make grants in our local community;

 

    the Federal Reserve Board may examine the Foundation at the Foundation’s expense;

 

    the Foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Federal Reserve Board;

 

    the Foundation must provide annually to the Federal Reserve Board a copy of the annual report that the Foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

    the Foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

    the Foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code;

 

    the Foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders; and

 

180


Table of Contents
    the Foundation may not engage in self dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code.

Within six months of completing the stock offering, the Foundation intends to submit to the Federal Reserve Board a three-year operating plan, conflict of interest policy, gift instrument, certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

181


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BLUE HILLS BANCORP, INC.

Although the board of directors of Blue Hills Bancorp is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Blue Hills Bancorp after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Blue Hills Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Blue Hills Bancorp and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Blue Hills Bank, Blue Hills Bancorp or Blue Hills Bancorp’s stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Blue Hills Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Blue Hills Bank’s amended Massachusetts articles of organization, Massachusetts banking law, Maryland corporate law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in Blue Hills Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Blue Hills Bank’s amended articles of organization, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Blue Hills Bank’s application for conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and, except for Blue Hills Bank’s amended articles of organization, Blue Hills Bancorp’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Blue Hills Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Blue Hills Bancorp more difficult.

Directors. The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including restrictions on affiliations with competitors of Blue Hills Bank, restrictions based upon age and restrictions based upon prior legal or regulatory violations. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Blue Hills Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Blue Hills Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Blue Hills Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Blue Hills Bancorp’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

182


Table of Contents
    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Blue Hills Bancorp and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Blue Hills Bancorp and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Blue Hills Bancorp;

 

    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Blue Hills Bancorp’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Blue Hills Bancorp and its subsidiaries;

 

    the future value of the stock or any other securities of Blue Hills Bancorp or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

    the ability of Blue Hills Bancorp to fulfill its objectives as a bank holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings. The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the Chairman of the Board, a majority of the directors of Blue Hills Bancorp then in office, or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting. The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Limitation of Voting Rights. The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit; provided that such 10% limit shall not apply if a majority of the unaffiliated directors approve the acquisition of shares in excess of the 10% limit prior to such acquisition.

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office. The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”), voting together as a single class.

 

183


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Shares. After the conversion, Blue Hills Bancorp will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” The articles of incorporation authorize 50 million shares of serial preferred stock. Blue Hills Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the whole board may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that Blue Hills Bancorp has the authority to issue. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Blue Hills Bancorp that our board of directors does not approve, it would be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Blue Hills Bancorp.

Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. previously issued 18,724 shares of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program for a purchase price of $18,724,000. The preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is expected to be redeemed immediately prior to the closing of the conversion or as soon as practicable thereafter, subject to applicable regulatory approval. If the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is not redeemed prior to the conversion, it will be converted into preferred stock of Blue Hills Bancorp. Our board of directors has no other present plan or understanding to issue preferred stock.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as provided under “— Authorized but Unissued Shares,” above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the board of directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our board of directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i) The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ii) The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

  (iii) The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

  (iv) The requirement that at least 80% of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders must vote to remove directors, and that stockholders can only remove directors for cause;

 

  (v) The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

  (vi) The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Blue Hills Bancorp;

 

  (vii) The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

  (viii) The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ix) The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

184


Table of Contents
  (x) The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Blue Hills Bancorp;

 

  (xi) The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Blue Hills Bancorp for money damages; and

 

  (xii) The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xii) of this list.

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this supermajority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

Maryland Corporate Law

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporation’s voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

Federal Statutes and Regulations

Federal Change in Bank Control Act. Federal law provides that no person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons, may acquire control of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days prior written notice. For this purpose, the term “control” means the acquisition of the ownership, control or holding of the power to vote 25% or

 

185


Table of Contents

more of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock, and the term “person” includes an individual, corporation, partnership, and various other entities. Additionally, a person is presumed to acquire control if the person acquires the ownership, control or holding of the power to vote of 10% or more of any class of the holding company’s voting stock if specified factors are present, such as having a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which will be the case with Blue Hills Bancorp. Accordingly, the filing of a notice with the Federal Reserve Board would be required before any person could acquire 10% or more of the common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp unless the individual files a rebuttal of control that is accepted by the Federal Reserve Board. The statute and underlying regulations authorize the Federal Reserve Board to disapprove a proposed acquisition on certain specified grounds.

Federal Bank Holding Company Act. Federal law provides that no company may acquire control of a bank directly or indirectly without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires control of a bank becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board. Pursuant to federal regulations, the term “company” is defined to include banks, corporations, partnerships, associations, and certain trusts and other entities, and “control” of a bank is deemed to exist if a company has voting control, directly or indirectly, of at least 25% of any class of a bank’s voting stock, and may be found to exist if a company controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the bank or has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank. In addition, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval prior to acquiring voting control of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of a bank or another bank holding company.

An acquisition of control of a bank that requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”) is not subject to the notice requirements of the Change in Bank Control Act. Accordingly, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA would be required: (i) before any bank holding company could acquire 5% or more of the common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp and (ii) before any other company could acquire 25% or more of the common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp.

Massachusetts Banking Law

Under Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a savings bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Massachusetts Division of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Massachusetts Division of Banks. Blue Hills Bancorp would become a Massachusetts bank holding company if it acquires a second banking institution and holds and operates it separately from Blue Hills Bank. In addition, for a period of three years following completion of a conversion to stock form, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converting mutual savings bank without prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Under its articles of incorporation, Blue Hills Bancorp is authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50 million shares of preferred stock, no par value per

 

186


Table of Contents

share. Blue Hills Bancorp currently expects to issue in the offering up to 24,150,000 shares of common stock. Each share of Blue Hills Bancorp common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, or the issuance of shares to be contributed to the Foundation, in each case in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. previously issued 18,724 shares of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program for a purchase price of $18,724,000. The preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is expected to be redeemed immediately prior to the closing of the conversion or as soon as practicable thereafter, subject to applicable regulatory approval. If the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is not redeemed prior to the conversion, it will be converted into preferred stock of Blue Hills Bancorp. No other preferred stock will be issued or exist as a result of the conversion.

Common Stock

Dividends. Blue Hills Bancorp can pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such distribution, (i) it would be able to pay its indebtedness as the indebtedness comes due in the usual course of business and (ii) its total assets exceed the sum of its liabilities and the amount needed, if Blue Hills Bancorp were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any holders of capital stock who have a preference in the event of dissolution; provided, however, that even if Blue Hills Bancorp’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth in (ii) above, Blue Hills Bancorp may make a distribution from: (A) Blue Hills Bancorp’s net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; (B) Blue Hills Bancorp’s net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or (C) the sum of Blue Hills Bancorp’s net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. The holders of common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Blue Hills Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights. Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp will have exclusive voting rights in Blue Hills Bancorp. They will elect Blue Hills Bancorp’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Blue Hills Bancorp’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Blue Hills Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.

As a Massachusetts stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Blue Hills Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Blue Hills Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Blue Hills Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Blue Hills Bank, which will be Blue Hills Bancorp, and voted at the direction of Blue Hills Bancorp’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp will not have direct control of Blue Hills Bank.

 

187


Table of Contents

Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Blue Hills Bank, Blue Hills Bancorp, as the holder of 100% of Blue Hills Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Blue Hills Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Blue Hills Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Blue Hills Bancorp, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Blue Hills Bancorp available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights. Holders of the common stock of Blue Hills Bancorp will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the board of directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control. Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. previously issued 18,724 shares of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury as part of the SBLF Program for a purchase price of $18,724,000. The preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is expected to be redeemed immediately prior to the closing of the conversion or as soon as practicable thereafter, subject to applicable regulatory approval. If the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is not redeemed prior to the conversion, it will be converted into preferred stock of Blue Hills Bancorp. No other preferred stock will be issued or exist as a result of the conversion.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for Blue Hills Bancorp’s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, included in this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Wolf & Company, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Blue Hills Bancorp setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and liquidation accounts.

 

188


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Blue Hills Bancorp and Blue Hills Bank, will issue to Blue Hills Bancorp its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinions. Wolf & Company, P.C. will issue to Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC, Blue Hills Bancorp, Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. and Blue Hills Bank its opinion regarding the Massachusetts income tax consequences of the conversion. Wolf & Company, P.C. has consented to the reference in this prospectus to its opinion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods by Nutter McClennen & Fish LLP.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Blue Hills Bancorp has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Blue Hills Bancorp. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC has filed an application for approval of the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and Blue Hills Bancorp has filed a bank holding company application with the Federal Reserve Board. The application for conversion filed with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Massachusetts Division of Banks, 1000 Washington Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts. To obtain a copy of the application filed with the Federal Reserve Board, you may contact the Vice President and Community Affairs Officer of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, at 617-973-3059.

A copy of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of Blue Hills Bancorp are available without charge from Blue Hills Bancorp, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

In connection with the offering, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

189


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

HYDE PARK BANCORP, MHC

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Net Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

***

Separate financial statements for Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. have not been included in this prospectus because Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

LOGO

To the Audit Committee of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 10, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  
Assets      

Cash and due from banks

   $ 8,151       $ 8,629   

Short-term investments

     32,165         65,190   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     40,316         73,819   

Trading assets

     750         32,125   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     441,306         533,785   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     10,766         9,669   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $9,671 in 2013 and $5,550 in 2012

     765,347         488,207   

Premises and equipment, net

     7,478         7,877   

Due from broker

     353         34,243   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,290         5,421   

Net deferred tax asset

     2,831         —     

Bank-owned life insurance

     29,831         33,344   

Other assets

     11,019         10,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,314,287       $ 1,228,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Liabilities and Equity      

Deposits:

     

Non-interest bearing

   $ 43,471       $ 22,335   

Interest bearing

     871,752         795,542   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     915,223         817,877   

Short-term borrowings

     170,000         109,424   

Long-term debt

     45,000         45,000   

Securities sold short

     —           16,723   

Mortgagors’ escrow accounts

     1,760         1,629   

Net deferred tax liability

     —           3,165   

Due to broker

     1,040         49,578   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     9,730         8,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,142,753         1,051,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

     

Equity:

     

Preferred stock, Series A, $1.00 par value, $1,000 liquidation value (50,000 shares authorized; 18,724 issued and outstanding in 2013 and 2012)

     18,724         18,724   

Retained earnings

     150,345         148,211   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,465         10,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     171,534         176,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,314,287       $ 1,228,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Net Income

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

     2013     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Interest and dividend income:

       

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 21,876      $ 16,545       $ 12,666   

Interest on securities

     8,821        12,280         16,484   

Dividends

     2,329        2,871         2,663   

Other

     66        120         182   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     33,092        31,816         31,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

       

Interest on deposits

     6,803        7,259         8,477   

Interest on borrowings

     1,168        1,113         461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     7,971        8,372         8,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     25,121        23,444         23,057   

Provision for loan losses

     4,094        2,361         1,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

     21,027        21,083         21,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

       

Total other than temporary impairment losses

     (92     —           —     

Portion of impairment losses on debt securities recognized in other comprehensive income

     —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

     (92     —           —     

Customer service fees

     1,453        1,293         1,295   

Gains on sales of loans, net

     1,246        997         40   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

     5,091        11,931         5,557   

Gains on trading assets, net

     505        148         —     

Loan level derivative income

     1,485        456         —     

Bank-owned life insurance

     2,895        1,124         1,720   

Miscellaneous

     428        217         589   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     13,011        16,166         9,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

       

Salaries and employee benefits

     16,903        12,439         9,267   

Occupancy and equipment

     3,996        3,410         3,004   

Data processing

     1,934        1,774         1,564   

Professional fees

     3,348        2,370         2,260   

Advertising

     1,823        1,660         1,585   

FDIC deposit insurance

     520        506         679   

Contributions and community relations

     505        814         573   

Directors’ fees

     688        1,346         643   

Other general and administrative

     1,942        1,964         1,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     31,659        26,283         21,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     2,379        10,966         10,091   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (284     3,112         2,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 2,663      $ 7,854       $ 7,561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 2,663      $ 7,854      $ 7,561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Securities available for sale:

      

Unrealized holding (losses) gains

     (19,254     20,596        (4,885

Reclassification adjustment for net gains and impairment losses realized in net income

     (4,999     (11,931     (5,557
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains

     (14,255     8,665        (10,442

Tax effect

     5,433        (2,997     3,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     (8,822     5,668        (6,852
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plan:

      

Reclassification adjustments for losses recognized in net periodic benefit cost

     104        117        91   

Actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period

     2,033        731        (362
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial gains (losses)

     2,137        848        (271

Tax effect

     (853     (339     109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     1,284        509        (162
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (7,538     6,177        (7,014
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (4,875   $ 14,031      $ 547   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

     Preferred
Stock
     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ —         $ 133,944      $ 10,840      $ 144,784   

Comprehensive income (loss)

     —           7,561        (7,014     547   

Issuance of preferred stock

     18,724         —          —          18,724   

Preferred stock dividends declared

     —           (223     —          (223
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     18,724         141,282        3,826        163,832   

Comprehensive income

     —           7,854        6,177        14,031   

Preferred stock dividends declared

     —           (925     —          (925
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     18,724         148,211        10,003        176,938   

Comprehensive income (loss)

     —           2,663        (7,538     (4,875

Preferred stock dividends declared

     —           (529     —          (529
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 18,724       $ 150,345      $ 2,465      $ 171,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 2,663      $ 7,854      $ 7,561   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     4,094        2,361        1,126   

Net amortization of securities available for sale

     14,112        2,167        601   

Gains on sales of securities available for sale, net

     (5,091     (11,931     (5,557

Impairment losses on securities

     92        —          —     

Net amortization of deferred loan origination costs and discounts

     595        505        65   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,449        1,231        1,072   

Bank-owned life insurance income

     (2,895     (1,124     (1,720

Deferred tax (benefit) provision

     (1,416     (689     50   

Net change in:

      

Trading assets

     (266     (67     —     

Accrued interest receivable

     1,131        470        (1,236

Other assets and prepaid FDIC assessment

     (824     (937     1,141   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     3,835        984        1,479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     17,479        824        4,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Activity in securities available for sale:

      

Purchases

     (335,943     (493,272     (520,254

Sales

     314,947        343,825        160,667   

Maturities/calls

     11,616        133,340        312,850   

Principal paydowns

     78,442        48,226        37,666   

Loan (originations), net of principal payments

     (63,735     (30,181     15,212   

Purchases of loans

     (218,094     (184,364     (90,915

Net purchases of premises and equipment

     (1,050     (934     (5,698

Purchases of FHLBB stock

     (1,481     (5,823     (553

Redemption of FHLBB stock

     384        —          —     

Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

     6,408        —          678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

     (208,506     (189,183     (90,347
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(continued)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Concluded)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net increase in deposits

     97,346        61,396        2,253   

Net change in short-term borrowings

     60,576        109,424        —     

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —          5,000        40,000   

Net increase in mortgagors’ escrow accounts

     131        175        360   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     —          —          18,724   

Preferred stock dividends paid

     (529     (1,148     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     157,524        174,847        61,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (33,503     (13,512     (24,428

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     73,819        87,331        111,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 40,316      $ 73,819      $ 87,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 7,923      $ 8,335      $ 8,861   

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

     3,292        4,275        1,016   

Preferred stock dividends declared

     529        925        223   

Due from broker

     353        34,243        —     

Due to broker

     1,040        49,578        —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC (the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary Hyde Park Bancorp, Inc. (the mid-tier “Subsidiary”). The Subsidiary owns 100% of Blue Hills Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, HP Security Corporation and 1196 Corporation. HP Security Corporation is a Massachusetts security corporation and 1196 Corporation holds a restricted stock. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company established Blue Hills Bank Charitable Foundation, Inc. (the “Foundation”), a not-for-profit organization, to provide charitable contributions within the Company’s surrounding communities. The Company contributed $565,000 and $444,000 of cash to the Foundation in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Assets of the Foundation are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Business

The Company provides a variety of financial services to individuals and businesses through its offices in Hyde Park, Dedham, Norwood, West Roxbury and Brookline, Massachusetts. Its primary deposit products are checking, savings and term certificate accounts and its primary lending products are residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans.

Use of estimates

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The determination of the allowance for loan losses, deferred tax assets and other-than-temporary impairment of securities are material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, balances due from banks, and short-term investments comprised of federal funds sold, money-market mutual funds, and interest-bearing deposits, all of which mature within ninety days. The Company normally maintains balances on deposit with other financial institutions in excess of the federally insured limit.

Fair value hierarchy

The Company groups its assets and liabilities generally measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 - Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 - Valuation is based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities.

Level 3 - Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose value is determined using unobservable inputs to pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Trading assets

The Company has elected the fair value option of recording certain securities which are recorded as trading assets and recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Interest and dividends on these securities are included in net interest income.

Securities available for sale

Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Securities available for sale (concluded)

 

At least quarterly, and more frequently when warranted by economic or market conditions, management evaluates all securities classified as available for sale with a decline in fair value below the amortized cost of the investment to determine whether or not the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary (“OTTI”). Marketable equity securities are evaluated for OTTI based on the severity and duration of the impairment and, if deemed to be other than temporary, the declines in fair value are reflected in earnings as realized losses. OTTI is required to be recognized if: (1) the Company intends to sell the security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) for debt securities, the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis.

For all impaired debt securities that the Company intends to sell, or more likely than not will be required to sell, the full amount of the depreciation is recognized as OTTI through earnings. Credit-related OTTI for all other impaired debt securities is recognized through earnings. Non-credit related OTTI for such debt securities is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

The Company, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) system, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLBB. Based on the redemption provisions of the FHLBB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. At its discretion, the FHLBB may declare dividends on the stock. The Company reviews its investment for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLBB stock. As of December 31, 2013, no impairment has been recognized.

Loans held for sale

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Loans held for sale amounted to $765,000 at December 31, 2013 and are included in loans, net. There were no loans held for sale at December 31, 2012.

Loans

The Company has historically granted mortgage and consumer loans to its customers and a substantial portion of the loan portfolio consists of mortgage loans in communities including and near the locations of its banking. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Loans (concluded)

 

During 2011 and continuing into 2012 and 2013, the Company began to diversify its loan products in order to better serve communities over a broader market area and reduce its reliance on securities. As a result, the risk characteristics of the portfolio include both commercial and consumer loans across a broader array of products than prior to 2011.

The Company’s loan portfolio includes 1-4 family residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial business, home equity, and consumer segments.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for the allowance for loan losses, charge-offs and any deferred fees and costs on originated and purchased loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Deferred loan origination fees/costs and discounts on purchased loans are recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

It is the policy of the Company to discontinue the accrual of interest on loans past due in excess of 90 days, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection, or when in the judgment of management, the ultimate collectability of the principal or interest becomes doubtful and to reverse all interest previously accrued against interest income. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. The interest on non-accrual loans is accounted for on the cash-basis until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due have been current for six consecutive months and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for loan losses

The allowance for loan losses is based on the size and the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, loss experience, economic conditions and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio. Because 2013 and 2012 saw the growth in number and size of portfolios for which the Company had no prior loss experience, the loss experience extrapolated for all portfolios was derived from available national and state peer group losses for relevant portfolios generally over the years 2008-2013. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for loan losses (continued)

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated regularly by management and reflects consideration of all significant factors that effect the collectability of the loan portfolio. The evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available; however, because of the increase in risk exposures new to the Company, it is the intention of management to maintain an allowance that is prudently commensurate with the growth in the loan portfolio.

The allowance consists of general, allocated and unallocated components, as further described below.

General component

The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on either actual or extrapolated historical loss experience for periods ranging from three to five years, adjusted for qualitative and environmental factors including levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volumes and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions.

In 2012, the Company revised its methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses. This revision included increased segmentation of the loan portfolio, which in previous years had been primarily comprised of conforming residential mortgage loans.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential real estate – The Company does not generally originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and does not generally grant loans that would be classified as subprime upon origination. When the Company does extend credit either on a first- or second-lien basis at a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent, such loans are supported by either mortgage insurance or state guarantee programs. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied 1-4 family residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The health of the regional economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality of loans in this segment.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for loan losses (continued)

 

General component (continued)

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, this segment includes $7,588,000 and $8,824,000, respectively, of residential mortgage loans purchased in 2006 and 2007 from Countrywide, Wells Fargo, and Taylor Bean on a servicing-retained basis. These loans were subject to the more lenient underwriting standards and higher residential property values prevalent at that time, and when these loans become delinquent, they are subject to significant time lags between delinquency and modification or collection and relatively high degradation from the underwritten collateral value.

Commercial real estate – Loans in this segment include investment real estate and are generally secured by assignments of leases, real estate collateral and guarantees from sponsors or owners. In cases where there is a concentration of exposure to a single large tenant, underwriting standards include analysis of the tenant’s ability to support lease payments over the duration of the loan. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Payments on loans secured by income-producing properties often depend on the successful operation and management of the properties. Management continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.

Construction – Loans in this segment primarily include speculative real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions.

Home equity – Loans in this segment are generally secured by 1st or 2nd liens on residential real estate. Repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The Company evaluates each loan application based on factors including the borrower’s credit score, income, length of employment, and other factors to establish the creditworthiness of the borrower. The Company purchased a geographically diverse portfolio of seasoned home equity lines of credit (HELOC) which are serviced by a third party. The rate of provision for this portfolio is slightly lower than that for the organically originated HELOC portfolio due to its seasoning, low loan-to-values, high credit scores, and first-lien collateral position.

Commercial business – Loans in this segment are generally secured by business assets, including accounts receivable, inventory, real estate and intangible assets. Strict underwriting standards include considerations of the borrower’s ability to support the debt service requirements from the underlying historical and projected cash flows of the business, collateral values, the borrower’s credit history and the ultimate collectability of the debt. Economic conditions, real estate values, commodity prices, unemployment trends and other factors will affect the credit quality of loans in these segments.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for loan losses (continued)

 

General component (concluded)

 

Consumer – Loans in this segment primarily include used auto loans. A significant portion of the used auto loan portfolio is comprised of geographically diverse loans originated by and purchased from a third party, who also provides collection services. While this portfolio generated minimal charge-offs in 2013 and no charge-offs in 2012, the provisions for loan losses reflect management’s estimate of inherent losses based on a review of regional and national historical losses of other institutions with similar portfolios.

Allocated component

The allocated component relates to loans that are on the watch list (non-accruing loans, partially charged-off non-accruing loans and accruing adversely-rated loans) and considered impaired. Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management reviews all loan types for individual impairment. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

The Company periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired and generally remain impaired for the remaining life of the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for loan losses (concluded)

 

Allocated component (concluded)

 

loan. Impaired classification may be removed if the borrower demonstrates compliance with the modified terms and the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to that which would be provided to a borrower with similar credit at the time of restructuring.

Unallocated component

An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

Premises and equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings, leasehold improvements and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.

Bank-owned life insurance

Bank-owned life insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at cash surrender value. Changes in cash surrender value are reflected in noninterest income on the consolidated statements of net income.

Cost method investments

The aggregate carrying amount of all cost method investments included in other assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is $4,872,000 and $4,269,000, respectively. The fair values of these investments are not readily available and are not evaluated for impairment unless there are identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Interest rate swap agreements

For asset/liability management purposes, the Company periodically uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. Depending upon the intended use for the interest rate swap at inception, the Company designates the derivative as either an economic hedge of an asset or liability or a hedging instrument subject to the hedge accounting provisions. If the interest rate swap is not designated in a hedge relationship, gains or losses reflecting changes in fair value are recorded in earnings.

Certain interest rate swap contracts are utilized to help commercial loan borrowers manage their interest rate risk. The interest rate swap contracts with commercial loan borrowers allow the borrowers to convert floating rate loan payments to fixed rate payments. When the Company enters into an interest rate swap contract with a commercial loan borrower, the Company concurrently enters into a matching interest rate swap with a correspondent bank counterparty in order to minimize interest rate risk to the Company. These interest rate derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as either an asset or liability measured at fair value. These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting. As such, all changes in fair value of these derivative instruments are included in other income. The Company pays and receives fees for entering into these contracts. The net fees are recognized in loan level derivative income when received.

Transfers of financial assets

Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

During the normal course of business, the Company may transfer a portion of a financial asset, for example, a participation loan or the government guaranteed portion of a loan. In order to be eligible for sales treatment, the transfer of the portion of the loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest. If it does not meet the criteria of a participating interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing. In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Securities sold short

Securities sold short represent transactions in which the Company sells a security it does not own and is obligated to deliver such security at a future date. The short sale is recorded as a liability and subsequently an unrealized gain or loss is recorded for the difference between the contract amount and the value of the open short position. The Company records a realized gain or loss when the short position is closed. By entering into short sales, the Company bears the market risk of an unfavorable increase in the price of the security sold short in excess of the contract price. Unrealized and realized gains and losses on these securities are recorded as gains on trading assets, net in the consolidated statements of net income. The Company no longer sells securities short at December 31, 2013.

Retirement plan

The Company accounts for its defined benefit pension plan using an actuarial model that allocates pension costs over the service period of employees in the plan. The Company accounts for the over-funded or under-funded status of its defined benefit plan as an asset or liability on its consolidated balance sheets and recognized changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur as other comprehensive income or loss. The Company amended its defined benefit pension plan in 2013 freezing the plan to new participants.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted accordingly through the provision for income taxes. The Company exercises significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities. These judgments require the Company to make projections of future taxable income. These judgments and estimates, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed periodically as regulatory and business factors change. A valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets is established when, in the judgment of management, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of such deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company records interest and penalties as part of income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Comprehensive income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenues, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, included in equity, are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Securities available for sale:

    

Net unrealized gain

   $ 2,838      $ 17,093   

Tax effect

     (855     (6,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     1,983        10,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plan:

    

Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss)

     803        (1,334

Tax effect

     (321     532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net-of-tax amount

     482        (802
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,465      $ 10,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actuarial gains of $65,000, included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2013, are expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost during the year ending December 31, 2014.

The following amounts were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income during the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

Category

   Reclassification
Amount
   

Affected Line Item on Consolidated

Statements of Net Income

     (In thousands)      

Securities available for sale

   $ (5,091   Gains on sale of securities available for sale, net

Securities available for sale

     92      Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

Defined benefit pension plan

     104      Salaries and employee benefits
  

 

 

   

Total before tax

     (4,895  

Tax effect

     1,723      Provision (benefit) for income taxes
  

 

 

   

Total reclassification, net of tax

   $ (3,172  
  

 

 

   

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (concluded)

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income. For public entities, the amendments were effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the related disclosure.

 

2. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

The Company is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). At December 31, 2013 and 2012, these reserve balances amounted to $6,020,000 and $2,591,000, respectively.

 

3. TRADING ASSETS

Trading assets, at fair value, consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

U. S. Government and agency securities

   $ 750       $ 1,016   

To be announced mortgage-backed securities

     —           31,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 750       $ 32,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, net unrealized (losses) gains on trading assets held were ($73,000) and $10,000, respectively. There were no trading assets at December 31, 2011.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

4. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale, with gross unrealized gains and losses, follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

          

Debt securities:

          

U.S. Treasury

   $ 131,781       $ 145       $ (3,724   $ 128,202   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     13,985         81         (109     13,957   

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations

     67,787         778         (1,072     67,493   

Other mortgage- and asset-backed

     46,610         546         (683     46,473   

State and political

     15,628         218         (107     15,739   

Financial services

     42,193         1,696         (218     43,671   

Other corporate

     44,920         1,128         (512     45,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     362,904         4,592         (6,425     361,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

          

Mutual funds:

          

International

     5,000         540         —          5,540   

Domestic

     466         —           (13     453   

Global asset allocation

     32,956         4,168         —          37,124   

Diversified bonds

     34,392         71         (113     34,350   

Other

     2,750         48         (30     2,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     75,564         4,827         (156     80,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 438,468       $ 9,419       $ (6,581   $ 441,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued)

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

          

Debt securities:

          

U.S. Treasury

   $ 108,087       $ 836       $ (134   $ 108,789   

Government-sponsored enterprises

     14,278         508         —          14,786   

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations

     109,802         4,467         (111     114,158   

Other mortgage- and asset-backed

     50,698         1,479         (89     52,088   

State and political

     17,845         764         (21     18,588   

Financial services

     30,213         2,656         (4     32,865   

Other corporate

     61,732         3,457         (2     65,187   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     392,655         14,167         (361     406,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

          

Mutual funds:

          

International

     27,590         971         (1,379     27,182   

Domestic

     20,024         1,612         (2     21,634   

Global asset allocation

     40,210         1,090         (360     40,940   

Diversified bonds

     33,460         1,166         —          34,626   

Other

     2,753         189         —          2,942   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     124,037         5,028         (1,741     127,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 516,692       $ 19,195       $ (2,102   $ 533,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued)

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2013 follow. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Within 1 year

   $ 7,282       $ 7,299   

After 1 year through 5 years

     139,124         140,305   

After 5 years through 10 years

     93,004         90,514   

After 10 years

     9,097         8,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     248,507         247,105   

Mortgage- and asset-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

     114,397         113,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 362,904       $ 361,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale amounted to $314,947,000, $343,825,000 and $160,667,000, respectively. Gross realized gains amounted to $8,733,000, $12,968,000 and $5,858,000, respectively, and gross realized losses amounted to $3,642,000, $1,037,000 and $301,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, U.S. Treasury and government-sponsored enterprises with an amortized cost of $34,406,000 and $33,760,000, respectively, and a fair value of $33,724,000 and $34,483,000, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings and repurchase agreements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued)

 

Information pertaining to securities available for sale with gross unrealized losses aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows:

 

     Less Than Twelve Months      More Than Twelve Months  
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 3,724       $ 117,043       $ —         $ —     

Government-sponsored enterprises

     109         3,920         —           —     

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations

     973         37,265         99         3,341   

Other mortgage- and asset-backed

     532         27,234         151         4,153   

State and political

     107         5,904         —           —     

Financial services

     218         8,619         —           —     

Other corporate

     512         23,618         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     6,175         223,603         250         7,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Mutual funds:

           

Domestic

     —           —           13         453   

Diversified bonds

     109         21,450         4         71   

Other

     30         2,767         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     139         24,217         17         524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 6,314       $ 247,820       $ 267       $ 8,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued)

 

     Less Than Twelve Months  
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

     

Debt securities:

     

U.S. Treasury

   $ 134       $ 52,267   

Government-sponsored residential mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligations

     111         11,046   

Other mortgage- and asset-backed

     89         15,412   

State and political

     21         921   

Financial services

     4         1,486   

Other corporate

     2         4,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     361         85,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

     

Mutual funds:

     

International

     1,379         17,561   

Domestic

     2         103   

Global asset allocation

     360         14,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     1,741         32,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 2,102       $ 118,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.

At December 31, 2013, one hundred twenty-five debt securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of less than 3% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. The unrealized losses were primarily caused by interest rate fluctuations. A significant portion of these investments are guaranteed by the U.S. Government or an agency thereof. It is expected that none of these securities would be settled at a price less than the par value of the investment. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not to credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (concluded)

 

At December 31, 2013, the Company recorded OTTI on nine government-sponsored residential collateralized mortgage obligations and other mortgage- and asset-backed securities which qualify as covered funds under the Volcker Rule. As the Company is now required to sell these securities, the aggregate unrealized losses of $58,000 were recorded as OTTI.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had six marketable equity securities with unrealized losses of $156,000, or less than 1% depreciation from the Company’s cost basis. Although some of the underlying issuers have shown declines in earnings as a result of the weakened economy, no credit issues have been identified that cause management to believe the declines in market value are other than temporary and the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a recovery of fair value. In analyzing the issuers’ financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts. During 2013, one mutual fund investment was written down by $34,000 due to management’s assertion that the book value was other than temporarily impaired.

 

5. LOANS

A summary of the balances of loans follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate:

    

1-4 family residential

   $ 365,707      $ 311,713   

Home equity

     25,535        25,062   

Commercial real estate

     228,688        100,904   

Construction

     16,559        5,753   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     636,489        443,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial business

     111,154        33,762   

Consumer

     25,372        15,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     773,015        492,667   

Allowance for loan losses

     (9,671     (5,550

Deferred loan costs and discounts, net

     2,003        1,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 765,347      $ 488,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

The Company has sold residential mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, some of which are sold with limited recourse. The Company has retained the servicing responsibility and receives fees for the services provided. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was $47,600,000, $33,082,000 and $21,658,000 at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In the normal course of business, the Company periodically sells loans to the FHLB with servicing retained and limited recourse provisions. The maximum contingent liability associated with loans sold with recourse is $1,177,000 at December 31, 2013, and relates solely to loans sold to the FHLB. Foreclosure losses are borne in priority order by PMI insurance, the FHLB and the Company. The Company has never repurchased any loans or incurred any losses under these recourse provisions. Neither mortgage loans serviced for others nor the contingent liability associated with sold loans is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets.

In 2013 and 2012, the Company transferred a portion of its originated commercial real estate loans to participating lenders. The amounts transferred have been accounted for as sales and are therefore not included on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company and participating lenders share ratably in cash flows and any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. The Company continues to service the loans on behalf of the participating lenders and, as such, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments (net of servicing fees) to participating lenders and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company was servicing loans for participants aggregating $23,260,000 and $15,716,000, respectively.

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and allocation of the allowance to loan segments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows:

 

     1-4 Family
Residential
    Home
Equity
    Commercial
Real Estate
     Construction      Commercial
Business
     Consumer     Unallocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

2013

                    

Allowance for loan losses:

                    

Beginning balance

   $ 2,725      $ 316      $ 1,343       $ 106       $ 565       $ 313      $ 182       $ 5,550   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     39        (69     1,265         197         1,851         305        506         4,094   

Loans charged-off

     (165     —          —           —           —           (44     —           (209

Recoveries

     236        —          —           —           —           —          —           236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,835      $ 247      $ 2,608       $ 303       $ 2,416       $ 574      $ 688       $ 9,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance related to impaired loans

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

Allowance related to non-impaired loans

     2,835        247        2,608         303         2,416         574        688         9,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 2,835      $ 247      $ 2,608       $ 303       $ 2,416       $ 574      $ 688       $ 9,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans

   $ 3,118      $ 36      $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 3,154   

Non-impaired loans

     362,589        25,499        228,688         16,559         111,154         25,372        —           769,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 365,707      $ 25,535      $ 228,688       $ 16,559       $ 111,154       $ 25,372      $ —         $ 773,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

     1-4 Family
Residential
    Home
Equity
     Commercial
Real Estate
    Construction      Commercial
Business
     Consumer     Unallocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

2012

                    

Allowance for loan losses:

                    

Beginning balance

   $ 3,267      $ —         $ 160      $ —         $ —         $ 24      $ 50       $ 3,501   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     (230     316         1,183        106         565         289        132         2,361   

Loans charged-off

     (714     —           —          —           —           —          —           (714

Recoveries

     402        —           —          —           —           —          —           402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,725      $ 316       $ 1,343      $ 106       $ 565       $ 313      $ 182       $ 5,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance related to impaired loans

   $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

Allowance related to non-impaired loans

     2,725        316         1,343        106         565         313        182         5,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 2,725      $ 316       $ 1,343      $ 106       $ 565       $ 313      $ 182       $ 5,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans

   $ 1,868      $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ 18      $ —         $ 1,886   

Non-impaired loans

     309,845        25,062         100,904        5,753         33,762         15,455        —           490,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 311,713      $ 25,062       $ 100,904      $ 5,753       $ 33,762       $ 15,473      $ —         $ 492,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

                    

Allowance for loan losses:

                    

Beginning balance

   $ 2,207      $ —         $ 221      $ —         $ —         $ 5      $ 45       $ 2,478   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     1,156        —           (61     —           —           26        5         1,126   

Loans charged-off

     (328     —           —          —           —           (13     —           (341

Recoveries

     232        —           —          —           —           6        —           238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 3,267      $ —         $ 160      $ —         $ —         $ 24      $ 50       $ 3,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance related to impaired loans

   $ 160      $ —         $ 115      $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 275   

Allowance related to non-impaired loans

     3,107        —           45        —           —           24        50         3,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 3,267      $ —         $ 160      $ —         $ —         $ 24      $ 50       $ 3,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans

   $ 1,437      $ —         $ 1,098      $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ 2,535   

Non-impaired loans

     262,730        2,925         6,558        656         1,000         2,710        —           276,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 264,167      $ 2,925       $ 7,656      $ 656       $ 1,000       $ 2,710      $ —         $ 279,114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of past due and non-accrual loans, by loan class, at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Past Due 90
Days or More
     Total
Past Due
     Loans on
Non-accrual
 
     (In thousands)  

2013

              

Real estate:

              

1-4 family residential

   $ 1,426       $ 196       $ 828       $ 2,450       $ 1,706   

Home equity

     —           —           36         36         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,426       $ 196       $ 864       $ 2,486       $ 1,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Past Due 90
Days or More
     Total
Past Due
     Loans on
Non-accrual
 
     (In thousands)  

2012

              

Real estate:

              

1-4 family residential

   $ 473       $ 232       $ 978       $ 1,683       $ 2,209   

Home equity

     17         —           —           17         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 490       $ 232       $ 978       $ 1,700       $ 2,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 
            (In thousands)         

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

        

Real estate:

        

1-4 family residential

   $ 3,118       $ 3,893       $ —     

Home equity

     36         36         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,154       $ 3,929       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash Basis
 
            (In thousands)         

Real estate:

        

1-4 family residential

   $ 2,586       $ 61       $ 61   

Home equity

     32         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,618       $ 61       $ 61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

        

Real estate:

        

1-4 family residential

   $ 1,868       $ 2,442       $ —     

Consumer loans:

        

Purchased auto

     18         18         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,886       $ 2,460       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31, 2012  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash Basis
 
     (In thousands)  

Real estate:

        

1-4 family residential

   $ 1,725       $ 84       $ 84   

Construction

     220         220         48   

Consumer loans:

        

Purchased auto

     3         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,948       $ 304       $ 132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31, 2011  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash Basis
 
     (In thousands)  

Real estate:

        

1-4 family residential

   $ 1,666       $ 72       $ 72   

Construction

     220         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,886       $ 72       $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

There were no troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2013. The following is a summary of troubled debt restructurings entered into during the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Number of
Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2012

        

Real estate:

        

1-4 family residential

     3       $ 560       $ 568   

In 2012, the residential real estate loans were modified to capitalize past due interest.

Management performs a discounted cash flow calculation to determine the amount of impairment reserve required on each of the troubled debt restructurings. Any reserve required is recorded through the provision for loan losses. There was one default of a TDR in the first twelve months after restructure during the year ended December 31, 2013 in the amount of $261,000. There were no defaults of TDR’s during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Credit Quality Information

The Company utilizes a ten-grade internal loan rating system for all loans as follows.

Loans rated 1 – 6 are considered “acceptable” rated loans that are performing as agreed, meet minimum underwriting standards, and require only routine supervision.

Loans rated 7 are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

Loans rated 8 – 9 are considered “substandard.” Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected. Generally, all loans 90 days delinquent are rated 8.

Loans rated 10 have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (concluded)

 

Credit Quality Information (continued)

 

The Company does not assign risk ratings to residential or consumer loans, unless they have a well-defined weakness that may jeopardize the collection of the contractual principal and interest, are contractually past due 90 days or more or legal action has commenced against the borrower.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the ratings on all commercial and construction loans. At least annually, the Company engages an independent third party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process. In addition, management utilizes delinquency reports, the watch list and other loan reports to monitor credit quality of other loan segments.

The following tables present the Company’s loans by risk rating at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     1-4 Family
Residential
     Home
Equity
     Commercial
Real Estate
     Construction      Commercial
Business
     Consumer      Total
Loans
 
     (In thousands)  

2013

                    

Loans rated 1 - 6

   $ 1,701       $ 4,610       $ 223,144       $ 15,246       $ 110,142       $ —         $ 354,843   

Loans rated 7

     468         —           2,339         —           12         —           2,819   

Loans rated 8 - 9

     1,647         36         —           —           —           24         1,707   

Loans rated 10

     693         —           —           —           —           —           693   

Loans not rated

     361,198         20,889         3,205         1,313         1,000         25,348         412,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 365,707       $ 25,535       $ 228,688       $ 16,559       $ 111,154       $ 25,372       $ 773,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

                    

Loans rated 1 - 6

   $ 2,143       $ 557       $ 99,974       $ 5,061       $ 32,762       $ —         $ 140,497   

Loans rated 7

     1,932         —           —           —           —           —           1,932   

Loans rated 8 - 6

     1,272         —           —           —           —           14         1,286   

Loans rated 10

     646         —           —           —           —           —           646   

Loans not rated

     305,720         24,505         930         692         1,000         15,459         348,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 311,713       $ 25,062       $ 100,904       $ 5,753       $ 33,762       $ 15,473       $ 492,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment follows:

 

     December 31,    

Estimated
Useful

Lives

     2013     2012    
     (In thousands)      

Land

   $ 75      $ 75     

Buildings

     3,575        3,571      5 to 40 years

Leasehold improvements

     5,265        5,234      5 to 10 years

Furniture and fixtures

     1,751        1,532      3 to 5 years

Technology equipment

     3,027        2,796      1 to 3 years

Construction in progress

     366        46     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     14,059        13,254     

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,581     (5,377  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
   $ 7,478      $ 7,877     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $1,449,000, $1,231,000 and $1,072,000, respectively.

Construction in progress at December 31, 2013 relates to the Nantucket Bank branch acquisition. See Note 16. Construction in progress at December 31, 2012 relates to branch improvements and renovations.

 

7. DEPOSITS

A summary of deposit balances, by type, is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

NOW and demand

   $ 118,648       $ 87,376   

Regular savings

     332,518         313,394   

Money market deposits

     75,716         85,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-certificate accounts

     526,882         486,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term certificates of $100,000 or more

     128,990         137,363   

Term certificates less than $100,000

     167,728         182,219   

Brokered deposits

     91,623         12,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total certificate accounts

     388,341         331,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 915,223       $ 817,877   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

DEPOSITS (concluded)

 

At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of term certificate accounts, including brokered deposits, are as follows:

 

     Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2014

   $ 265,142         0.72

2015

     59,832         0.94   

2016

     26,884         1.90   

2017

     25,883         1.46   

2018

     10,600         1.19   
  

 

 

    
   $ 388,341         0.90
  

 

 

    

 

8. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances

FHLBB advances with an original maturity of less than one year amounted to $170,000,000 and $107,000,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, with a weighted average rate of 0.20% and 0.23%, respectively. The Company also has a $7.7 million line of credit with the FHLBB with an interest rate that adjusts daily. No advances were outstanding on this line at December 31, 2013 and 2012. All borrowings from the FHLBB are secured by a blanket security agreement on qualified collateral, principally residential mortgage loans and U.S. Government and government-sponsored securities.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase amounted to $2,424,000 at December 31, 2012 with a weighted average rate of 0.29%, and matured on January 9, 2013. There were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013. The obligations to repurchase the securities sold were reflected as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet. The dollar amounts of the securities underlying the agreements remained an asset of the Company.

Other lines-of-credit

December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $33 million in available unsecured federal funds lines with correspondent banks, which could be drawn upon, as needed. There were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

9. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consist of the following FHLBB advances:

 

     December 31, 2013  
            Weighted
Average
Rate
 
           
     Amount     
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Fixed-rate advances maturing:

     

2014

   $ 10,000         1.40

2016

     10,000         2.30   

2017

     15,000         2.00   

2018

     10,000         3.20   
  

 

 

    
   $ 45,000         2.20
  

 

 

    

See Note 8 - “Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances” for collateral requirements.

 

10. INCOME TAXES

Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
           (In thousands)        

Current tax provision:

      

Federal

   $ 960      $ 3,552      $ 2,248   

State

     172        249        232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,132        3,801        2,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax (benefit) provision:

      

Federal

     (1,609     (405     (7

State

     (502     (241     57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,111     (646     50   

Change in valuation reserve

     695        (43     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,416     (689     50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ (284   $ 3,112      $ 2,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax provision and the actual tax (benefit) provision are summarized as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Statutory federal tax provision at 34%

   $ 809      $ 3,728      $ 3,431   

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

      

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (218     5        191   

Dividends received deduction

     (134     (116     (162

Tax-exempt bank-owned life insurance

     (984     (382     (584

Tax-exempt interest

     (224     (12     (36

Change in valuation reserve

     695        (43     —     

Utilization of contribution carryover

     —          (140     (116

Other, net

     (228     72        (194
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax provision

   $ (284   $ 3,112      $ 2,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rates

     (11.9 )%      28.4     25.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset (liability) are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Federal

   $ (1,429   $ (5,690

State

     (138     (757
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,567     (6,447
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Federal

     4,400        3,088   

State

     1,370        871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,770        3,959   

Valuation reserve

     (1,372     (677
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,398        3,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 2,831      $ (3,165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

The tax effects of each item that give rise to deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 110      $ 224   

Employee benefit plans

     891        300   

Allowance for loan losses

     3,863        2,217   

Contribution carryover

     677        547   

Net unrealized losses on defined benefit pension plan

     —          532   

Other

     81        69   

Valuation reserve

     (1,372     (677

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Net unrealized gains on defined benefit pension plan

     (321     —     

Deferred loan origination costs

     (243     (89

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     (855     (6,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 2,831      $ (3,165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of the change in the net deferred tax asset (liability) is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ (3,165   $ (518   $ (4,167

Deferred tax benefit (provision)

     1,416        689        (50

Tax effect of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income

     4,580        (3,336     3,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 2,831      $ (3,165   $ (518
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, management maintained a valuation reserve in the amount of $1,372,000 compared with $677,000 and $720,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, due to the uncertainty regarding the realization of deferred tax assets relating to the charitable contribution carryover and state income taxes.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

INCOME TAXES (concluded)

 

The federal income tax reserve for loan losses at the Company’s base year amounted to $1,259,000. If any portion of the reserve is used for purposes other than to absorb loan losses, approximately 150% of the amount actually used (limited to the amount of the reserve) would be subject to taxation in the year in which used. As the Company intends to use the reserve to only absorb loan losses, a deferred income tax liability of $503,000 has not been provided.

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities. The Company is currently open to audit under the applicable statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2010 through 2013.

 

11. EQUITY

Minimum regulatory capital requirements

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EQUITY (continued)

 

Minimum regulatory capital requirements (concluded)

 

The Bank’s and the Company’s actual and minimum required capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented below.

 

     Actual     Minimum
Capital
Requirement
    Minimum
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC:

               

December 31, 2013

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 178,090         19.8   $ 71,870         8.0     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     166,316         18.5        35,935         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     166,316         13.2        50,541         4.0        N/A         N/A   

December 31, 2012

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 173,991         21.7   $ 64,067         8.0     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     166,933         20.8        32,034         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     166,933         14.4        46,417         4.0        N/A         N/A   

Blue Hills Bank:

               

December 31, 2013

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 148,872         16.6   $ 71,864         8.0   $ 89,831         10.0

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     137,099         15.3        35,932         4.0        53,898         6.0   

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     137,099         11.1        49,370         4.0        61,712         5.0   

December 31, 2012

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

   $ 144,218         18.6   $ 62,050         8.0   $ 77,562         10.0

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

     137,160         17.7        31,025         4.0        46,537         6.0   

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

     137,160         12.2        44,959         4.0        56,199         5.0   

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EQUITY (concluded)

 

Preferred stock

On September 22, 2011, the Subsidiary issued and sold 18,724 shares of senior non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A (“Series A Preferred”), with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The Subsidiary sold the Series A Preferred to the U.S. Treasury as part of the Small Business Lending Fund Program (“SBLF”) for an aggregate purchase price of $18,724,000.

The Series A Preferred has no maturity date and is ranked senior to the Subsidiary’s common stock with respect to the payment of dividends, distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the affairs of the Subsidiary. Non-cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred accrue at an annual rate of between 1% and 5% per year for the first four and one-half years and at an annual rate of 9% thereafter. The variable rate is determined based upon changes in the amount of the Subsidiary’s “Qualified Small Business Lending” as compared to a baseline level. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, as a result of the Subsidiary’s small business lending activity, the dividend rate was 4.48% and 4.88%, respectively. The dividend rate of 4.48% was locked in as of September 30, 2013 and will not change going forward. Dividends are payable quarterly in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year. Under the terms of the Subsidiary’s SBLF agreement with the U.S. Treasury, the Subsidiary may redeem the Series A Preferred in whole or in part at any time, subject to the approval of the FDIC.

The Series A Preferred is non-voting. However, if dividends on the Series A Preferred are not paid in full for five (5) dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the Series A Preferred will have the right to invite a non-voting observer to attend all meetings of the Subsidiary’s Board of Directors. The right will end when full dividends have been paid for four (4) consecutive periods.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension plan

The Company has historically provided basic and supplemental pension benefits for eligible employees through the Savings Banks Employees Retirement Association’s (“SBERA”) Pension Plan (the “Plan”). Each employee reaching the age of 21 and having completed at least 1,000 hours of service in any one twelve-month period, beginning with such employee’s date of employment were automatically enrolled in the Plan. The Plan was frozen to new participants on December 15, 2013. All participants are fully vested after three years of employment. Information pertaining to the activity in the Plan is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 9,331      $ 7,419      $ 6,337   

Actual return on plan assets

     1,513        847        10   

Employer contribution

     —          1,200        1,500   

Benefits paid

     (1,309     (135     (428
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9,535        9,331        7,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

     10,818        10,491        9,976   

Service cost

     708        453        531   

Interest cost

     423        453        549   

Actuarial gain

     (1,353     (444     (137

Benefits paid

     (1,309     (135     (428
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     9,287        10,818        10,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status and prepaid expense (accrued liability) at end of year

   $ 248      $ (1,487   $ (3,072
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 7,507      $ 8,679      $ 7,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Discount rate

     5.00     4.00

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00        3.00   

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

Pension plan (continued)

 

The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 708      $ 453      $ 531   

Interest cost

     423        453        549   

Expected return on plan assets

     (728     (560     (507

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     104        117        91   

Settlement gain

     (107     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 400      $ 463      $ 664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     4.00     4.50     5.50

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     8.00        8.00        8.00   

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00        3.00        5.50   

The Company has selected its assumption with respect to the expected long-term rate of return based on prevailing yields on high quality fixed income investments increased by a premium for equity return expectations.

In 2012, the Company, with the guidance of its consulting actuaries, changed the assumptions for termination and retirement rates based on historical analysis of SBERA plan participants. The termination rate assumption was increased to reflect a higher level of terminations. The assumption that all participants retire at age 65 was changed to reflect varying retirement dates between age bands 55 to 70. The revision to these assumptions is a change in estimate that decreased the pension benefit obligation and resulted in an actuarial gain in 2012 in the amount of $1,694,000, which was substantially offset by the decline in the discount rate.

SBERA offers a common and collective trust as the underlying investment structure for pension plans participating in SBERA. The target allocation mix for the common and collective trust portfolio calls for an equity-based investment range from 40% to 64% of total portfolio assets. The remainder of the portfolio is allocated to fixed income from

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

Pension plan (continued)

 

15% to 25% and other investments including global asset allocation and hedge funds from 20% to 36%. The Trustees of SBERA, through the Investment Committee, select investment managers for the common and collective trust portfolio. A professional investment advisory firm is retained by the Investment Committee to provide allocation analysis, performance measurement and to assist with manager searches. The overall investment objective is to diversify equity investments across a spectrum of investment types and styles.

The fair value of major categories of the Company’s pension plan assets are summarized below:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Collective funds

   $ 252       $ 4,790       $ —         $ 5,042   

Equity securities

     2,465         —           —           2,465   

Mutual funds

     1,130         123         —           1,253   

Hedge funds

     —           —           666         666   

Short-term investments

     73         36         —           109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,920       $ 4,949       $ 666       $ 9,535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Collective funds

   $ 298       $ 4,602       $ —         $ 4,900   

Equity securities

     2,293         —           —           2,293   

Mutual funds

     1,201         110         —           1,311   

Hedge funds

     —           —           658         658   

Short-term investments

     24         145         —           169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,816       $ 4,857       $ 658       $ 9,331   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value hierarchy above was received from SBERA, the plan administrator. The Plan assets measured at fair value in Level 1 are based on quoted market prices in an active exchange market. Plan assets measured at fair value in Level 2 are based on pricing models that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, credit spreads and new issue data. Plan assets measured at fair value in Level 3 are based on unobservable inputs, which include the SBERA’s assumptions and the best information available under the circumstance.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

Pension plan (concluded)

 

The table below presents, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the changes in Plan assets that are measured in Level 3 at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Hedge
Funds
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 551   

Purchases

     85   

Total unrealized gains

     22   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     658   

Purchases

     1   

Total unrealized gains

     7   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 666   
  

 

 

 

The Company expects to contribute $349,000 to its pension plan during the year ending December 31, 2014.

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, assuming employees retire at age 65 and take normal distribution payments, are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  
     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 904   

2015

     400   

2016

     471   

2017

     460   

2018

     515   

2019-2023

     2,673   

401(k) plan

The Company has a 401(k) Plan whereby each employee having completed at least three months of service beginning with their date of employment, automatically becomes a participant in the 401(k) Plan. Employees may contribute a portion of their compensation subject to certain limits based on Federal tax laws. Effective December 15, 2013, the Company enhanced its 401(k) Plan to include a 3% guaranteed non-elective contribution and a 2% elective contribution based on the financial performance of the Company beginning in 2014.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

Bank-owned life insurance

Bank-owned life insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at cash surrender value. Changes in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received in excess of cash surrender value, are reflected in noninterest income on the consolidated statements of net income and are generally not subject to income taxes. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of life insurance policies and no less than annually thereafter. A life insurance policy with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of tier one capital and the total cash surrender value of life insurance policies is limited to 25% of tier one capital.

Supplemental executive retirement plans

The Company has entered into agreements with various executives and Board members which provide for a fixed dollar amount to be contributed each year to the participant’s account. All benefits under these agreements become fully vested after five years of service, however during 2013 these agreements were terminated and all vesting was accelerated. No further awards will be granted under these agreements. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s expected benefit obligation included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets under these agreements amounted to $989,000 and $627,000, respectively. Expenses associated with these plans amounted to $873,000, $380,000 and $277,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Phantom stock plan

The Company has entered into Phantom Stock Plan agreements with certain management and other employees to reward such participants for their contributions to the continued success of the Company and to encourage them to remain employees. Under the agreements, participants are entitled to receive a lump sum payment on the third anniversary date of the award grant, or upon 100% vesting which could occur earlier in the event of a change in control or upon the participant’s retirement, death or disability or certain other limited circumstances.

The benefit payable to participants is based on the number of phantom stock shares the participant has been awarded multiplied by the book value per share, as defined, on the third anniversary date of the award, or such other date as 100% vesting has occurred. During 2013 this plan was terminated and all vesting was accelerated. Expense related to the plan during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $1,598,000 and $173,000, respectively. No awards were granted prior to December 31, 2011.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (concluded)

 

Short-term incentive compensation

All employees meeting specified service requirements are eligible to participate in the discretionary Short-term Incentive Compensation Plan. The purpose of the plan is to motivate and reward employees for achieving strategic objectives through a goals program. It is essential that the achievement of goals is done so in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s principles and values. The Company expensed $1,553,000, $1,275,000 and $850,000 for achievement of the 2013, 2012 and 2011 goals, respectively.

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingencies which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Loan commitments

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, which involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The contract amount of these instruments reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in these particular classes of financial instruments. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk consist of:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Commitments to originate loans

   $ 28,073       $ 23,934   

Letters of credit

     7,147         14,196   

Unused lines-of-credit:

     

Commercial

     50,046         14,196   

Home equity

     13,178         9,585   

Consumer

     11,136         10,758   

Undisbursed construction loans

     21,655         34,102   

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)

 

Loan commitments (concluded)

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments and unadvanced funds on lines-of-credit generally have fixed expiration dates and may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. These financial instruments are primarily secured by mortgage liens on real estate.

Operating lease commitments

Pursuant to the terms of noncancelable lease agreements in effect at December 31, 2013, pertaining to premises, future minimum rent commitments are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  
     (In thousands)  

2014

   $ 1,062   

2015

     1,051   

2016

     956   

2017

     373   

2018

     355   

Thereafter

     649   
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,446   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $966,000, $919,000 and $830,000, respectively. Certain leases contain renewal options for up to 30 years. The cost of such options is not included above.

The Company also has lease agreements in place for two new branch locations where rental payments do not commence until construction has started. Annual rent expense on these leases will approximate $325,000 and $72,000, respectively, and the leases have terms of ten and five years, respectively. These amounts are not included in the table above.

Effective January 1, 2014, the Bank entered into an agreement for the naming rights of a Boston waterfront music venue. The agreement spans a ten-year period where the Bank will pay $390,000 during the first year with 5% annual increases in subsequent years.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (concluded)

 

Employment and change in control agreements

The Company has entered into an employment agreement with its President and Chief Executive Officer that generally provides for a specified minimum annual compensation and the continuation of certain benefits currently received. However, such employment may be terminated for cause, as defined, without incurring any continuing obligations. The agreement has an initial term of three years, with automatic one-year extensions on the anniversary date of the agreement. The Company has also entered into agreements with certain members of management which provide for the continuation of base salaries for specified periods of time in the event of involuntary termination without cause and/or termination in the event of a change in control.

Contingencies

The Company is involved in various litigation and other legal claims that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, these matters will have no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

14. INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

The Company is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and to meet the needs of commercial customers. These financial instruments have been generally limited to loan level interest rate swap agreements, which are entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards. These transactions involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which calculations, payments, and the value of the derivatives are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. The fair value of the derivative instruments is reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of these agreements are recorded in loan level derivative income in the consolidated statements of net income.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS (continued)

 

The Company did not have derivative fair value hedges or derivative cash flow hedges at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The table below presents information about derivative financial instruments not designated as hedging instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

     Derivative Gains      Derivative Losses  
     Notional
Amount
     Value      Notional
Amount
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Economic hedge:

           

Commercial loan level interest rate swap agreements

   $ 171,747       $ 2,482       $ 171,747       $ 2,379   

Other contracts

     8,932         5         7,988         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 180,679       $ 2,487       $ 179,735       $ 2,393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Economic hedge:

           

Commercial loan level interest rate swap agreements

   $ 28,263       $ 634       $ 28,263       $ 624   

Other contracts

     9,247         23         —           —     

Other interest rate swap agreement

     10,900         48         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 48,410       $ 705       $ 28,263       $ 624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these agreements. The Company controls the credit risk of its financial contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures, and does not expect any counterparties to fail their obligations. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its interest rate swap derivative counterparties.

Other contracts represent risk participation agreements on commercial loans related to the economic hedges that have been participated out by the Company. To reduce exposure relating to an early termination event on these interest rate swap agreements, the Company has entered into risk participation agreements with the correspondent institutions to share in any interest rate swap gains or losses incurred as a result of the commercial loan customers’ termination of a loan prior to maturity. The Company records these risk participation agreements at fair value. The other interest rate swap agreement at December 31, 2012 represents one outstanding interest rate swap agreement, which provides for the Company to receive payments at a variable rate, in exchange for making payments at a fixed rate. This agreement was sold during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Determination of fair value

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

Fair value hierarchy

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks and short-term investments approximate fair value.

Trading assets and securities available for sale: All fair value measurements are obtained from a third-party pricing service and are not adjusted by management. The securities measured at fair value in Level 1 are based on quoted market prices in an active exchange market. These securities include U.S. Treasuries and marketable equity securities. All other securities are measured at fair value in Level 2 based on pricing models that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, credit spreads and new issue data.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock: The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (continued)

 

Fair value hierarchy (concluded)

 

Loans: For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other types of loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Accrued interest receivable: The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates fair value.

Deposits and mortgagors’ escrow accounts: The fair values for non-certificate accounts and mortgagors’ escrow accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for certificate accounts are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Borrowings: The fair value of short-term borrowings approximates fair value based on the short-term nature of the instruments. The fair values of long-term debt are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current incremental borrowing rates in the market for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Securities sold short: The fair value of the liability for securities sold short is based on pricing models that consider standard input factors, such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, credit spreads and new issue data. The liability is categorized as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative instruments: The fair values of interest rate swap agreements are based on a valuation model that uses primarily observable inputs, such as benchmark yield curves and interest rates and also include the value associated with counterparty credit risk.

Off-balance sheet instruments: Fair values for off-balance sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The estimated fair value of off-balance sheet financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was immaterial since fees charged are not material.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (continued)

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2013

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

   $ —         $ 750       $ —         $ 750   

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities

     128,202         232,869         —           361,071   

Marketable equity securities

     80,235         —           —           80,235   

Derivative assets

     —           2,487         —           2,487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 208,437       $ 236,106       $ —         $ 444,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities

   $ —         $ 2,393       $ —         $ 2,393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

   $ —         $ 32,125       $ —         $ 32,125   

Securities available for sale:

           

Debt securities

     108,789         297,672         —           406,461   

Marketable equity securities

     127,324         —           —           127,324   

Derivative assets

     —           705         —           705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 236,113       $ 330,502       $ —         $ 566,615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Securities sold short

   $ —         $ 16,723       $ —         $ 16,723   

Derivative liabilities

     —           624         —           624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 17,347       $ —         $ 17,347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (continued)

 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

The Company may also be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. There were no assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2013. There are no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The following tables summarize the fair value hierarchy used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related individual assets:

 

     December 31, 2012      Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Losses  
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans

   $ —         $ —         $ 2,015       $ 766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses applicable to impaired loans are based on the appraised value of the underlying collateral, discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in market conditions. The losses applicable to impaired loans are not recorded as a direct adjustment to current earnings or comprehensive income, but rather as a component in determining the overall adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Adjustments to the estimated fair value of impaired loans may result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (concluded)

 

Summary of fair values of financial instruments

The estimated fair values, and related carrying amounts, of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows. Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are exempt from disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented herein do not represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value      Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total        
     (In thousands)  

Financial assets:

                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 40,316       $ 40,316       $ —         $ —         $ 40,316       $ 73,819       $ 73,819   

Trading assets

     750         750         —           —           750         32,125         32,125   

Securities available for sale

     441,306         208,437         232,869         —           441,306         533,785         533,785   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     10,766         —           —           10,766         10,766         9,669         9,669   

Loans, net

     765,347         —           —           769,578         769,578         488,207         504,889   

Accrued interest receivable

     4,290         —           —           4,290         4,290         5,421         5,421   

Financial liabilities:

                    

Deposits

     915,223         —           —           917,121         917,121         817,877         822,014   

Borrowings

     215,000         —           216,332         —           216,332         154,424         156,201   

Securities sold short

     —           —           —           —           —           16,723         16,723   

Mortgagors’ escrow accounts

     1,760         —           —           1,760         1,760         1,629         1,629   

On-balance sheet derivative financial instruments:

                    

Interest rate swap agreements:

                    

Assets

     2,482         —           2,482         —           2,482         705         705   

Liabilities

     2,379         —           2,379         —           2,379         624         624   

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Hyde Park Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Concluded)

 

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On January 18, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Nantucket Bank, previously a division of Santander Bank, N.A., formerly Sovereign Bank, N.A. Nantucket Bank will continue to operate under its own name as a division of Blue Hills Bank. The purpose of this acquisition is to assist in the implementation of the Company’s business strategy as it added a strong local market share of deposits and reduced the Company’s dependence on wholesale funding and brokered deposits to fund loan growth. The deposit premium paid to Sovereign was $10.3 million. The goodwill acquired is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

The following is a summary of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the acquisition:

 

     Amount  
     (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 151,587   

Loans, net

     97,466   

Premises and equipment, net

     10,762   

Goodwill and core deposit intangible

     14,917   

Other assets

     304   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 275,036   
  

 

 

 

Deposits

   $ 274,601   

Accrued expense and other liabilities

     435   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 275,036   
  

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. or Blue Hills Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc. or Blue Hills Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Blue Hills Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for

Blue Hills Bank)

Up to 24,150,000 Shares of

Common Stock

Par value $0.01 per share

(Subject to Increase to up to 27,772,500 Shares)

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS

                A Stifel Company

 

 

May 14 , 2014

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

Until June 18, 2014, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.